Home

Draytek Vigor3200 Ethernet LAN Black

1. Auto Logout System Status Quick Start Wizard Model Name Vigor3200n Service Activation Wizard Firmware Version 3 3 7 _RC3 Online Status Build Date Time Feb 21 2011 15 44 36 WAN LAN LAN MAC Address IP Address Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS NAT LAN1 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 Firewall LAN2 O0 S0 7F 00 00 00 192 168 3 1 255 255 255 0 No 168 95 1 1 User Management LAN3 00 S50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 5 1 255 255 255 0 No 168 95 1 1 Objects Setting LAN4 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 7 1 255 255 255 0 No 168 95 1 1 CSM DMZ PORT 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 9 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 Bandwidth Management IP Routed Subnet 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 2 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 Applications eee VPN and Remote Access Certificate Management a in Wireless LAN MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware Version SSID SSL VPN 00 S50 7F 00 00 00 Europe 2 3 2 0 DrayTek USB Application System Maintenance WAN Diagnostics 3 Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway WANI Connected 00 50 7F 00 00 01 Static IP pedals YO Fee OLONO Support Area WAN2 Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 02 aa Application Note WANS Disconnected 00 S50 7F 00 00 03 FAQ WAN4 Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 04 os See sss Se peg eee WANS Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 05 S5 a ad v Main screen for admin mode operation full configuration Vigor3200 Series User
2. Your reliable networking solutions partner User s Guide V1 1 Vigor3200 Series Multi WAN Security Router User s Guide Version 1 1 Firmware Version V3 3 7 Date 07 04 2011 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide ii Dray Te k Copyright Information Copyright Declarations Trademarks Copyright 2011 All rights reserved This publication contains information that is protected by copyright No part may be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language without written permission from the copyright holders The following trademarks are used in this document Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp e Windows Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Vista and Explorer are trademarks of Microsoft Corp Apple and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Inc Other products may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective manufacturers Safety Instructions and Approval Safety Instructions Warranty Be a Registered Owner Firmware amp Tools Updates Dray Tek Read the installation guide thoroughly before you set up the router The router is a complicated electronic unit that may be repaired only be authorized and qualified personnel Do not try to open or repair the router yourself Do not place the router in a damp or humid place e g a bathroom The router should be used in a sheltered area within a tempera
3. Vigor3200 Series User s Guide The UPnP function dynamically adds port mappings on behalf of some UPnP aware applications When the applications terminate abnormally these mappings may not be removed 3 5 Wireless LAN This function is used for n models 3 5 1 Basic Concepts Over recent years the market for wireless communications has enjoyed tremendous growth Wireless technology now reaches or is capable of reaching virtually every location on the surface of the earth Hundreds of millions of people exchange information every day via wireless communication products The Vigor n model a k a Vigor wireless router 1s designed for maximum flexibility and efficiency of a small office home Any authorized staff can bring a built in WLAN client PDA or notebook into a meeting room for conference without laying a clot of LAN cable or drilling holes everywhere Wireless LAN enables high mobility so WLAN users can simultaneously access all LAN facilities just like on a wired LAN as well as Internet access The Vigor wireless routers are equipped with a wireless LAN interface compliant with the standard IEEE 802 11n draft 2 protocol To boost its performance further the Vigor Router is also loaded with advanced wireless technology to lift up data rate up to 300 Mbps Hence you can finally smoothly enjoy stream music and video Note The actual data throughput will vary according to the network conditions and enviro
4. l6 l 16 l6 1 16 l6 16 Refresh Clear a 3 3 3 3 a 3 3 a 3 3 3 ree Ope Be 132 20 1l 1 141 133 179 l a 18 151 19 4 16 4 DHCP Table The facility provides information on IP address assignments This information is helpful in diagnosing network problems such as IP address conflicts etc Click Diagnostics and click DHCP Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View DHCP Assigned IP Addresses Mic Address OO OE 6 24 D5 al QO 40 Ci 68 5S6 Ba OO0 O5 S5D E4 ED 66 OO0 OD 60 6F 83 BC QO OC 6E EY Y9 99 O0 11 2F C7 39 08 dd s 7FF 3 4D E1 dd 1ii zF 4B 15 F2 O0 O5 5D 481 256 FF QO 11 Ds 68 0D aE OO S0 FU 2F 3 0 17 O0 50 7F 2F 33 FF QO OD 60 6F 89 Ca Click it to reload the page Click it to clear the whole table DHCP IP Assignment Table Index IP Address 192 168 1 17255 255 2455 0 IP Address 192 166 192 166 192 166 192 166 192 168 9 17255 255 255 0 MAC Address Dray Tek i LO 1 255 1 0 dauid IP Address 192 166 9 255 192 168 9 0 152 168 9 1 Mac iddress Mac Address EQ CER 4E Da 46 79 O0 50 VF C9 BY 3e O0 50 7F C9 BY 3e 0d s50 TF 29 67 37 O0 50 7F C3 B7 3C DO 50 7F CS B7 3C DO 50 7f CS h7 3C DHCP Server On Leased Time 142 37 18 720 CONFLICTED IF CONFLICTED IF CONFLICTED IF DHCP server On Leased Time CONFLICTED IF CONFLICTED IF CONFLICTED IF Clear Refre
5. 1 Plug the USB device to the USB port on the router Make sure Disk Connected appears on the Connection Status as the figure shown below USB Application gt USB Disk Status USB Mass Storage Device Status Connection Status Disk Connected Disconnect USB Disk S No Write Protect Statu Disk Capacity 2009 MB Free Capacity 1664 MB Refresh USE Disk Users Connected Refresh Index Service IP Address Port Username Note If the write protect switch of USB disk is turned on the USB disk is in READ ONLY mode No data can be written to it 2 Then please open USB Application gt gt USB General Settings to enable Samba service USB Application gt USB General Settings USB General Settings General Settings Simultaneous FTP Connections 5 masirnum 6 Default Charset Default Samba Service Settings Network Neighborhood Access Mode LAN Only OLAN And WAN NetBios Name Service Workgroup Name WORKGROUP Note 1 If Charset is set to default only English lang file name is supported 2 Multi session ftp download will be banned by Router FTP server If your ftp client have multi connection mechanism such as FileZilla you may limit client connections setting to 1 to get better performance 3 A workgroup name must not be the same as the host name The workgroup name and the host name can have as many as 15 characters and a host name can have as many as 23 characters but both cannot contain any
6. Add Printer Wizard Local or Network Printer The wizard needs to know which type of printer to set up Select the option that describes the printer you want to use _ Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer A network printer or a printer attached to another computer 1 e Tosetup a network printer that is not attached to a print server J use the Local printer option 5 In this dialog choose Create a new port Type of port and use the drop down list to select Standard TCP IP Port Click Next Add Printer Wizard Select a Printer Port Computers communicate with printers through ports Select the port you want your printer to use If the port is not listed you can create a new port Use the following port Create a new port Type of port LPT 1 Recommended Printer Port 3 communicate with a local printer omething like this Standard TCP IP Port Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Dray Tek 6 Inthe following dialog type 192 168 1 1 router s LAN IP in the field of Printer Name or IP Address and type IP_192 168 1 1 as the port name Then click Next Add Standard CP IP Printer Port Wizard Add Port For which device do you want to add a port Enter the Printer Name or IP address and a port name for the desired device Printer Name or IP Address 192 168 1 1 Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 7 Click Standard and choose
7. Advanced waniwan General Setup Status Enable Disable Profile Name Memberi Please select a LAN to LaW Dial Out profile Member2 Please select a LAN to LaAN Dial Out profile Active Mode Backup Load Balance Add Edit Delete 4 When the VPN trunk is successfully connected you may check the connection status by viewing the page of VPN and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management Transferred packets Tx Pkts will keep increasing through both tunnels when outgoing packets sent to the remote VPN network VPN and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management Dial out Tool Pefresh Seconds io Refresh General Mode Dial Backup Mode Dial Load Balance Mode wanTwan2 202 211 110 100 i Dial EERE LE VPN Connection Status wantwan2 202 211 120 100 wanswand 202 211 130 100 Page No Go gt gt Current Page 1 wanswand 202 21 1 140 100 Ry Ry l d Type eee Network Pkts Rate Bps Pkts Rate Bps UP Time ea a P ea 192 169 33 0 24 3393 24 6800 6n 1 53 18 _Drop sae ah a A R a 192 169 33 0 24 3753 39 ia 3 2 2130 _Drop a n a E o 192 168 10 0 24 3630 39 7213 6n 2 2128 _Drop eee Vee EUe eT TAAT joo et oaee 24 o o 2 2 19 Drop T wand only DES o Auth via WAN HMEREMEEN Data is encrypted HMEMMEKEN Data isn t encrypted Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 330 Dray Te k Settings for Vigor3300 1 Open Advanced g
8. Note The priority of URL Content Filter is higher than Web Content Filter Dr ay Tek 155 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide CSM APPEnforcement Profile H URL Content Filter Profile H Web Content Filter Profile 4 7 1 APP Enforcement Profile You can define policy profiles for IM Instant Messenger P2P Peer to Peer Protocol Misc application This page allows you to set 32 profiles for different requirements The APP Enforcement Profile will be applied in Default Rule of Firewall gt gt General Setup for filtering CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile APP Enforcement Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 ii 2 15 3 13 4 20 J 21 6 22 i 23 8 24 J 23 10 2b 11 Zi 12 26 13 23 t4 30 15 31 16 32 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Profile Display the number of the profile which allows you to click to set different policy Name Display the name of the APP Enforcement Profile Click the number under Index column for settings in detail There are four tabs IM P2P Protocol and Misc displayed on this page Each tab will bring out different items that you can choose to disallow people using Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 156 Dray Te k Below shows the items which are categorized under IM CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name IM P2P Protocol Misc Advanced Management Acti
9. Remote Gateway Remote ID Security Gateway Remote GRE IP Advanced waril leese 0 ese il Enable kl vani default fio 0 0 2 default m 0 0 0 0 FO 0 0 0 for dynamic client fio 0 0 1 3 Click Apply to save the configuration and return to previous page Choose Index 2 for 4 Dray Tek configuring another VPN Trunk policy In this page please configure the settings as the following figure VPN IPSec YPN Trunk Policy Table Edit Basic Profile Status Enable Name wan2 Authentication Preshared Key Preshared Key eoe Security Protocol ESP gt NAT Traversal Enable H Local Gateway WAN Interface WAN2 Local Certificate B Security Gateway default Local GRE IP fi0 0 04 Next hop defaut Remote Gateway Remote ID SSS Security Gateway f 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 for dynamic client Remote GRE IP fio 0 03 327 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 5 Click Apply to save the configuration 6 Open VPN gt gt VPN Trunk gt gt Group Table to group these two VPN policies VPN VPN Trunk Group Table Profile Status Name Local Subnet Remote Subnet O00 000000 9 1 Edit Delete Delete All 7 Choose Index 1 and click Edit Add these two VPN profiles wan1 and wan2 to a VPN Trunk YPN YPN Trunk Group Table Edit Profile Status Disable Enable Mame Jig2 168 33 0 Local Subnet Jig2 168 33 0 fe Remote Subne
10. Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Dray Te k 145 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Objects Setting gt gt IP Object Profile Index 1 Hame Interface Address Type Mac Address Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection Name Interface Address Type MAC Address Start IP Address End IP Address Vigor3200 Series User s Guide RO Department ny Range Address oY oo oo Yoo He 1952 166 1 59 4 192 168 1 100 li Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Choose a proper interface Any LANWDONMARTYPT WAT For example the Direction setting in Edit Filter Rule will ask you specify IP or IP range for WAN or LAN or any IP address If you choose LAN as the Interface here and choose LAN as the direction setting in Edit Filter Rule then all the IP addresses specified with LAN interface will be opened for you to choose in Edit Filter Rule page Determine the address type for the IP address Select Single Address if this object contains one IP address only Select Range Address if this object contains several IPs within a range Select Subnet Address if this object contains one subnet for IP address Select Any Address if this object contains any IP address Select Mac Address if this object contains Mac address Range Address Any Address single Address
11. i Properties IP Broadband Connection on Router Status PIE Connected 00 19 06 100 0 Mbps My Computer fad BEE Local Area Connection Enabled ee a Realtek RTL139 810x Family Network Connections System Folder Close The UPnP facility on the router enables UPnP aware applications such as MSN Messenger to discover what are behind a NAT router The application will also learn the external IP address and configure port mappings on the router Subsequently such a facility forwards packets from the external ports of the router to the internal ports used by the application Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 182 Dray Tek IP Broadband Connection on Router Properties gt lt Advanced Settings eT General Services H Select the services running on your network that Internet users can Connect to the Internet using access J IF Broadband e R on Router Ftp Example i msnmsgr 192 168 29 11 13135 60654 UDF mshmeor 192 168 29 11 7824 13251 UDF This connection allows you to connect to the Internet through a I msnmear 192 168 29 11 8789 63231 TCP shared connection on another computer ee Show icon in notification area when connected ro Edit me i eal The reminder as regards concern about Firewall and UPnP Can t work with Firewall Software Enabling firewall applications on your PC may cause the UPnP functi
12. Add to Access Control Client s MAC address Add Refresh Click this button to refresh the status of station list Add Click this button to add current typed MAC address into Access Control 4 13 SSL VPN An SSL VPN Secure Sockets Layer virtual private network is a form of VPN that can be used with a standard Web browser There are two benefits that SSL VPN provides gt Itis not necessary for users to preinstall VPN client software for executing SSL VPN connection gt There are less restrictions for the data encrypted through SSL VPN in comparing with traditional VPN SSL VPN H General Setup H SSL Web Proxy H SSL Application H User Account H Online User Status Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 248 Dr ay Te k 4 13 1 General Setup This page determines the general configuration for SSL VPN Server and SSL Tunnel SSL VPN gt General Setup SSL VPN General Setup Port Default 443 Server Certificate self signed Encryption Key Algorithm O High 4ES 128 bits and 3DES Default RE 128 bits OLow DES Note The settings will act on all SSL applications Port Such port is set for SSL VPN server It will not affect the HTTPS Port configuration set in System Maintenance gt gt Management In general the default setting is 443 Server Certificate When the client does not set any certificate default certificate will be used for HTTPS and SSL VPN server Choose
13. Quick Start Wizard Model Name Vigor3200n Online Status Firmware Version 3 3 7 _RC3 Build Date Time Feb 21 2011 15 44 36 WAN LAN LAN NAT i MAC Address IP Address Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS Applications LANI 00 S50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Yes Wireless LAN LAN2 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 3 1 255 255 255 0 No System Maintenance LAN3 00 S50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 5 1 255 255 255 0 No Diagnostics LAN4 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 7 1 255 255 255 0 No DMZ PORT 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 9 1 255 255 255 0 Yes IP Routed Subnet 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 2 1 255 255 255 0 Yes Wireless LAN MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware Version 00 50 7F 00 00 00 Europe 2 3 2 0 DrayTek WAN Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway Connected 00 S0 7F 00 00 01 Static IP ie dole uaaal Disconnected 00 S0 7F 00 00 02 Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 03 AREP Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 04 Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 05 Quick Start Wizard offers user an easy method to quick setup the connection mode for the router Moreover if you want to adjust more settings for different WAN modes please go to WAN group 3 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP Network IP means Internet Protocol Every device in an IP based Network including routers print server and host PCs needs an IP address to identify its location on the network To avoid address conflicts IP addresses are publicly registered with the Network Information C
14. Server Address Specify the IP address of the PPTP L2TP server if you enable PPTP L2TP client mode Specify Gateway IP Address Specify the gateway IP address for DHCP server Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using 41 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide E http 192 168 1 1 WANIIP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer a O X WANI IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool d d d d d CI d 9 16 eB 1724 25 32 gt gt ny a Fixed IP Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box Fixed IP Addres
15. auto selected auto selected Activate The Activate link brings you accessing into http myvigor draytek com to finish the activation of the account and the router Authentication Message As for authentication information of web filter the process of authenticating will be displayed on this field for your reference Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 272 Dray Te K Below shows the successful activation of Web Content Filter System Maintenance gt gt Activation Activate via interface auto selected Web Filter License Activate Status Commtouch Start Date 2010 O07 27 Expire Date 2010 08 27 Authentication Message Activated Wiz Activated Wizard query license status Successtul 2010 07 27 05 47 13 Note If you want to use email alert or syslog please configure the SysLog Mail Alert Setup page If you change the service provider the configuration of the function will be reset 4 16 Diagnostics Diagnostic Tools provide a useful way to view or diagnose the status of your Vigor router Below shows the menu items for Diagnostics ostics lial out Dray Te k 273 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 16 1 Dial out Trigger Click Diagnostics and click Dial out Trigger to open the web page The internet connection e g PPPoE is triggered by a package sending from the source IP address Diagnostics gt gt Dial out Trigger Dial out Triggered Packet Header Refresh HEX Format 00 50 YF
16. ccc cceececeeececeeeeeceeeeeseeeeseeceeseecessaeeessueeeseeeeseueesseueessueesseeeesaaeees 168 4 8 3 Quality of SOT VIC Cs costes tect opie sacle de diatsh scion oneewalle basecciedsiaseasee douse tic oct duidbesedece anes udersabes deeds 169 4 9 PO DIICAUONNS evncssamsehamiatccinnmeneen worcumnaduniesusiann EIEN e ERO EN E Nan Es EENS 176 AO DYN DN eig R E EE E E E E EE 176 NCO NS ar E E E E AE E EE E E 178 AOF RADIU ara E E E E E 180 4 9 4 LDAP Active Directory ccccccccscccccesececceseeecsauscceeuseeeseuseeessaeeecseseeesseeessageesssageees 181 Ao S URAR en E EE E EE 181 A EA GNIR errea EE A E E E E 183 A97 Wake on LAN erennere e R AA a AR AAR 185 AAO VP INGANGTRCIMOLEIACCES Sw vesarcanniasaeanniussacversentwoayinnaeonaiccunasduaeadesnieuiunctnteyansedesaacensucuaneiwi mane 187 AON WO PIN GINS VIZ Ol ciasctsnccd cece E A 187 NO NE IN VS VV ZAI a E T E E naar 193 4 10 3 REMO ACCOS SG GINO I ecsecnceeiee escnactaec a E A E 198 OG A a 12 E eee en ee eee eee ee 198 7G Ro aes 108 E 42 ko 0 6 eeenenn enna ener tee emi eee eee Mn os eee eee 199 4 10 6 IPSec Peer ldentity visit aces etetentenstsecsceseoincenocseysunscossdece tataseyssebedeneciasnectssodesncdeebbseugsendaske 201 4 10 7 Remote Dial in User saisicesein ina sravcsneverededezeretesveredssuzetsvssansuaininzosecnetadeiarsous sassedunedabeusaes 203 POSS LAN TO IN ois sasatoeesemasetesckanneossoeasouasiasvaincemaceescuneenns senccoundie seq ndemeesoossessuonayessaind
17. lt body stats 1l gt lt script langquage Javascript gt Window location http wuaw draytek com lt script gt lt body gt Mode There are two modes offered here for you to choose Each mode will bring different filtering effect to the users involved User Based If you choose such mode the router will apply the filter rules configured in User Management gt gt User Profile to the users Rule Based If you choose such mode the router will apply Dr ay Te k 139 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide the filter rules configured in Firewall gt gt General Setup and Filter Rule to the users 4 5 2 User Profile Reserved This page allows you to set customized profiles up to 200 which will be applied for users controlled under User Management Simply open User Management gt gt User Profile Reserved User Management gt User Profile Reserved User Profile Table Profile Name admin Dial In User e elep pEr emne peer A i he Pat 33 64 65 96 97 128 129 160 1 61 192 193 Setto Factory Default Protile Name a e e a e PC a eC Ce A e Ce a gt gt Next gt gt Pe To set the user profile please click any index number link to open the following page Notice that profile 1 Admin and profile 2 Dial In User are factory default settings and only few settings for them can be modified User Management gt gt User Profile Profile I
18. 06 What are the limitations in the USB Printer Port of Vigor Router 07 What is the printing buffer size of Vigor Router 08 How do configure LPR printing on Mac OSX 09 How do configure LPR printing on My Windows Vista Note 2 Vigor router supports printing request from computers via the LAN port but not WAN port Dray Tek 11 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide This page is left blank Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 12 Dray Te k 2 Configuring Basic Settings For using the router properly it is necessary for you to change the password of web configuration for security and adjust primary basic settings 2 1 Two Level Management This chapter explains how to setup a password for an administrator user and how to adjust basic advanced settings for accessing Internet successfully For user mode operation do not type any word on the window and click Login for the simple web pages for configuration Yet for admin mode operation please type admin admin on Username Password and click Login for full configuration 2 2 Accessing Web Page 1 Make sure your PC connects to the router correctly You may either simply set up your computer to get IP dynamically from the router or set up the IP address of the computer to be the same subnet as the default IP address of Vigor router 192 168 1 1 For the detailed information please refer to the later section Trouble Shooting of the guide 2 Open
19. Click this button to view the detailed settings for certificate request E http A 192 168 11 Certificate Signing Request Information Microsoft Internet Explorer DR Certificate Signing Request Information Certificate Name server Issuer SEC CSTW ST Hsinchu L Hsinchu O Draytek OU MKT CN DT emaillAddress supportd draytek com Subject Alternative Name Valid From Valid To PEM Format Content NITBwecC aS wl stawgiI xc caJBGhVBAYTAlLREMRawDgYDVoolEwdIic2 LuYzhilhaw Dg YDPVOQHEwdled LuYzZhiNhawDgYDVOOKE wdEcmF Sd6Vr Mouv gvDVOoLEwWWS 10 CeAIJBQGNVEBANTARRUMS IwlaYd Kos ThvcNagkbF hn sdsbubs J0oGRyYsloevsure ot MIGHNAUGCS AGS Ibs DOERR AQUAsAGNADCRIGERGOCHOSBgGaDLTED wooucShYPuqila Rar uaSCEJ 4 hmJ Vokmk6FRYEU2Z SPTulltayvyPEH61M2 cHDLRUThOnEMAaGhluVsn3u k 2rWOMNp2 IF pbnd Y omolbue2 61011 Evo Yn Yy I gk CMhdpsqm0rGcikenoscyr uz T aqY fk GaowsftOIDagabosawDoOYI Kos lhycWNaGeFBOADGYEAB1iNMnce zHBdu HOT KtPJabkyo2 VEoOYTYOxJxullrhVadhvTxSWqhet ysis DLAVSIOYIPssTs94Ddcn yolrbh Z06IsxcUsk VOG MByYOlubchHuRYRAxi2 RTNOYOICRscVIMNExx 44 pnkWNB TaleOlwe 12 BhlnYEzFOQsurlIszyY Close Note You have to copy the certificate request information from above window Next access your CA server and enter the page of certificate request copy the information into it and submit a request A new certificate will be issued to you by the CA server You can save it Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 228 Dr ay T
20. 1 User account and Authentication CI Enable this account Idle Timeout 300 second s Allowed Dial In Type C PFTP IPSec Tunnel C LATP with IPSec Policy CO Specify Remote Node Pemote Client IP or Peer ISON Number or Peer D O Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block Multicast via YPN OPass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc Subnet O assign Static IP Address booo Username er C Enable Mobile One Time Passwords mOTP Po IKE Authentication Method O Digital Signature x 5095 Password PIN Code Secret Fre Shared key IPSec Security Method Mediumi 4H4 High ESP DES 3DES AES Local ID optianal If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection VPN and Remote Access gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication C Enable this account second s Idle Timeout Allowed Dial In Type PPTP LJ IPSec Tunnel C L2TP with IPSec Policy C Specify Remote Node Pemote Client IP or Peer ISON Number orpeero o O Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block O Pass Bluck for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc Multicast via VPN Subnet O Assign Static IP Address ooo _ Username Pee O Enable Mobile One Time Passwords mOTPS Po IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Password PIN Code Secre
21. Attribute Enable Access Control Select to enable the MAC Address access control feature Policy Select to enable any one of the following policy Choose Activate MAC address filter to type in the MAC addresses for other clients in the network manually Choose Isolate WLAN from LAN will separate all the WLAN stations from LAN based on the MAC Address list Policy Activate MAC address filter k Activate MAC address filter Isolate WLAN from LAN MAC Address Filter Display all MAC addresses that are edited before Client s MAC Address Manually enter the MAC address of wireless client Attribute s Isolate the station from LAN select to isolate the wireless connection of the wireless client of the MAC address from LAN Add Add a new MAC address into the list Delete Delete the selected MAC address in the list Edit Edit the selected MAC address in the list Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 70 Dr ay Te k Cancel Give up the access control set up OK Click it to save the access control list Clear All Clean all entries in the MAC address list 3 5 5 Station List Station List provides the knowledge of connecting wireless clients now along with its status code There is a code summary below for explanation For convenient Access Control you can select a WLAN station and click Add to Access Control below Wireless LAN gt Station List Station List Status MAC Address Associated with Status Codes Connected
22. Create an account Please enter personal profile Gerson al Information Draytek provides MyVigor my vigor draytek com service according to this agreement When you use MyYigor service it means that you have read understand and agree to accept the items listed in this 1 Agreement agreement Draytek can modify or change the content of the items without any reasons It is suggested for you to notice the medications or changes at any time If you still use MyVigor service E Preferences 33 7 3 Y dis after knowing the modifications and changes of this service t means you have read understand and agree to accept the modifications and changes If you do not agree the content of this agreement please stop using My igor service E competion 2 Registration To use this service you have to agree the following conditions a Provide your complete and correct information according to the registration steps of this service 5 Type your personal information in this page and then click Continue Register Create an account Please enter personal profile Fields marked by are required Account Information Gaareement EOR Mary Check Account 3 20 characters seee Password ee Ce 4 20 characters Do not set the same as the username Confirm Password PTT Personal Information pP eterences First Name Mary Last Name Ted completion Company Name Tech Ltd
23. Dray Tek Check this box to enable this function Use the drop down list to choose the time interval of refreshing data flow that will be done by the system automatically Petresh Seconds Click this link to refresh this page manually Display the number of the data flow Display the IP address of the monitored device Display the transmission speed of the monitored device Display the receiving speed of the monitored device Display the session number that you specified in Limit Session web page Block can prevent specified PC accessing into Internet within 5 minutes 271 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Current Peak Speed 4 16 7 Traffic Graph Page Refresh bps Sessions Action Block Unblock the device with the IP address will be blocked in five minutes The remaining time will be shown on the session column Page n v Retresh Sessions Action blocked 299 Unblock Current means current transmission rate and receiving rate for WAN interface Peak means the highest peak value detected by the router in data transmission Speed means line speed specified in WAN gt gt General Setup If you do not specify any rate at that page here will display Auto for instead Click Diagnostics and click Traffic Graph to open the web page Choose WAN1 WAN2 WN3 WAN4 WANS5 Bandwidth Sessions daily or weekly for viewing different traffic graph Click Refresh to renew the graph at any time Diag
24. Enable Server IP Server Port http 172 16 3 102 B069 cwrn CRN html oss pigor o Ca second s pas Minimum Keep Alive Period eo o o second s Maximum Keep Alive Period fs seacand s ACS Server On ACS Server CPE Client Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Choose the interface for the router connecting to ACS server URL Username Password Such data must be typed according to the ACS Auto Configuration Server you want to link Please refer to Auto Configuration Server user s manual for detailed information Such information is useful for Auto Configuration Server Enable Disable Allow Deny the CPE Client to connect with Auto Configuration Server Port Sometimes port conflict might be occurred To solve A Dray Tek such problem you might change port number for CPE Periodic Inform Settings The default setting is Enable Please set interval time or schedule time for the router to send notification to CPE Or click Disable to close the mechanism of notification STUN Settings The default is Disable If you click Enable please type the relational settings listed below Server IP Type the IP address of the STUN server Server Port Type the port number of the STUN server Minimum Keep Alive Period If STUN is enabled the CPE must send binding request to the server for the purpose of maintaining the binding in the Gateway Please type a number as the minimum period The default
25. Log None There is no log file will be recorded for this profile Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Dray Tek i Pass Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog Block Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog All All the actions Pass and Block will be recorded in Syslog 4 8 Bandwidth Management Below shows the menu items for Bandwidth Management Bandwidth Management P Sessions Limit F Bandwidth Limit H Quality of Service 4 8 1 Sessions Limit A PC with private IP address can access to the Internet via NAT router The router will generate the records of NAT sessions for such connection The P2P Peer to Peer applications e g BitTorrent always need many sessions for procession and also they will occupy over resources which might result in important accesses impacted To solve the problem you can use limit session to limit the session procession for specified Hosts In the Bandwidth Management menu click Sessions Limit to open the web page Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 166 Dray Te k Bandwidth Management gt Sessions Limit Sessions Limit Enable Default Max Sessions Limitation List Start IF Index Specific Limitation starti o Disable 100 Max Sessions end IP Maximum Sessions Administration Message Max 250 characters You have reached the maximum number of permitted Internet sessians lt p gt Please close one or more applica
26. No encryption Connected WEP Connected WPA Connected WRAZ Blocked by Access Control Connecting Fail to pass WPA PSK authentication TEMPUS Note After a station connects to the router successfully it may be turned off without notice In that case it will still be on the list until the connection expires Add to Access Control Client s MAC address Add Refresh Click this button to refresh the status of station list Add Click this button to add current typed MAC address into Access Control Dr ay Tek 71 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 3 6 System Maintenance For the system setup there are several items that you have to know the way of configuration Status User Password Time setup and Reboot System Below shows the menu items for System Maintenance System Maintenance System Status H User Password H Time and Date H Reboot System 3 6 1 System Status The System Status provides basic network settings of Vigor router It includes LAN and WAN interface information Also you could get the current running firmware version or firmware related information from this presentation System Status Model Name Firmware Version Build Date Time Vigors200n 3 3 7 RCS Feb 21 2011 15 44 36 LAN MAC Address IF Address Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS LANL 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 LANZ 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 3
27. Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key Digital Signature X 509 Peer IP VPN Client IP Peer ID Remote Network IP Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Type a name for such profile The length of the file is limited to 10 characters This field is used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above Choose a proper authentication type for VPN connection Local User Database ka Local User Database Radius LDAP For I PSec L2TP IPSec authentication you have to type a pre shared key Type the pre shared key again for confirmation Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function Use the drop down list to choose one of the certificates for using You have to configure one certificate at least previously in Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Otherwise the setting you choose here will not be effective Type the WAN IP address or VPN client IP address for the remote client Type the ID name for the remote client Please type one LAN IP address according to the real location of the remote host for building VPN 196 Dray Tek location of the remote host for building VPN connection Remote Network Mask Please type the network mask according to the real location of the remote host for building VPN connection After f
28. Range Address Subnet Address Mac Address Type the MAC address for Mac Address type Type the start IP address for Single Address type Type the end IP address if the Range Address type is selected me Dray Tek Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask if the Subnet Address type is selected Invert Selection If it is checked all the IP addresses except the ones listed above will be applied later while it is chosen Below is an example of IP objects settings Objects Setting gt gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Index Mame Index is FD Department Vf 2 Financial Dept 18 3 HR Department 19 4 20 J 21 4 6 2 IP Group This page allows you to bind several IP objects into one IP group Objects Setting gt gt IP Group IP Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name ee i a a jM Ml i fet SS eee Pett AA G a FeEFEFRBRESBrerPrePreeee Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Dr ay Te k 147 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt IP Group Profile Index 1 Mame Administration Interface Available IP Objects 1 RD Department 2 Financial Dept 3 HF Department Selected IP Objects Name Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Interface Choose WAN LAN or Any to display all the available IP objects with the specified interface Available IP Objects Al
29. The design of network structure is related to what type of public IP addresses coming from your ISP 3 2 1 Basics of LAN The most generic function of Vigor router is NAT It creates a private subnet of your own As mentioned previously the router will talk to other public hosts on the Internet by using public IP address and talking to local hosts by using its private IP address What NAT does is to translate the packets from public IP address to private IP address to forward the right packets to the right host and vice versa Besides Vigor router has a built in DHCP server that assigns private IP address to each local host See the following diagram for a briefly understanding Internet DHCP Server Private Subne Router IF In some special case you may have a public IP subnet from your ISP such as 220 135 240 0 24 This means that you can set up a public subnet or call second subnet that each host is equipped with a public IP address As a part of the public subnet the Vigor router will serve for IP routing to help hosts in the public subnet to communicate with other public hosts or servers outside Therefore the router should be set as the gateway for public hosts Dray Tek 47 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Internet Public IP Address CR 220 135 240 207 l Private Subr Router IF What is Routing Information Protocol RIP Vigor router will exchange routing information with neighboring routers using the RIP to
30. VPN etc of Vigor Router to allow VPN tunnel pass through as well as the appropriate NAT settings such as DMZ or open port VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Access Control Setup Remote Access Control Setup Enable PPTP WPN Service Enable IPSec YPN Service Enable L2TP YPN Service Enable SSL YPN Service Note If you intend running a YPN server inside your LAN you should uncheck the appropriate protocol above to allow pass through as well as the appropriate NAT settings 4 10 4 PPP General Setup This submenu only applies to PPP related VPN connections such as PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol Dial In PPP Authentication Dial In PPP Encryption MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP a Username Password Dial In PPP Authentication Dial In PPP Encryption MPPE Vigor3200 Series User s Guide PAP or CHAP Optional MPPE IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users When DHCP Disable set Assigned IP range 192 168 1 200 Yes No PAP Only elect this option to force the router to authenticate dial in users with the PAP protocol PAP or CHAP Selecting this option means the router will attempt to authenticate dial in users with the CHAP protocol first If the dial in user does not support this protocol it will fall back to use the PAP protocol for authentication Optional MPPE This option repres
31. WAN gt gt Load Balance Policy Index 1 L Enable Binding WAN Interface WANT Auto failover to the other WAN Dest Port Start Dest Port End Enable Check this box to enable this policy Protocol Use the drop down menu to choose a proper protocol for the Binding WAN interface Src IP Start Src IP End Dest IP Start Dest IP End Dest Port Start Dest Port End Dray Tek WAN interface Protocol Choose the WAN interface WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 WANG4 WANS for binding Auto failover to other WAN Check this button to lead the data passing through other WAN automatically when the selected WAN interface is failover Type the source IP start for the specified WAN interface Type the source IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field is blank it means that all the source IPs inside the LAN will be passed through the WAN interface Type the destination IP start for the specified WAN interface Type the destination IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field is blank it means that all the destination IPs will be passed through the WAN interface Type the destination port start for the destination IP Type the destination port end for the destination IP If this field is blank it means that all the destination ports will be passed through the WAN interface 97 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 2 LAN Local Area Network LAN is a group of subnets regulated and ruled by router The desi
32. blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes Please input the PIN code specified in wireless client you wish to connect and click Start PIN button The WPS LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes WDS means Wireless Distribution System It is a protocol for connecting two access points AP wirelessly Usually it can be used for the following application Provide bridge traffic between two LANs through the air Extend the coverage range of a WLAN To meet the above requirement two WDS modes are implemented in Vigor router One is Bridge the other is Repeater Below shows the function of WDS bridge interface Dray Tek 241 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide The application for the WDS Repeater mode is depicted as below Host with Host with Host with bridge Interface 1 repeater Interface bridge Interface 2 W 7 F The major difference between these two modes is that while in Repeater mode the packets received from one peer AP can be repeated to another peer AP through WDS links Yet in Bridge mode packets received from a WDS link will only be forwarded to local wired or wireless hosts In other words only Repeater mode can do WDS to WDS packet forwarding In the following examples hosts connected to Bridge 1 or
33. default charset for FTP server and enable Samba service At present the Vigor router can support USB diskette with formats of FAT16 and FAT32 only Therefore before connecting the USB diskette into the Vigor router please make sure the memory format for the USB diskette is FAT16 or FAT32 It is recommended for you to use FAT32 for viewing the filename completely FAT16 cannot support long filename USB Application gt gt USB General Settings USB General Settings General Settings Simultaneous FTP Connections 5 Maximum 6 Default Charset Default Samba Service Settings Network Neighborhood Enable Disable Access Mode LAN Only LAN And WAN NetBios Name Service Note 1 If Charset is set to default only English long file name is supported 2 Multi session ftp download will be banned by Router FTP server If your ftp client have multi connection mechanism such as FileZilla you may limit client connections setting to 1 to get better performance 3 4 workgroup name must not be the same as the host name The workgroup name and the host name can have as many as 15 characters and a host name can have as many as 23 characters but both cannot contain any of the following lt gt General Settings Simultaneous FTP Connection This field is used to specify the quantity of the FTP sessions The router allows up to 6 FTP sessions connecting to USB storage diskette at one time Default Charset At present V
34. displayed in red VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism profile will be locked The profiles in LAN to LAN will be displayed in blue 218 Dray Tek Edit Click this button to save the changes to the Status Enable or Disable profile name member1 or member2 Delete Click this button to delete the selected VPN TRUNK profile The corresponding members LAN to LAN profiles grouped in the deleted VPN TRUNK profile will be released and that profiles in LAN to LAN will be displayed in black Time for activating VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism will be activated automatically after the initial connection of single VPN Tunnel off line The content in Member1 2 within VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism backup profile is similar to dial out profile configured in LAN to LAN web page VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism backup profile will process and handle everything unless it is off line once it is activated Time for activating VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism profile After finishing the connection for one tunnel the other tunnel will dial out automatically within two seconds Therefore you can choose any one of members under VPN Load Balance for dialing out Time for activating VPN TRUNK Dial out when VPN Load Balance Disconnected For there is one Tunnel created and connected successfully to keep the load balance effect between two tunnels auto dial will be executed within two s
35. it indicates all the ports except the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this value is available for this profile Below is an example of service type objects settings Service Type Object Profiles Index Name 1 SIP ETF 3 4 6 4 Service Type Group This page allows you to bind several service types into one group Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Group Service Type Group Table Setto Factory Default Group Name Group Name 17 dad ia i PP PP PPP PPP emt j i j ne D ee ee SE FE RESP rPRFPrPFEeYPe eB Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 150 Dr ay Tek Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Group Setup Profile Index 1 Name Available Service Type Objects Selected Service Type Objects SIP 2 RTP Name Type a name for this profile Available Service Type All the available service objects that you have added on Objects Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object will be shown in this box Selected Service Type Click gt gt button to add the selected IP objects in this box Objects 4 6 5 Keyword Object You can set 200 keywor
36. mechanism profile Status v means such profile is enabled x means such profile is disabled Name Display the name of VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism profile Member Display the dial out profile selected from the Member drop down list below Active Yes means normal condition No means the state might be disabled or that profile currently is set with Dial in mode for call direction in LAN to LAN Type Display the connection type for that profile such as IPSec PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec NICE L2TP over IPSec MUST and so on Memberz2 Display the dial out profile selected from the Member2 drop down list below Advanced This button is only available when there is one or more profiles created in this page 217 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide General Setup Add Vigor3200 Series User s Guide E http 192_168 1 1 YPN Load Balance Advance Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer VPN Load Balance Advance Settings Profile Name Balancel Load Balance Algorithm Round Robin O Weighted Round Robin Auto Weighted oe According to Speed Ratio Member1 Member2 50 50 VPN Load Balance Policy Edit Olnsert after Tunnel Bind Table Index 1 128 Active Active v Binding Dial Out Profile 4 Src IP Start 0 0 0 0 7 End 255 255 255 255 Dest IP Start 0 0 0 0 End 255 255 255 255 Dest Port Start 4 End 65535 Protocol T
37. please go to NAT page and choose Port Redirection web page The Port Redirection Table provides 20 port mapping entries for the internal hosts NAT gt Porn Redirection Port Redirection Setto Factory Default Index Service Name Public Port Private IP Status 1 A H 3 Ps 4 x Fia H G 4 H i ps 9 10 H x Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 114 Dr ay Te k Press any number under Index to access into next page for configuring port redirection NAT gt Port Redirection Index No 1 C Enable Mode Service Name Protacal WAR Interface Public Port Private IP Private Port l ALL W Iji Note In Range Mode the End IP will be calculated automatically once the Public Port and Start IP hawe been entered Enable Mode Service Name Protocol WAN Interface Public Port Private IP Private Port Check this box to enable such port redirection setting Two options Single and Range are provided here for you to choose To set a range for the specific service select Range In Range mode if the public port start port and end port and the starting IP of private IP had been entered the system will calculate and display the ending IP of private IP automatically Enter the description of the specific network service Select the transport layer protocol TCP or UDP Select the WAN interface used for port redirection Specify which port can be redirected to the specified Private IP
38. specified service function in transmission and define specified VPN Tunnel for having effective bandwidth management gt Dial out connection types contain IPSec PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec and GRE over IPSec Dr ay Tek 215 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide gt The web page is simple to understand and easy to configure gt The TCP Session transmitted by using VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism will not be lost due to one of VPN Tunnels disconnected Users do not need to reconnect with setting TCP UDP Service Port again The VPN Load Balance function can keep the transmission for internal data on tunnel stably VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN TRUNK Management Backup Profile List Setto Factory Default Note Active NO The LAN to LAN Profile is disabled or under Dial In Call Direction at present Member Active Type Load Balance Profile List Setto Factory Default Note Active NO The LAN to LAN Profile is disabled or under Dial In Call Direction at present No Status Name Memberi fa ctive Type Member Active Type General Setup Status Enable Disable Memberi Please select a LaN to LaN Dial Out profile w Member2 Please select a L amp N to LaN Dial Out profile we Active Mode Backup O Load Balance Backup Profile List Set to Factory Default Click to clear all VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile No The order of VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile Status on Backup Profile
39. untouched The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication C Enable this account Username ere pasawan Authentication Type Allowed Dial In Type C Enable Mobile One Time Passwords mOTP3 PPTP PIN Code IPSec Tunnel Secret Doo O Of L2TP with IPSec Policy SSL Tunnel Idle Timeout 300 second s IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared key m e a Remote Client IP or Peer ISON Number C Digital Signature 509 or Peer ID 0 Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block IPSec Security Method Multicast via YPN OPass Block Mediumi AH for some IGMP IF Camera DHCP Relay etc High ESP DES 23DES AES Subnet a O Assign Static IP Address pooo SSL VPN Set SSL Web Proxy Set SSL Application User account and Enable this account Check the box to enable this function Authentication Idle Timeout If the dial in user is idle over the limitation of the timer the router will drop this connection By default the Idle Timeout is set to 300 seconds Allowed Dial In Type PPTP Allow the remote dial in user to make a PPTP VPN connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below IPSec Tunnel Allow the remote dial in user to make an IPSec VPN connection through Internet L2TP with IPSec Policy Allow the remote dial in user to make
40. 2009 09 15 VoIP 08 How does Powerline networking handle co interference between two adjacent homes 2009 09 15 QoS Click Support Area gt gt Product Registration the following web page will be displayed This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor lf you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN Auth Code lf vou cannot read the word Click here Forget password AYi GXZ Don t have a MyVider Account 7 If you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Service 886 3 597 2727 of email to Webmasternm draytek com Dray Tek Create an account now Vigor3200 Series User s Guide This page is left blank Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 28 Dray Te k 3 1 WAN User Mode Operation This chapter will guide users to execute simple configuration through user mode operation As for other examples of application please refer to chapter 5 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 The window will ask for typing username and password 2 Do not type any word both username and password are Null for user operation on the window and click Login on the window Now the Main Screen will appear Be aware that User mode will be displayed on the bottom left side Vigor32 OO Series Dray Tek Multi WAN Security Router off System Status
41. 22 33 44 00 OE 46 24 05 41 08 00 45 00 00 4B BE 54 00 OO F 11 12 3B CO 46 01 04 AS 5F 01 01 05 CB OO 35 00 37 ES 91 0i 74 0i 00 00 0i 00 00 00 00 00 OO O7 67 61 7465 77 61 79 0960 65 73 7365 66 67 65 72 07 68 OF 460 61 69 6C 03 63 6F 60 00 00 01 00 01 E6 4 14 00 00 Decoded Format 192 168 1 10 1483 gt 168 95 1 1 domain Pr udp HLen 20 TLen 75 Decoded Format It shows the source IP address local destination IP remote address the protocol and length of the package Refresh Click it to reload the page 4 16 2 Routing Table Click Diagnostics and click Routing Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Fey C connected 5 Static R RIF default private 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 via 172 16 3 1 WANI C 192 168 1 0 255 455 24 55 0 is directly connected LAM T 172 16 3 0 255 255 255 0 18 directly connected Wan Refresh Click it to reload the page Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 274 Dray Te k 4 16 3 ARP Cache Table Click Diagnostics and click ARP Cache Table to view the content of the ARP Address Resolution Protocol cache held in the router The table shows a mapping between an Ethernet hardware address MAC Address and an IP address Diagnostics gt gt View ARP Cache Table Ethernet ARP Cache Table IF Address 192 Live 172 IFz Live 17a IFz Lie IFz Live 172 Lv2 Liz 166 1 10 16 16 l6 16
42. 3 can communicate with hosts connected to Bridge 2 through WDS links However hosts connected to Bridge 1 CANNOT communicate with hosts connected to Bridge 3 through Bridge 2 WDS Link WDS Link Host with Host with Host with bridge Interface 1 bridge Interface 2 bridge Interface 3 Click WDS from Wireless LAN menu The following page will be shown Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 242 Dr ay Te k Wireless LAN gt gt WDS Settings WDS Settings Security Disable WEP Pre shared Key WEP Use the same WEP key set in Security Settings Pre shared Key Type Setto Factory Default ee ee di di m Lit JL JL LI ee a didi es dididi Note Disable unused links to get better performance Repeater Enable Peer MAC Addess WPA WPA Type 6 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example cfgsOla2 or Oxe55abed DrayTek WPA Rey Access Point Function Enable Disable Status LJ Send Hello message to peers Note The status is valid only when the peer also supports this function Choose the mode for WDS setting Disable mode will not invoke any WDS setting Bridge mode is designed to fulfill the first type of application Repeater mode is for the second one Mode Disable There are three types for security Disable WEP and Pre shared key The setting you choose here will make the following WEP or Pre shared key field valid or not Choose o
43. 87 172 16 3 99 255 255 255 0 Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and proceed to the following action Go to the VPN Connection Management Do another VPN Client Wizard setup View more detailed configurations Go to the VPN Connection Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 192 Dray Tek Management Do another VPN Server Wizard Setup View more detailed configuration 4 10 2 VPN Server Wizard Access gt gt Connection Management for viewing VPN Connection status Click this radio button to set another profile of VPN Server through VPN Server Wizard Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN for viewing detailed configuration Such wizard is used to configure VPN settings for VPN server Such wizard will guide to set the LAN to LAN profile for VPN dial in connection from client to server step by step VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard Choose VPN Establishment Environment YPN Server Mode Selection Please choose a LAN to L4AN Profile site to Site WPN LAN to L4N w Index Status Name wt Please choose a Dial in User Accounts Allowed Dial in Type VPN Server Mode Selection Please choose a LAN to LAN Profile Dray Tek PPTP IPsec L2TP with IPSec Policy Choose the direction for the VPN server Site to Site VPN Remote Dial in Use
44. 9 e E E ee eee 272 4 16 IAQ MO SUC Sines icecosseesansiniwrvausrnecuni asnatnud ia ANa Taiana 273 A AGA Dial OUl TAQ GON irendi eA ARAA iias 274 A 16 2 FAOUMING TADIS sersem a a ae e A RRENA 274 4A 16 3 ARP Cache Table srnenioraiienni ia aAA AAR ERRER 275 410 4 DHCP T aDC sea a E E EE E 275 4 16 5 NAT Sessions Table wicscccecacesccvesseensceadeecancedsssedeaweesavensndeaneedouovdandeeceeaaseuenseswseeedoncseseees 276 4 16 6 Data Flow MOnitOr cccccccceccccceeseeeceeeeeeeceeseeeeaeeeeeeeueeeseaeeeesaeeesseaueeessaneeesseseeeseass 276 4 16 7 Traffic Gran ccccccccccceccceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeesseceeeeseseeeesseeeeeeeesseeaseeeeeeseeaaseeeeeeeesaeeageseees 278 4 16 8 Ping DiAQnNOSIS ccccscccccccseeeeeceeeeeeceeeeceeceeseeesseeeeeeseeeeeessaueeessaueeesseeeeessaeeeessaeeeeenaases 279 4 16 9 Trace Route cccccccsesceeccseeecceseeeceeseecseuseeecuseeecseuseeessaueeessageeesseseesssageeesseneeessages 280 Application and Examples ccccescceeseeeseeeseeenseeeseeeneeenseoeseeeaeeonseeeseeaeensees 281 5 1 OW TO COMIGUIre Multi SUING bcs ccceesancnenretcessaxecadcenetecteeesestcceuedecgncncetengseueeancnenteccevexecuncexys 281 5 2 Create a LAN to LAN Connection Between Remote Office and Headquarter 286 5 3 Create a Remote Dial in User Connection Between the Teleworker and Headquarter 294 5 4 0S Setting EXAMPle isaseeressedeceacaedcue beessnasescedsie aninion i niaan i Anaa NEAN annaa rnini 299 5
45. Address 192 168 9 1 Set IP address and Subnet Mask for clients connected via DMZ port IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 9 1 Subnet Mask Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other than the Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Enable Server Let the router assign IP address to every host in the LAN Disable Server Let you manually assign IP address to every host in the LAN Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the Ist IP address of your router is 192 168 9 10 the starting IP address must be 192 168 9 11 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the maximum is 253 Gateway IP Address Enter a value of the gateway IP address for the
46. Control BOTH WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps Index Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Class 1 E mail 25 f Class 2 HTTPS 25 lee Class 3 25 i Others 25 ae Limited_bandwidth Ratio Oy C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Online Statistics Dray Tek 301 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 9 If the worker has connected to the headquarter using host to host VPN tunnel Please refer to Chapter 3 VPN for detail instruction he may set up an index for it Enter the Class Name of Index 3 In this index he will set reserved bandwidth for 1 VPN tunnel Internet VPN Tunnel Private Network ai 192 168 1 0 oe 10 Click Edit to open a new window Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Class Index 3 eee DiffServ CodePoint 1 Empty 11 Click Edit to open the following window Check the ACT box first NO Status Local Address Remote Address Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Rule Edit ACT C Hardware Acceleration Local Address i Remote Address DiffServ CodePoint IP precedence 2 Service Type 3YSLOG UDP 514 Note Please choose setup the Service Type first 12 Then click Edit of Local Address to set a worker s subnet address Click Edit of Remote Address to set headquarter s IP address Leave other fields and click OK Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 302 Dr ay Te k 5 5 Upgrade Firmware for Your Router Using Firmware Upgrade Uti
47. DES V 3DES V AES 4 Gre over IPSec Settings L Enable IPSec Dial Gut function GRE over IPSec O Logical Trafic My GREIP PeerGREIP lt 5 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction From first subnet to remote network you have to do Pemote Network IP 00 0 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Remote Gateway IP 0 0 0 0 Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only Local Network IP 192 165 1 1 i single WAN supports this 3 Local Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Nore Allowed Dial In Type Determine the dial in connection with different types PPTP Allow the remote dial in user to make a PPTP VPN connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below IPSec Tunnel Allow the remote dial in user to trigger an IPSec VPN connection through Internet L2TP with IPSec Policy Allow the remote dial in user to make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 212 Dray Te k IKE Authentica
48. DNS CA Secondary DNS ins Lease Time Min pao Gateway IP Optional ca Apply Cancel 3 Click Apply 4 Open VPN gt gt IPSec gt gt VPN Trunk gt gt Policy Table to create VPN Trunk policy The way 331 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Dray Tek to configure the setting is the same as Scenario 1 VPN IPSec VPN Trunk Policy Table we O Ck R O RH ite Connection Name want wan2 wan3 wang Local GRE IP 10 0 0 2 10 0 0 4 10 0 0 6 10 0 0 8 Remote Gateway Remote GRE IP 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 7 Interface VAN WAN WANS WAN Profile Status enable enable enable enable Operational Status up up up up 1 Refresh Edit Delete Delete All 5 Open VPN gt gt VPN Trunk gt gt Group Table to group these VPN policies Group two VPN policies as the following figure and then click Apply The way to configure the setting is the same as Scenario 1 YPN VPN Trunk Group Table Profile Status 1 Enable 2 Enable 3 C 4 e 5 0 MEE i 1 3 HEET 10 Name 192 168 33 0 192 168 10 1 Local Subnet 192 168 33 0 24 192 168 10 0 24 Remote Subnet 192 168 1 0 24 192 168 1 0 24 1 Delete Delete All Now two pair VPN trunk between Vigor3200 192 168 1 0 24 and Vigor3300 192 168 33 0 24 has be established Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 332 Dray Tek Trouble Shooting This s
49. Denial of Service DoS Distributed DoS DDoS attacks protection IP Filters Depending on whether there is an existing Internet connection or in other words the WAN link status is up or down the IP filter architecture categorizes traffic into two Call Filter and Data Filter Call Filter When there is no existing Internet connection Call Filter is applied to all traffic all of which should be outgoing It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass Then the router shall initiate a call to build the Internet connection and send the packet to Internet Data Filter When there is an existing Internet connection Data Filter is applied to incoming and outgoing traffic It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass the router The following illustrations are flow charts explaining how router will treat incoming traffic and outgoing traffic respectively Outgoing Traffic Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 122 Dray Te k Drop f an rl nt bl a 4 Ka ral IAL Stateful Packet Inspection SPI Stateful inspection is a firewall architecture that works at the network layer Unlike legacy static packet filtering which examines a packet based on the information in its header stateful inspection builds up a state machine to track each connection traversing all interfaces of the firewall and makes sure they are valid The stateful firewall o
50. Edit Edit Class 3 Edit 2 Click Setup link of WAN Make sure the QoS Control on the left corner is checked And select BOTH in Direction WANT General Setup Enable the QoS Control WAN Inboun IN OUT WAN Outbouh ALEAN i 3 Set Inbound Outbound bandwidth Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service WAN1 General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps Note The rate of outbound inbound must be smaller than the real bandwidth to ensure correct calculation of QoS It is suggested to set the bandwidth value for inbound outbound as 80 85 of physical network speed provided by ISP to maximize the QoS performance Dr ay Tek 299 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 1 by clicking Edit link Type the name E mail for Class 1 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Name E mail NO Status Local Address Remote Address 10 Inactive Any DiffServ Service Type CodePoint YP ANY undefined 5 For this index the user will set reserved bandwidth e g 25 for E mail using protocol POP3 and SMTP Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WAN1 General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH WAN Inbound Bandwidth WAN Outbound Bandwidth Class Name 10000 Kbps 10000 Kbps Reserved bandwidth Ratio os 5 w To L Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Lim
51. Email Address mary ted techcom sd Please note that a valid E mail address is required to receive the Subscription Code You will need this code to activate your account Tel 0 Country SWITZERLAND 7 w Career Supervisor v 6 Choose proper selection for your computer and click Continue Dray Tek Create an account Please enter personal profile How did you find out about this website Internet v Gparareement What kind of anti virus do you use Antivir vv would like to subscribe to the MyVigor e letter v Personal yea Information would like to receive DrayTek product news Please select the mail server for receiving the ESPreferences verification mail Scompierion 313 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 7 Now you have created an account successfully Click START Create an account Please enter personal profile Completion EAsreement A confirmation email has been sent to mary_ted tech com Please click on the activation link in the email Personal Information to activate your account E Preferences START 8 Check to see the confirmation email with the title of New Account Confirmation Letter from myvigor draytek com wkk This is an automated message trom myvigor draytek com Thank you Mary for creating an account Please click on the activation lnk below to activate your account Link Activate my Account 9 Click the Activate my Account link to enable th
52. Filter The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I If you do not choose any codepage no decoding job of URL will be processed Please use the drop down list to choose a codepage If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage please open Syslog From Codepage Information of Setup dialog you will see the recommended codepage listed on the dialog box Pit DrayTek Syslog 39 1 197 168 1 1 z wan Information WON IP Fixed 172 16 2 213 LAN Status T Packets Re Packets Wahl2 IP Fixed 20459 15285 Tool Setup Telnet Read ont Setup Codepage Information Codepage To Select Windows Version 5 012600 RECOMMENDED CODEP AGE O50 ANSLOERM Traditional Chinese Bigo O0al 21 O0a6 Fe 008963 O0aa 61 O0ad 2d O0ae 52 O0b2 32 00b3 33 0069 31 O0baot Window size It determines the size of TCP protocol 0 65535 The more the value is the better the performance Dray Tek 133 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide will be However if the network is not stable small value will be proper Session timeout Setting timeout for sessions can make the best utilization of network resources However Queue timeout is configured for TCP protocol only session timeout is configured for the data flow which matched with the firewall rule DrayTek Banner Please uncheck this box and the following screen will not be shown for the unreachable web page The default setting is Enabled The requ
53. Generic Network Card Add Standard ICP IP Printer Port Wizard Additional Port Information Required The device could not be identified The detected device is of unknown type Be sure that 1 The device is properly configured 2 The address on the previous page is correct Either correct the address and perform another search on the network by returning to the previous wizard page or select the device type if you are sure the address is correct 8 Completing the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard You have selected a port with the following characteristics SNMP No Protocol RAW Pot 9100 Device 192 163 1 1 Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 Adapter Type Generic Network Card To complete this wizard click Finish i Cancel Dray Tek 9 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 9 Now your system will ask you to choose right name of the printer that you installed onto the router Such step can make correct driver loaded onto your PC When you finish the selection click Next Add Printer Wizard Install Printer Software The manufacturer and model determine which printer software to use mr Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for compatible printer software Manufacturer E Eidi AST lt a Canon y ee fle zy This driver is digitally signed windo
54. Guide 5 8 Creating an Account for MyVigor The website of My Vigor a server located on http myvigor draytek com provides several useful services such as Anti Spam Web Content Filter Anti Intrusion and etc to filter the web pages for protecting your system To access into MyVigor for getting more information please create an account for My Vigor first 5 8 1 Creating an Account via Vigor Router 1 Click System Maintenance gt gt lt Activation to open the following page System Maintenance gt gt Activation Activate via interface auto selected Web Filter License Status Not Activated Authentication Message Activated Wiz 00 04 55 Authenticate 13 continuously connect to the server 2000 01 01 2 Click the Activate link A login page for MyVigor web site will pop up automatically This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor If you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN Auth Code AYi GXZ lf you cannot read the word click here Forget password Don t have a MyViger Account Create an account now If you are having difficulty logging in contact cur customer service Customer Service 880 3 597 2727 oF email to Webmastenadraytek com 3 Click the link of Create an account now Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 312 Dray Tek 4 Check to confirm that you accept the Agreement and click Accept
55. ICMP packets with a length greater than 1024 octets Check the box to activate the Block Ping of Death function This attack involves the perpetrator sending overlapping packets to the target hosts so that those target hosts will hang 137 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Block ICMP Fragment Block Unknown Protocol Warning Messages Vigor3200 Series User s Guide once they re construct the packets The Vigor routers will block any packets realizing this attacking activity Check the box to activate the Block ICMP fragment function Any ICMP packets with more fragment bit set are dropped Check the box to activate the Block Unknown Protocol function Individual IP packet has a protocol field in the datagram header to indicate the protocol type running over the upper layer However the protocol types greater than 100 are reserved and undefined at this time Therefore the router should have ability to detect and reject this kind of packets We provide Syslog function for user to retrieve message from Vigor router The user as a Syslog Server shall receive the report sending from Vigor router which is a Syslog Client All the warning messages related to DoS Defense will be sent to user and user can review it through Syslog daemon Look for the keyword DoS in the message followed by a name to indicate what kind of attacks is detected System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLo
56. Interface Display the IP address of the LAN interface Display the subnet mask address of the LAN interface Display the current status of DHCP server of the LAN interface Display the assigned IP address of the primary DNS Display the MAC address of the wireless LAN It can be Europe 13 usable channels USA 11 usable channels etc The available channels supported by the wireless products in different countries are various It indicates information about equipped WLAN miniPCi card This also helps to provide availability of some features that are bound with some WLAN miniPCi Display the SSID of the router Display current connection status 261 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway 4 15 2 TR 069 Display the MAC address of the WAN Interface Display the connection type Display the IP address of the WAN interface Display the assigned IP address of the default gateway This device supports TR 069 standard It is very convenient for an administrator to manage a TR 069 device through an Auto Configuration Server e g VigorACS System Maintenance gt gt TR069 Setting ACS and CPE Settings ACS Server On ACS Server WRAL sername Password CPE Client Internet Doo E Enable Disable WRAL Port Username Password Periodic Inform Settings STUN Settir Disable Enable Interval Time 198 Disable
57. Interval Current System Time Click Inquire Time to get the current time Use Browser Time Select this option to use the browser time from the remote administrator PC host as router s system time Use Internet Time Select to inquire time information from Time Server on the Internet using assigned protocol Time Protocol Select a time protocol Server IP Address Type the IP address of the time server Time Zone Select the time zone where the router is located Enable Daylight Saving Check the box to activate daylight saving function Such feature is useful for some areas Automatically Update Select a time interval for updating from the NTP server Interval Click OK to save these settings 3 6 4 Reboot System The Web Configurator may be used to restart your router for using current configuration Click Reboot System from System Maintenance to open the following page System Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot your router Using current configuration Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 74 Dr ay Te k Click OK The router will take 5 seconds to reboot the system Note When the system pops up Reboot System web page after you configure web settings please click OK to reboot your router for ensuring normal operation and preventing unexpected errors of the router in the future 3 7 Diagnostics Diagnostic Tools provide a useful way to view or diagnose the status of your Vigor route
58. SSID and the MAC addresses applied to their lists Wireless LAN gt Access Control Access Control Enable Mac Address Filter SSID 1 J SSID 2 F ssip 3 F SSID 4 MAC Address Filter Index Attribute MAC Address Apply SSID Client s MAC Address Apoly SSID O ssin1 O sstip2 O ssing LJ SSID 4 Attribute C s Isolate the station from LAN Enable Mac Address Select to enable the MAC Address filter for wireless LAN Filter identified with SSID 1 to 4 respectively All the clients expressed by MAC addresses listed in the box can be grouped under different wireless LAN For example they can be grouped under SSID 1 and SSID 2 at the same time if you check SSID 1 and SSID 2 MAC Address Filter Display all MAC addresses that are edited before Client s MAC Address Manually enter the MAC address of wireless client Apply SSID After entering the client s MAC address check the box of the SSIDs desired to insert this MAC address into their access control list Attribute s Isolate the station from LAN select to isolate the wireless connection of the wireless client of the MAC address from LAN Add Add a new MAC address into the list Delete Delete the selected MAC address in the list Edit Edit the selected MAC address in the list Cancel Give up the access control set up Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 238 Dr ay Tek OK Click it to save the access control list Clear All Clean all entr
59. Src IP range Start and End and Binding Des IP range Start and End Choose TCP UDP IGMP ICMP or Other as Binding Protocol Advanced Backup http 4 192 168 1 1 YPN Backup Advance Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer Biehl ra VPN Backup Advance Settings Profile Name Backupl ERD Mode Normal Resume Member 1 first Detail Information Environment Recovers Detection ERD Status Normal Mode F kz Profile Name ERD Mode Detail Information Dray Tek Lt we List the backup profile name ERD means Environment Recovers Detection Normal choose this mode to make all dial out VPN TRUNK backup profiles being activated alternatively Resume when VPN connection breaks down or disconnects Member will be the top priority for the system to do VPN connection This field will display detailed information for Environment Recovers Detection 223 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 10 10 Connection Management You can find the summary table of all VPN connections You may disconnect any VPN connection by clicking Drop button You may also aggressively Dial out by using Dial out Tool and clicking Dial button VPN and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management Dial out Tool Refresh Seconds General Mode Lil Backup Mode Load Balance Mode VPN Connection Status Current Page 1 Page Nol eo ETON Tx Tx Rate Rx Rx Rate i VPN Type Remote IP Virtual Network Pkts Bps Pkts Bps
60. Threshold hso packets sec LJ Block IP options LJ Block Land C Block Smurf C Block trace route C Block SYN fragment C Block Fraggle Attack LJ Block TCP flag scan LJ Block Tear Drop C Block Ping of Death C Block ICMP fragment O Block UnknownProtocol Enable Dos Defense Select All Enable SYN flood defense Enable UDP flood defense Enable ICMP flood defense Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Check the box to activate the DoS Defense Functionality Click this button to select all the items listed below Check the box to activate the SYN flood defense function Once detecting the Threshold of the TCP SYN packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router will start to randomly discard the subsequent TCP SYN packets for a period defined in Timeout The goal for this is prevent the TCP SYN packets attempt to exhaust the limited resource of Vigor router By default the threshold and timeout values are set to 50 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Check the box to activate the UDP flood defense function Once detecting the Threshold of the UDP packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router will start to randomly discard the subsequent UDP packets for a period defined in Timeout The default setting for threshold and timeout are 150 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Check the box to activate the ICMP flood defense func
61. UpTime MRRKRERR Data is encrypted HEREMEER Data isn t encrypted General Mode This filed displays the profile configured in LAN to LAN with Index number and VPN Server IP address The VPN connection built by General Mode does not support VPN backup function Refresh Seconds Dial Alfa 192 168 0 26 T Alfa 192 168 026 Bentley 192 168 0 27 Audi 192 168 0 28 BMW 192 168 0 29 Backup Mode Dial Load Balance Mode Dial n Status Buick 192 168 0 30 Cadillac 192 168 0 31 1 Page No Chrysler 192 168 0 32 age No p Remote Citroen 192 168 0 33 Rx Rx Daihatsu 192 168 0 34 Pkts Rate Ferrari 192 168 0 35 Data is er Fiat 192 168 0 36 Data isn t Backup Mode This filed displays the profile name saved in VPN TRUNK Management with Index number and VPN Server IP address The VPN connection built by Backup Mode supports VPN backup function Sanersl Meds Alfa 192 168 0 26 Dial I VpnBackup 192 168 2 103 Load Balance Mode i VpnBackup 192 168 2 203 Dial Click this button to execute dial out function Refresh Seconds Choose the time for refresh the dial information among 5 10 and 30 Refresh Click this button to refresh the whole connection status Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 224 Dray Te k 4 11 Certificate Management A digital certificate works as an electronic ID which is issued by a certification authority CA It contains informatio
62. VJ Compression On Off Dial Number for ISDN or ET IKE Authentication Method Server IP Host Name for VPN uthentication Metho such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Pre Shared Key 200 135 240 208 KE Pre Shared Key None IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES without Authentication Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 292 Dr ay Te k 6 Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow Router A dial in to build VPN connection If an PSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type C PPTP IPSec Tunnel Cl L2TP with IPSec Policy Specify Remote YPN Gateway Peer VPN Serwer IP 220 135 240 208 orpeerm Username Password V1 Compression IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key IKEPre SharedKey sid IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES F 3DES F AES If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type PPTP C IPSec Tunnel C L2TP with IPSec Policy Mone Specify Remote YPN Gateway Peer VPN Serwer IP 220 135 240 208 orPeerID O Dray Tek Usern
63. WAL First W 3 WAR L First w Enable Dynamic DNS Check this box to enable DDNS function Setup Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Auto Update interval Set the time for the router to perform auto update for DDNS service Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 176 Dray Te k Dray Tek WAN Interface Domain Name Active View Log Force Update page of DDNS setup to set account s Display the WAN interface used Display the domain name that you set on the setting page of DDNS setup Display if this account is active or inactive Display DDNS log status Force the router updates its information to DDNS server Select Index number to add an account for the router Check Enable Dynamic DNS Account and choose correct Service Provider dyndns org type the registered hostname hostname and domain name suffix dyndns org in the Domain Name block The following two blocks should be typed your account Login Name test and Password test Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup gt gt Dynamic DNS Account Setup Index 1 Enable Dynamic DNS Account WAN Interface WASNT First Service Provider dyndns org eww dyndns org v Service Type Login Name max 64 characters Password max 23 characters OI Wildcards C Backup Mx Enable Dynamic DNS Account WAN Interface Service Provider Service Type Domain Name
64. WANI 4 On The WANI WAN4 connection is ready It will blink while transmitting data CSM LED on Connector WAN 1 2 3 4 Green DMZ LAN The profile s of CSM Content Security Management for IM P2P URL Web Content Filter application can be enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup Such profile must be established under CSM menu On of Blinking Of On On On On On On Of On Of On Of On Of On Of On Of Left LED The port is connected f The port is disconnected Blinking The data is transmitting Right LED On The port is connected with 1000Mbps Green The port is connected with 10 100Mbps when left LED is on Left LED On The port is connected Green The port is disconnected The data is transmitting Right LED On The port is connected with 1000Mbps Green The port is connected with 10 100Mbps when left LED is on Left LED On The port is connected Green The port is disconnected The data is transmitting Right LED On The port is connected with 1000Mbps Green f The port is connected with 10 100Mbps when left LED is on Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 2 Dr ay Te k Interface Description Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with t
65. WinLop BitTorrent BitTorrent BitSpirit BitComet Ol winny Winny WinMx Share Other P2P Applications C Xunlei C vagaa LIpp365 CO Poca C clubbos Ol Ares ClezFeer Panda Ol Huntmine Clkuwo Dray Tek 157 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Below shows the items which are categorized under Protocol CSM gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name fo IM P P Protocol Misc Select All Clear All Protocol CONS IFTP C HTTF C IRC CI NNTP CI PoOP3 C SMB C SNMP LISSH LISSL TLS TELNET Ci mMySar Cl oracle PostgreSOL O Sybase LJ Informix The items categorized under Misc CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name fe IM P2P Protocol Misc Select All Clear All Tunneling LJ Sacks4 5 LJPGPNet LIHTTE Proxy Ol Tor LI VNN C SoftEther CIMS TEREDO C wWujiesUltraSurf ClHamachi LIHTTP Tunnel C Ping Tunnel LJ Tiny YPN C RealTunnel DynaPass J ultraven L Freeu Cl Skyfire Streaming LIMMs LIRTSP LI T Ants JPPStream CIPPT C FeiDian Juusee LINSPlayer LIJPCcast LIT Koo Cl Sopcast LJ UDLivex LIT VUPlayer LIMySee LJ Joost Flash ideo CI SilverLight CI Slingbox Cowon Remote Control LI vnc Radmin SpyAnywhere ShowmyPc LogMetn C Teamviewer Cl Gogrok LJRemoteControlPra LI CrossLoop O WindowsROP LJ pcAnywhere LJ Timbuktu LJ WindowsLiveSync O SharedView Web HD LIHTTE Upload LJHiNet SafeBox LIMS SkyDrive Cl GDoc Upload
66. a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 204 Dray Te k Specify Remote Node Multicast via VPN Subnet SSL VPN Dray Tek VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection SSL Tunnel It allows the remote dial in user to make an SSL VPN Tunnel connection through Internet suitable for the application through network accessing e g PPTP L2TP IPSec If you check this box the function of SSL Tunnel for this account will be activated immediately Check the checkbox You can specify the IP address of the remote dial in user ISDN number or peer ID used in IKE aggressive mode Uncheck the checkbox This means the connection type you select above will apply the authentication methods and security methods in the general settings Netbios Naming Packet Pass Click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connect
67. a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 The following window will be open to ask for username and password Username Password Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Dray Tek 3 For user mode operation do not type any word on the window and click Login for the simple web pages for configuration Yet for admin mode operation please type admin admin on Username Password and click Login for full configuration Q Notice If you fail to access to the web configuration please go to Trouble Shooting for detecting and solving your problem 4 The web page can be logged out according to the chosen condition The default setting is Auto Logout which means the web configuration system will logout after 5 minutes without any operation Change the setting for your necessity Dr ay Tek 13 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 2 3 Changing Password No matter user mode operation or admin mode operation please change the password for the original security of the router 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 A pop up window will open to ask for username and password 2 Please type admin admin on Username Password for admin mode Otherwise do not type any word both username and password are Null for user mode on the window and click Login on the window 3 Now the Main Screen will appear Vigor3200 Series Dray Tek Multi WAN Security Router
68. any one of the user defined certificates from the drop down list if users set several certificates previously Otherwise choose Self signed to use the router s built in default certificate The default certificate can be used in SSL VPN server and HTTPS Web Proxy Encryption Key Choose the encryption level for the data connection in SSL VPN Algorithm server 4 13 2 SSL Web Proxy SSL Web Proxy will allow the remote users to access the internal web sites over SSL SSL VPN gt SSL Web Proxy SSL Web Proxy Servers Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name URL Active 1 2 W 3 w 4 W 5 W 6 w f w g W 9 w 10 W Name Display the name of the profile that you create URL Display the URL Active Display current status active or inactive of such profile Dr ay Tek 249 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Click number link under Index filed to set detailed configuration SSL VPN gt SSL Web Proxy Profile Index 1 Disable i Note URL format must be http ip portdirg Ser Ue PON neon 12 directory Name Type name of the profile URL Type the address function variation or IP address or path of the proxy server Host IP Address If you type function variation as URL you have to type corresponding IP address in this filed Such field must match with URL setting Access Method There are three modes for you to choose Disable the profile will be inactive If you choose Disable all the web prox
69. be displayed as follows please click Next Service Activation Wizard Please confirm your settings Sevice Type Trial version Sevice Activated Web Content Filter Commtouch Please click Back to re select service type you to activate Wait for a moment till the following page appears Service Activation Wizard Connection Succeeded Please check the following item s to enable services on your router Enable Web Content Filter When such page appears you can enable or disable these services for your necessity Then click Finish Note The service will be activated and applied as the default rule configured in Firewall gt gt General Setup 23 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 6 Now the web page will display the service that you have activated according to your selection s The valid time for the free trial of these services is one month Service Activation Wizard Server Enabled DrayTek Service Activation Service Name Start Date Expire Date Status Web Content filter 2010 11 17 2010 12 18 Commtouch Please check if the license fits with the service provider of your signature To ensure normal operation for your router update your signature again is recommended Copyright amp OrayTek Corp All Right Reserved Later if you need to extend the license valid time you can also use the Service Activation Wizard again to reach your goal by clicking the radio button of Formal edition with license k
70. can specify to record information for URL Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Web Content Filter Select one of the Web Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for anti virus in CSM gt gt Web Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 132 Dray Te k Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for Web Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Advance Setting Click Edit to open the following window However it is strongly recommended to use the default settings here E http 4 192 168_1_l docfipfedrady htm Microsoft Internet Explorer Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Advance Setting Codepage ANSI 1252 Latin Window size 65535 Session timeout 1440 Minute DrayTek Banner Strict Security Checking CI APP Enforcement Codepage This function is used to compare the characters among different languages Choose correct codepage can help the system obtaining correct ASCH after decoding data from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content
71. click the link under the username to open the user profile setting page for that user IP Address Display the IP address of the device Last Login Time Display the login time that such user connects to the router last time Expired Time Display the expired time of the network connection for the user Idle Time Display the idle timeout setting for such profile Action Block can prevent specified user accessing into Internet Unblock the user will be blocked Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 144 Dray Te k Logout the user will be logged out forcefully 4 6 Objects Settings For IPs in a range and service ports in a limited range usually will be applied in configuring router s settings therefore we can define them with objects and bind them with groups for using conveniently Later we can select that object group that can apply it For example all the IPs in the same department can be defined with an IP object a range of IP address Objects Se id p F File Extension Object 4 6 1 IP Object You can set up to 192 sets of IP Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name kad iaa i VS a Cr j j i j eC Do Oe l FeErEBEREBeE PRP rPeee 33 64 65 96 97 128 129 160 161 192 gt gt i Next gt gt A A a Pied
72. com 192 168 1 1 User Name draytek_user Password EREE Type of YPN PPTP I L2TP IPSec Tunnel COL2TP over IPSec PPTP Encryption O Mo encryption O Maximum strength encryption Use default gateway on remote network 4 Click Connect button to build connection When the connection is successful you will find a green light on the right down corner Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 298 Dr ay Te k 5 4 QoS Setting Example Assume a teleworker sometimes works at home and takes care of children When working time he would use Vigor router at home to connect to the server in the headquarter office downtown via either HTTPS or VPN to check email and access internal database Meanwhile children may chat on Skype in other room 1 Goto Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Index Status Bandwidth Direction esa Gass Glass Others T ONNE 1 2 d Control statistics WANI Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 259 25 Inactive Status Setup WAN2 Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 259 25 2596 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WAN4 Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 259 25 2596 2556 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 259 259 2596 25 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Mame Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2
73. disk Is turned on the USB disk is in READ ONLY mode No data can be written to it Connection Status If there is no USB diskette connected to Vigor router No Disk Connected will be shown here Dray Tek 259 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Disk Capacity It displays the total capacity of the USB diskette Free Capacity It displays the free space of the USB diskette Click Refresh at any time to get new status for free capacity Index It displays the number of the client which connecting to FTP server IP Address It displays the IP address of the user s host which connecting to the FTP server Username It displays the username that user uses to login to the FTP server When you insert USB diskette into the Vigor router the system will start to find out such device within several seconds 4 15 System Maintenance For the system setup there are several items that you have to know the way of configuration Status Administrator Password Configuration Backup Syslog Time setup Reboot System Firmware Upgrade Below shows the menu items for System Maintenance System Maintenance oa Backup H SysLog Mail Alert H Time and Date ent siem H Firmware Upgrade H Activation Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 260 Dr ay Te k 4 15 1 System Status The System Status provides basic network settings of Vigor router It includes LAN and WAN interface information Also you could get the current running firmware ve
74. ene ene eee 20 i ONG a E E E cena E E E ES A E O A E E E ne oiand se A aaeieees 21 2 5 Service Activation WIZAMC ccccceeeecccccceeecseeeeeeceeeecaeeeeeeeceeeessaaeeeeeeeeeessseueeeeeeesssusaseeeeseneees 22 2 0 Online SAUS eisiea a iE EEEa aE 25 2 7 SAVING ConiguralO aers e aa a aaa Eaa aiea aA 26 AA de te e e AEA EAA E AA A E A E E E A AN 26 3 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP NGTWOIK isuisidewedostusncesvemcsnebsaidveulandavwnesniwtweetveidewetosias 29 MEAE e NN SUI E E EEE E E a A A A 31 Oe Lo Menel ACCESS iasanen ana EREE EO N e rA E TRA ASRA 35 3 1 4 EO es aii ONC artes ne cpa scyseeesteetacen caccendaneneceayasaetocesesed sodesectenessacssepatandeugstyaoseseseasseaeeite 45 CA ene en ee ee eee eee eee eee 47 32 1 BASICS OF LAIN iiatied svccineinnervareenteiiad ranea Ei EREE a EEO eiea raisa 47 SEAE E E E E 0 E A E eee one A A een ee 48 RENAT aprener en E E EESE EE 51 ee OP Ie CNG GINO M aeran ntn saaincaconceosananaiecacauaeensessnade se E E E AOE 52 Be DNA AHO lace ols sin cs tse E E EOE A E E E 55 TS OPN ONS e E E A EEE E AE A E 58 APC ON eraa E E O E E E AE eee eer oe 60 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide vi Dr ay Tek eV IMA ONS sssiccpiet ert apateetecaeentemeairaaseaeep sa etna sete asian as ie i ei e Ea ea aseina 60 A e URAP e ee E A E eee eee ee ee 62 2a W E SLAN ere ee ee A eee 64 Tal co 3 OUNCE aee EE S one ee 64 ERACE Eee E i e E T O A E AT T E E T ewes 66 mo ho feo fee 121 dh eee E EA EE AT E T E e
75. example Half Life will use lots of fragmented UDP packets to transfer game data Instinctively as a secure firewall Vigor router will reject these fragmented packets to prevent attack unless you enable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets By checking this box you can play these kinds of on line games If security concern is in higher priority you cannot enable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets For the sake of security the router will execute strict security checking for data transmission Such feature is enabled in default All the packets will be inspected by the web content filter server while transmitting through Vigor router If the web content filter server does not make any response pass or block for the packets Vigor u Dray Tek Default Rule Page router s firewall will block the packets directly for security Such page allows you to choose filtering profiles including QoS Load Balance policy WCF APP Enforcement URL Content Filter AI AV AS for data transmission via Vigor router Firewall gt gt General Setup General Setup General Setup Actions for default rule Application Filter Sessions Control Quality of Service Load Balance policy User Management APP Enforcement URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Advance Setting Filter Sessions Control Quality of Service Load Balance Policy Dray Tek Default Rule Action Profil
76. field v means such profile is enabled x means such profile is disabled Name on Backup Profile field Display the name of VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile Memberl1 on Backup Profile field Display the dial out profile selected from the Member drop down list below Active on Backup Profile field Yes means normal Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 216 Dr ay Tek Load Balance Profile List Dray Tek condition No means the state might be disabled or that profile currently is set with Dial in mode for call direction in LAN to LAN Type on Backup Profile field Display the connection type for that profile such as IPSec PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec NICE L2TP over IPSec MUST and so on Member2 on Backup Profile field Display the dial out profile selected from the Member2 drop down list below Advanced This button is available only when LAN to LAN profile or more is created E hittp 192_ 168 1 1 YPN Backup Advance Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer VPN Backup Advance Settings Profile Name Backupl ERD Mode Normal O Resume Member 1 first Detail Information Environment Recovers Detection ERD Status Normal Mode Detailed information for this dialog see later section Advanced Load Balance and Backup Set to Factory Default Click to clear all VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism profile No The order of VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance
77. for bridging customer premises equipment CPE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE connects a network of hosts via an access device to a remote access concentrator or aggregation concentrator This implementation provides users with significant ease of use Meanwhile it provides access control billing and type of service according to user requirement When a router begins to connect to your ISP a serial of discovery process will occur to ask for a connection Then a session will be created Your user ID and password is authenticated via PAP or CHAP with RADIUS authentication system And your IP address DNS server and other related information will usually be assigned by your ISP Network Connection by 3G USB Modem For 3G mobile communication through Access Point is more and more popular Vigor3200 adds the function of 3G network connection for such purpose By connecting 3G USB Modem to the USB port of Vigor3200 it can support HSDPA UMTS EDGE GPRS and the future 3G standard HSUPA etc Vigor3200n with 3G USB Modem allows you to receive 3G signals at any place such as your car or certain location holding outdoor activity and share the bandwidth for using by more people Users can use the LAN port on the router to access Internet Also they can access Internet via 802 11n wireless function of Vigor3200n and enjoy the powerful firewall bandwidth management VPN features of Vigor3200n series Mobile Coffee shop N A gt Int
78. force it to go to dedicate network interface based on the following web page setup Twenty policies of load balance are supported by this router Note Load Balance Policy is running only when more than two WAN interfaces are activated WAN gt Load Balance Policy Load Balance Policy Index Enable Protocol WAN picks r paced d on aa ue seit Start End 2 D UP Down 30 a UP Down 4 60 UP Down 5 oO UP Down e Oo UP Down Zj a UP Down 8 60 UP Down 2 oo UP Down 0 O UP Down lt lt 1 10 11 20 21 30 31 32 gt gt Next gt gt Index Click the number of index to access into the load balance policy configuration web page Enable Check this box to enable this policy Protocol Use the drop down menu to change the protocol for the WAN interface WAN Use the drop down menu to change the WAN interface Src IP Start Displays the IP address for the start of the source IP Src IP End Displays the IP address for the end of the source IP Dest IP Start Displays the IP address for the start of the destination IP Dest IP End Displays the IP address for the end of the destination IP Dest Port Start Displays the IP address for the start of the destination port Dest Port End Displays the IP address for the end of the destination port Move UP Move Down Use Up or Down link to move the order of the policy Vigor3200 Series User s Guide s Dray Tek Click Index 1 to access into the following page for configuring load balance policy
79. gt Static Route Setup Index No 1 Enable Destination IP Address 211 100 58 0 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway IP Address 192 168 1 3 Network Interface i b k Cancel 4 Go to Diagnostics and choose Routing Table to verify current routing table Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Eey C connected 3 static R RIF default private ae 192 168 10 07 255 255 255 0 wia 192 168 1 2 LAN D 192 166 1 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected ae 211 100 86 0 255 455 455 0 via 192 168 1 3 LAN Dr ay Tek 109 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 2 4 VLAN Virtual LAN function provides you a very convenient way to manage subnets by grouping them Go to LAN page and select VLAN The following page will appear Click Enable to invoke VLAN function LAN gt VLAN Configuration VLAN Configuration Enable VLANO VLANI VLAN VLAN3 VLAN4 VLANS VLAN6 VLAN Enable a E m gmg mN iS OOOO O ai Ta VID Priority LAN Port Subnet J IRIRE bbi Z Z Z Z 2 2 2 E E S S S S m eee mN N mN 1 Hybrid mode only applied on YLANO to accept both tagged untagged packets 2 Tag based VLAN only applied for LAN Port 3 The set LAN ID YID must be unique and not duplicate Enable VLAN Tag VID Priority LAN Port Subnet Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Check this box to enable VLAN configuratio
80. in DHCP server of the Vigor router The router itself will also use the default private IP address 192 168 1 1 to communicate with the local hosts Meanwhile Vigor router will communicate with other network devices through a public IP address When the data flow passing through the Network Address Translation NAT function of the router will dedicate to translate public private addresses and the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in the local area network Thus all the host PCs can share a common Internet connection Get Your Public IP Address from ISP In ADSL deployment the PPP Point to Point style authentication and authorization is required for bridging customer premises equipment CPE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE connects a network of hosts via an access device to a remote access concentrator or aggregation concentrator This implementation provides users with significant ease of use Meanwhile it provides access control billing and type of service according to user requirement When a router begins to connect to your ISP a serial of discovery process will occur to ask for a connection Then a session will be created Your user ID and password is authenticated via PAP or CHAP with RADIUS authentication system And your IP address DNS server and other related information will usually be assigned by your ISP Network Connection by 3G USB Modem For 3G mobile communication through Access Point is pop
81. in user or a wireless station and the RADIUS server in performing mutual authentication It enables centralized remote access authentication for network management Applications gt gt RADIUS RADIUS Setup Enable Server IP Address fe Destination Port Enable Check to enable RADIUS client feature Server IP Address Enter the IP address of RADIUS server Destination Port The UDP port number that the RADIUS server is using The default value is 1812 based on RFC 2138 Shared Secret The RADIUS server and client share a secret that is used to authenticate the messages sent between them Both sides must be configured to use the same shared secret Confirm Shared Secret Re type the Shared Secret for confirmation Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 180 Dr ay Tek 4 9 4 LDAP Active Directory Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP is a communication protocol for using in TCP IP network It defines the methods to access distributing directory server by clients work on directory and share the information in the directory by clients The LDAP standard is established by the work team of Internet Engineering Task Force IETF As the name described LDAP is designed as an effect way to access directory service without the complexity of other directory service protocols For LDAP is defined to perform inquire and modify the information within the directory and acquire the data in the directory securely therefore users can apply LDAP to sear
82. k 279 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Run Click this button to start the ping work The result will be displayed on the screen Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window 4 16 9 Trace Route Click Diagnostics and click Trace Route to open the web page This page allows you to trace the routes from router to the host Simply type the IP address of the host in the box and click Run The result of route trace will be shown on the screen Diagnostics gt gt Trace Route Trace Route Trace through Unspecified Protocol Host IP Address Result Clear Trace through Use the drop down list to choose the WAN interface that you want to ping through Protocol Use the drop down list to choose the protocol that you want to ping through Host IP Address It indicates the IP address of the host Run Click this button to start route tracing work Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 280 Dr ay Te k 9 Application and Examples 5 1 How to Configure Multi Subnet By identifying the tagged message Vigor3200 can divide the LAN Port into several VLAN groups Such LAN port with tagged information will accept the packets only with VLAN ID number For example Vigor3200 can divide the internal departments of a company into four different groups by using VigorSwitch G2240 Each group uses different network segment and does not connect for each other VigorSwitch G22
83. load balance profile name Load Balance Algorithm Round Robin Based on packet base both tunnels will send the packet alternatively Such method can reach the balance of packet transmission with fixed rate Weighted Round Robin Such method can reach the balance of packet transmission with flexible rate It can be divided into Auto Weighted and According to Speed Ratio Auto Weighted can detect the device speed 1OMbps 100Mbps and switch with fixed value ratio 3 7 for packet transmission If the transmission rate for packets on both sides of the tunnels is the same the value of Auto Weighted should be 5 5 According to Speed Ratio allows user to adjust suitable rate manually There are 100 groups of rate ratio for Member1 Member2 range from 1 99 to 99 1 VPN Load Balance Policy Below shows the algorithm for Load Balance Edit Click this radio button for assign a blank table for Dray Te k 221 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Detail Information Vigor3200 Series User s Guide configuring Binding Tunnel After insert Click this radio button to adding a new binding tunnel table Tunnel Bind Table Index 128 Binding tunnel tables are provided by this device Specify the number of the tunnel for such Load Balance profile Active In active Delete can delete this binding tunnel table Active can activate this binding tunnel table Binding Dial Out Index Specify connection type for transmission by choosing t
84. of the following lt gt 7 Dray Te k 319 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 3 Setup a user account for the FTP service by using USB Application gt gt USB User Management Click Enable to enable FTP Samba User account Here we add a new account userl and assign authorities Read Write and List to it USB Application gt gt USB User Management Profile Index 1 FTP Samba User Enable Disable Username user Password Access Rule Maximum 11 Characters File lRead MlWrite Delete Directory Vlist Jcreate Remove Note The folder name can only contain the folowing characters A Z a z 0 9 _ lej and space Click OK to save the configuration 4 Make sure the FTP service is running properly Please open a browser and type ftp 192 168 1 1 Use the account user1 to login Log On As Either the server does not allow anonymous logins or the e mail address was not accepted FTF server 192 168 1 1 After vou log on you can add this server to vaur Favorites and return to it easily FTF does not encrypt or encode passwords or data before sending them to the server To protect the security of your passwords and data use Web Folders CW eboai instead Learn more about using Web Folders Log on anonymously Save password Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 320 Dr ay Te k 5 When the following screen appears it means the FTP service is running pro
85. setting is 60 seconds Maximum Keep Alive Period If STUN is enabled the CPE must send binding request to the server for the purpose of maintaining the binding in the Gateway Please type a number as the maximum period A value of 1 indicates that no maximum period is specified 4 15 3 Administrator Password This page allows you to set new password System Maintenance gt gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password Old Password New Password Confirm Password 0 Old Password Type in the old password The factory default setting for password is admin New Password Type in new password in this field Confirm Password Type in the new password again When you click OK the login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web configurator again Dr ay Tek 263 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 15 4 Configuration Backup Backup the Configuration Follow the steps below to backup your configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file Oooo 2 Click Restore to upload the file Click Backup to download current running configurations as a file 2 Click Backup button to get into the following dialog Click Save button to open another dialog for saving confi
86. such as the remote branch office and headquarter According to the network structure as shown in the below illustration you may follow the steps to create a LAN to LAN profile These two networks LANs should NOT have the same network address Router B RouterA 220 135 240 210 220 135 240 208 Remote Branch Office 192 168 2 0 Headquarter 192 168 1 0 Settings in Router A in headquarter 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then For using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users When DHCP Disable set PaA PAP or CHAP v Authentication Assigned IP range 192 168 1 200 i lala lai MPPE Optional MPPE ne Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No For using IPSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 286 Dray Te k Dray Tek VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Confirm Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium AH Data will be authenti
87. supported by the wireless products in different countries are various Firmware Version It indicates information about equipped WLAN miniPCi card This also helps to provide availability of some features that are bound with some WLAN miniPCi SSID Display the SSID of the router WAN Link Status Display current connection status MAC Address Display the MAC address of the WAN Interface Connection Display the connection type IP Address Display the IP address of the WAN interface Default Gateway Display the assigned IP address of the default gateway 3 6 2 User Password This page allows you to set new password for user operation system Maintenance gt gt User Password User Password Old Password Type in the old password The factory default setting for password is blank New Password Type in new password in this field Confirm Password Type in the new password again When you click OK the login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web configurator again Dr ay Tek 73 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 3 6 3 Time and Date It allows you to specify where the time of the router should be inquired from System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date Time Information Current System Time 2011 Feb 24 Thu 8 1 36 Time Setup Use Browser Time Use Internet Time Client Server IP Address Time Zone GMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin Enable Daylight Saving F Automatically Update
88. the domain name immediately Otherwise the router forwards the DNS query packet to the external DNS server by establishing a WAN e g DSL Cable connection Dr ay Tek 103 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide LAN 2 LAN 3 LAN 4 With the multi subnet feature offered by Vigor router LAN2 LAN4 are used for different subnets LAN gt General Setup Lan 2 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup Network Configuration Enable Disable For NAT Usage IF Address Subnet Mask Network Configuration For NAT Usage For Routing Usage DHCP Server Configuration Vigor3200 Series User s Guide DHCP Server Configuration Enable Server Disable Server For Routing Usage Start IP Address 192 166 35 10 192 168 3 1 IP Pool Counts 100 255 255 255 0 Gateway IP Address 192 168 3 1 Enable enable the configuration for such LAN Disable disable the configuration for such LAN Click this item to invoke NAT usage Click this item to invoke Routing usage IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 Subnet Mask Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the r
89. the service type of the data for processing with QoS control It can also be edited You can choose the predefined service type from the Service Type drop down list Those types are predefined in factory Simply choose the one that you want for using by current QoS By the way you can set up to 20 rules for one Class If you want to edit an existed rule please select the radio button of that one and click Edit to open the rule edit page for modification Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 Name same WO Status Local Address Remote Address ei Service Type CodePoint 10 Active Any Any IP precedence 2 SY SLOGCUBP 514 20 Active 192 168 1 15 192 169 1 65 ag eae Eo FTFETCP 20 Edit the Service Type for Class Rule To add a new service type edit or delete an existed service type please click the Edit link under Service Type field Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Index Status Bandwidth Direction a bees Others eee ane 1 2 a Control Statistics WAHT Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 2595 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WAG Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 259 2595 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Mame Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Cla
90. the steps below to configure settings for connected computers or wireless clients 1 Connect the printer with the router through USB parallel port 2 Open Start gt Settings gt Printer and Faxes HA Documents a l Settings B Control Panel m E Network Connections Search amp Printers and Faxes of Taskbar and Start Menu f Help and Support Run Log OFF coco lee Turn OFF Computer Internet Explorer mad Dray Tek l Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 3 Open File gt Add Printer A welcome dialog will appear Please click Next Add Printer Wizard Welcome to the Add Printer Wizard This wizard helps you install 4 printer or make printer connections Printers and Faxes Edit View Server Properties Set Up Faxing Create Shortcut Delete Rename Properties Close Favorites Tools a S P Sea i If you have a Plug and Play printer that connects through a USB port or any other hot pluggable port such as IEEE 1394 infrared and so on you do not need to use this wizard Click Cancel to close the wizard and then plug the printer s cable into your computer or point the printer toward your computer s infrared port and turn the printer on Windows will automatically install the printer for you To continue click Next RR m Cancel 4 Click Local printer attached to this computer and click Next
91. to be activated The NAT Traversal of UPnP enables the multimedia features of your applications to operate This has to manually set up port mappings or use other similar methods The screenshots below show examples of this facility Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 62 Dr ay Tek Address amp Network Connections Broadband gt gt Network Tasks IP Broadband Connection on Router Status PE General Dray Tek i AA 2 ci hinet E Create a new connection oe Disconnected 9 Set up a home or small m WAN Miniport PPPOE Internet Gateway office network Status Connected Dial up Duration 00 19 06 See Also TA ii Speed 100 0 Mbps va Disconnected 1 Network Troubleshoot JL Network Troubleshooter di i DrayTek ISDN PPP Rani Internet Internet Gateway My Computer Other Places Internet Gateway wd a ya G Control Panel IP Broadband Connection on lt Router 4 My Network Places sane Packet Eo My Documents Sent 404 fad ig My Computer Recened 1 115 EBG _ LAN or High Speed Internet Cee i Properties Local Area Connection Enabled aes Realtek RTL139 810x Family Details Close Network Connections System Folder The UPnP facility on the router enables UPnP aware applications such as MSN Messenger to discover what are behind a NAT router The application will also learn the external IP address and configure port mappings on the router Subsequently such
92. to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 32 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Type the additional WAN IP address and check the Enable box Then click OK to exit the dialog E http 192 168 1 1 WANIIP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer a O X WANI IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool O d m d d al d 9 16 mi 17 24 25 32 gt gt ny ny Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address Default MAC Address You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC Address for the router Specify a MAC Address Type the MAC address for the router manually After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Dr ay Tek 37 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Details Page for Static or Dynamic IP in WAN1 WAN4 For static IP mode you usually receive a fixed public IP address or a public subnet namely multiple public IP addresses from your DSL or Cable ISP service providers In
93. 0 Series User s Guide Applications gt gt UPnP C Enable Connection control Service C Enable Connection Status Service Note If you intend running UPnP service inside your LAN you should check the appropriate service above to allow control as well as the appropriate UPnP settings Enable UPNP Service Accordingly you can enable either the Connection Control Service or Connection Status Service After setting Enable UPNP Service setting an icon of IP Broadband Connection on Router on Windows XP Network Connections will appear The connection status and control status will be able to be activated The NAT Traversal of UPnP enables the multimedia features of your applications to operate This has to manually set up port mappings or use other similar methods The screenshots below show examples of this facility Address e Network Connections Broadband Network Tasks General P a hinet E Create a new connection w Disconnected Set up a home or small uae WAN Miniport PPPOE office network Other Places Internet Gateway Q Control Panel Te IP Broadband Connection on Router J My Network Places sme Packets Lj My Documents Sent My Computer 3 pias __LAN or High Speed Internet Details Internet Gateway Status Dial up Duration See Also aie test Speed s ba Disconnected Y Network Troubleshooter SA EY DrayTek ISDN PPP sa ul a Activity Internet Received
94. 0 port ranges for diverse services Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 58 Dr ay Te k NAT gt Open Ports gt gt Edit Open Ports Index No 1 Enable Open Ports WAR Interface WANT Local Computer 197 168 1 10 Choose PC Protocol Start Port End Port Protocal Start Port End Port 4700 A 4700 7 s00 5 7 JOUE LUGE AOOO AOOO Enable Open Ports Check to enable this entry Comment Make a name for the defined network application service WAN Interface Specify the WAN interface that will be used for this entry Local Computer Enter the private IP address of the local host or click Choose PC to select one Choose PC Click this button and subsequently a window having a list of private IP addresses of local hosts will automatically pop up Select the appropriate IP address of the local host in the list Protocol Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP or none for selection Start Port Specify the starting port number of the service offered by the local host End Port Specify the ending port number of the service offered by the local host Dr ay Tek 59 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 3 4 Applications Below shows the menu items for Applications Applications P Dynamic DNS H UPnP 3 4 1 Dynamic DNS The ISP often provides you with a dynamic IP address when you connect to the Internet via your ISP It means that the public IP address assigned to your router changes each time
95. 1 255 255 255 0 Wo 168 95 1 1 LANZ 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 5 1 255 255 255 0 Mo 168 95 1 1 LAN4 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 7 1 255 255 255 0 Wo 168 95 1 1 DMZ PORT 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 9 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 IP Routed Subnet O00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 2 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 Wireless LAN MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware version SSID O00 50 F O0 00 00 Europe 2 3 2 0 DrayTek WAN Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway WAN Connected o0 50 7F 00 00 01 Static IP ye ee ie ile WANS Disconnected O0 50 7F 00 00 02 mei an WARS Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 03 WAN4 Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 04 DRE mnn WANS Disconnected O0 50 F 00 00 05 aoe Model Name Display the model name of the router Firmware Version Display the firmware version of the router Build Date Time Display the date and time of the current firmware built LAN MAC Address Display the MAC address of the LAN Interface IP Address Display the IP address of the LAN interface Subnet Mask Display the subnet mask address of the LAN interface DHCP Server Display the current status of DHCP server of the LAN interface DNS Display the assigned IP address of the primary DNS Wireless LAN Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 72 Dray Tek MAC Address Display the MAC address of the wireless LAN Frequency Domain It can be Europe 13 usable channels USA 11 usable channels etc The available channels
96. 13 ASCII character or 26 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example O123456789abc or 0303132333435363 73839414243 Mode There are several modes provided for you to choose Disable B o Disable 7 WEP WEP 802 1x Only WPASBO2 1x Only WPAAOO 1x Only MixedVWWPA YPAAOU 1x only WIPAIP SK Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 236 Dr ay Te k WPA WEP Dray Tek Disable Turn off the encryption mechanism WEP lt Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key should be entered in WEP Key WEP 802 1x Only Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol WPA 802 1x Only Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol WPA2 802 1x Only Accepts only WPA2 clients and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol Mixed WPA WPA2 802 1x only Accepts WPA and WPA2 clients simultaneously and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol WPA PSK Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK WPA2 PSK Accepts only WPA2 clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK Mixed WPA WPA2 PSK Accepts WPA and WPA2 clients simultaneously and the encryption key should be entered in PSK The WPA encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio using the key which either PSK Pre S
97. 168 1 1 Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 Disable deactivates the RIP protocol It will lead to a interruption of the exchange of routing information between routers FIP Protocol Control Disable Disable DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network Enable Server Let the router assign IP address to every host in the LAN Disable Server Let you manually assign IP address to every host in the LAN Relay Agent Specify which subnet that DHCP server is located the relay agent should redirect the DHCP request to Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the Ist IP address of your router is 192 168 1 10 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 11 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 49 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 50 and the maximum is 253 Gateway IP Address Enter a value of the gateway IP address for the DHCP server The value is usually as same as the
98. 2 18 J 13 4 20 J 1 6 22 L 23 8 24 J 23 10 26 12 28 13 29 14 30 16 32 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 152 Dray Te K Click the number under Index column for setting in detail Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Group Setup Profile Index 1 Available Keyword Objects Selected Keyword Objects Max 16 Objects Keyword 1 2 keyword 2 Name Type a name for this group Available Keyword You can gather keyword objects from Keyword Object page Objects within one keyword group All the available Keyword objects that you have created will be shown in this box l K alone yora Click button to add the selected Keyword objects in this box 4 6 7 File Extension Object This page allows you to set eight profiles which will be applied in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter All the files with the extension names specified in these profiles will be processed according to the chosen action Profile 1 with name of default is the default profile some files with the file extensions specified in this profile will be ignored and not be scanned by Vigor router Objects Setting gt gt File Extension Object File Extension Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name gt eh i F fee IF Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Dr ay Te k 153 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Click the number under Profile column for configurat
99. 2 Click Browse button to choose the correct configuration file for uploading to the router 3 Click Restore button and wait for few seconds the following picture will tell you that the restoration procedure is successful 265 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 15 5 Syslog Mail Alert SysLog function is provided for users to monitor router There is no bother to directly get into the Web Configurator of the router or borrow debug equipments System Maintenance gt gt SysLog SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Access Setup Enable Syslog Save to Syslog Server CuUSB Disk Mail Alert Setup Mail Alert Setup Enable Send a test e mail Router Name CCC Te Server IP Address fs Return Path Destination Port Ald Enable syslog message Firewall Log YPN Log User Access Log Call Log WAR Log Router DSL information AlertLog Setup Enable Alertlog Port 514 Enable Syslog Save to Router Name Server IP Address Destination Port Enable syslog message AlertLog Setup Mail Alert Setup Send a test e mail SMTP Server Vigor3200 Series User s Guide CO Authentication Enable E Mlail Alert DoS Attack IM P2P Check Enable to activate function of syslog Check Syslog Server to save the log to Syslog directly Check USB Disk to save the log to the attached USB diskette Display the name for such router configured in System Maintenance gt gt Management If there is no name here simply li
100. 2 168 1 1 as the default gateway for the Router A 192 168 1 2 Before setting Static Route user A cannot talk to user B for Router A can only forward recognized packets to its default gateway Main Router Internet Set Router Static Route 192 1681 1 Router 192 168 1 2 Gateway 192 168 1 Go to LAN page and click General Setup select 1st Subnet as the RIP Protocol Control Then click the OK button Note There are two reasons that we have to apply RIP Protocol Control on 1st Subnet The first is that the LAN interface can exchange RIP packets with the neighboring routers via the 1st subnet 192 168 1 0 24 The second is that those hosts on the internal private subnets ex 192 168 10 0 24 can access the Internet via the router and continuously exchange of IP routing information with different subnets Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 108 Dr ay Te k 2 Click the LAN Static Route and click on the Index Number 1 Check the Enable box Please add a static route as shown below which regulates all packets destined to 192 168 10 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 2 Click OK LAN gt gt Static Route Setup Index No 1 Enable Destination IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address Network Interface Lan y 3 Return to Static Route Setup page Click on another Index Number to add another static route as show below which regulates all packets destined to 211 100 88 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 3 LAN
101. 253abcde Type Select from Mixed WPA WPA2 or WPA2 only Pre Shared Key PSK Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde WEP 64 Bit For 64 bits WEP key either 5 ASCII characters such as 12345 or 10 hexadecimal digitals leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445 128 Bit For 128 bits WEP key either 13 ASCII characters such as ABCDEFGHIJKLM or 26 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445464748494 A4B4C4D All wireless devices must support the same WEP encryption bit size and have the same key Four keys can be entered here but only one key can be selected at a time The keys can be entered in ASCII or Hexadecimal Check the key you wish to use Encryption Mode B4 Bit Dr ay Tek 69 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 3 5 4 Access Control For additional security of wireless access the Access Control facility allows you to restrict the network access right by controlling the wireless LAN MAC address of client Only the valid MAC address that has been configured can access the wireless LAN interface By clicking the Access Control a new web page will appear as depicted below so that you could edit the clients MAC addresses to control their access rights Wireless LAN gt Access Control Access Control Policy MAC Address Filter Index Attribute MAC Address Client s MAC Address i i
102. 337 6 5 Problems for 3G Network Connection cccccccccccceesseeeeeeeeeesaaeeeeeeeeeeesauaeeeeeeeessaaaeeseeeees 338 6 6 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary nn ennenen 338 6 7 Contacting Your Dealer ccccccccccsssssssseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeesssudeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaaaaaageseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseees 339 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide x Dr ay Tek a Preface Vigor3200 Series a broadband router integrates IP layer QoS NAT session bandwidth management to help users control works well with large bandwidth By adopting hardware based VPN platform and hardware encryption of AES DES 3DES the router increases the performance of VPN greatly and offers several protocols such as IPSec PPTP L2TP with up to 32 VPN tunnels The object based design used in SPI Stateful Packet Inspection firewall allows users to set firewall policy easily CSM Content Security Management provides users control and management in IM Instant Messenger and P2P Peer to Peer more efficiency than before By the way DoS DDoS prevention and URL Web content filter strengthen the security outside and control inside Object based firewall is flexible and allows your network be safe In addition Vigor3200 Series supports USB interface for connecting USB printer to share printer USB storage device for sharing files or for 3G WAN Vigor3200 Series provides two level management to simplify the configuration of network connection The user mod
103. 40 Trunk Port 23 and Vigor3200 LAN Port are connected with network cable See the following graphic for an example Vigor3200n VigorSwitch G2240 woul nan a AN Fina VLANO Human Resource LAN Port 4 IP 192 168 1 0 24 VLANI Finance Dept LAN Port 4 IP 192 168 3 0 24 VLAN2 Sales Dept LAN Port 4 IP 192 168 5 0 24 VLAN3 R amp D LAN Port 4 IP 192 168 7 0 24 Dray Te k 281 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Configuration for Vigor3200 1 Inthe page of LAN gt gt VLAN Configuration check the box of Enable to enable the function of VLAN Configuration 2 Untag VLANO and set LAN4 as the Subnet 3 To activate the function of VLAN Tag for VLAN setting check the box of Enable and type the value 10 for VID setting Then check LAN Port and set LAN as the Subnet 4 To activate the function of VLAN Tag for VLAN2 setting check the box of Enable and type the value 20 for VID setting Then check LAN Port and set LAN2 as the Subnet 5 To activate the function of VLAN Tag for VLAN3 setting check the box of Enable and type the value 30 for VID setting Then check LAN Port and set LAN3 as the Subnet 6 To activate the function of VLAN Tag for VLAN4 setting check the box of Enable and type the value 40 for VID setting Then check LAN Port and set LAN4 as the Subnet LAN gt VLAN Configuration VLAN Configuration Enable VLAN Tag Enable VID Priority LAN Port Subnet VLAN no VLANs o E a VLAN
104. 5 Upgrade Firmware for Your Router cccccccseesceeceeeeeeeeeceeeeeceeeeseeeeeeeeseaseeesessaaeeeeeesaaseees 303 5 6 Request a certificate from a CA server on Windows CA Serve ccccsesecceecsseeeeeeseaeeeees 306 5 7 Request a CA Certificate and Set as Trusted on Windows CA Servet cccccccsseeeeeeeees 310 5 8 Creating an ACCOUNT tor MY VIGO scscosscesacseatnonsnceaeneaceccceasseandecaceaedassaseeteceessdlengeni teaaesntencades 312 5 8 1 Creating an Account via Vigor Router ccccccssseeceecceesseceeeceseeeeeceeaeeeeeeseeaeeeeeessaaaes 312 5 8 2 Creating an Account via MyVigor Web Sit cccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeseeeeeeeeeseaaaeeees 315 5 9 How can get the files from USB storage device connecting to Vigor router 0 319 5 10 VPN Trunk Load Balance between Vigor 3200 and Other Vigor Router 00000 322 Trouble SHOOting sssssscssssessessssessssessessssessssessessesessessssesssstsonscssnsseetsonseeee 333 6 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK Or N lissessicucsensiinieninioaunndin naa 333 Dray Te k ix Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 6 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not 334 6 3 Pinging the Router from Your Computer ccccccccccccsssssseeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeesesaaaaeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 336 6 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or NOt ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeees
105. 7F 00 00 02 Sss ssa sar Application Note Disconnected 00 S0 7F 00 00 03 FAQ Disconnected 00 S0 7F 00 00 04 E a rT A Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 05 4 1 WAN Quick Start Wizard offers user an easy method to quick setup the connection mode for the router Moreover if you want to adjust more settings for different WAN modes please go to WAN group 4 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP Network IP means Internet Protocol Every device in an IP based Network including routers print server and host PCs needs an IP address to identify its location on the network To avoid address conflicts IP addresses are publicly registered with the Network Information Centre NIC Having a unique IP address is mandatory for those devices participated in the public network but not in the private TCP IP local area networks LANs such as host PCs under the management of a router since they do not need to be accessed by the public Hence the NIC has reserved certain addresses that will never be registered publicly These are known as private IP addresses and are listed in the following ranges From 10 0 0 0 to 10 255 255 255 From 172 16 0 0 to 172 31 255 255 From 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 255 Dray Tek 79 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide What are Public IP Address and Private IP Address As the router plays a role to manage and further protect its LAN it interconnects groups of host PCs Each of them has a private IP address assigned by the built
106. 8 1 1 Local Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Peer GRE IP Dray Te k 323 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 3 Click OK to save the configuration and return to previous page Choose Index number 2 for configuring another VPN LAN to LAN profile VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN LAN to LAN Profiles Index Name 1 wani only 2 77 3 77 4 In this page please configure the settings as the following figure VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Setto Factory Default Status Index Name x TT x 18 TT x 19 TPT Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name M Enable this profile fwan2 only VPN Dial Out Throug wan2 Only x Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block Multicast via YPN C Pass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling C PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Mone 7 Server IP Host Name for VPN such as draytek com or 123 45 67 89 202 211 120 100 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type pptp V IPSec Tunnel M L2TP with IPSec Policy Mone zj m Specify Remote YPN Gateway Peer YPN Server IP A or Peer ID 4 Gre over IPSec Settings F Enab I Logical Traffic 5 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP e IPSec Dial Out functio My GRE Remote Gateway IP Remote Network IP 192 168 33 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 1
107. 9 Vigor 3G Modem dates 20 00 00 00 00 02 00 02 00 Apr 1209 17 49 Fagor 30 Modem statics 20 00 00 00 00 02 00 02 00 Apr 1209 17 49 Vigor 30 Modem dial A TDT oe Apr 1203 1749 Yig WAN2 FFFoE gt 1 T 1 FADE ID Apr 12 00 17 49 Fagor WAN PPPoE cm T 1 FADOIDO 173 Fagor 26 Modem respons OR pri IT Vigor O Modem mitala ATAFEOV 1 X1S amp D2400 2e Aor 12 00 17 49 Visor WAN FPPoE aes Y 1 T 1 PADI IDO E ADSL Status ee e eae e eee Jee Transmission Rate is not fast enough Please connect your Notebook with 3G USB Modem to test the connection speed to verify if the problem is caused by Vigor3200 In addition please refer to the manual of 3G USB Modem for LED Status to make sure if the modem connects to Internet via HSDPA mode If you want to use the modem indoors please put it on the place near the window to obtain better signal receiving 6 6 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary Sometimes a wrong connection can be improved by returning to the default settings Try to reset the router by software or hardware Such function is available in Admin Mode only g Warning After pressing factory default setting you will loose all settings you did before Make sure you have recorded all useful settings before you pressing The password of factory default is null Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 338 Dr ay Te k Software Reset You can reset the router to factory default via Web page Such function is
108. 90 214004 If both the Primary IP and Secondary IP Address fields are left empty the router will assign its own IP address to local users as a DNS proxy server and maintain a DNS cache If the IP address of a domain name is already in the DNS cache the router will resolve the domain name immediately Otherwise the router forwards the DNS query packet to the external DNS server by establishing a WAN e g DSL Cable connection Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 50 Dr ay Tek 3 3 NAT Usually the router serves as an NAT Network Address Translation router NAT is a mechanism that one or more private IP addresses can be mapped into a single public one Public IP address is usually assigned by your ISP for which you may get charged Private IP addresses are recognized only among internal hosts When the outgoing packets destined to some public server on the Internet reach the NAT router the router will change its source address into the public IP address of the router select the available public port and then forward it At the same time the router shall list an entry in a table to memorize this address port mapping relationship When the public server response the incoming traffic of course is destined to the router s public IP address and the router will do the inversion based on its table Therefore the internal host can communicate with external host smoothly The benefit of the NAT includes Save cost on applying public IP a
109. 92 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Local Network IP Local Network Mask Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Call Direction C Both Dial Out Dial in M Always on Fi second s Enable PING to keep alive PING to the IP Idle Timeout Username Password PPP Authentication PAP CHAP 7 VJ Compression on off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key IKE Pre Shared Key jeeeeeccece Digital Signature x 509 Peer ID Mone Local ID Alternative Subject Name First C Subject Name First None Y Local Certificate IPSec Security Method C Medi ei Tu High ESP DES without Authentication Advanced Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup CI 01010 Username m m on off Password YJ Compression IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key IKE Pre Shared Key I Digital Signature x 509 None z Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First IPSec Security Method V Medium AH High ESP V pes V 3pes M AES Peer GRE IP 10 0 0 4 RIP Direction Disable 7 From first subnet to remote network you have to do Route 7 I Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 324 Status Dray Tek 5 Click OK to save the configuration 6 Open VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN TRUNK Management Add these VPN profiles to the VPN Trunk and set Load Balance as the Attribute Mode Load Balanc
110. Authentication PAP CHAP C L2TP with IPSec Policy ione zj YJ Compression on off Server IP Host Name for VPN IKE Authentication Method such as draytek com or 123 45 67 89 pre Shared Key 202 211 110 100 IKE Pre Shared Key ooooeeeeoe Digital Signature x 509 Peer ID None Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First Local Certificate None zj IPSec Security Method C Medi eid ae te High ESP DES without Authentication x Advanced Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type Username V PPTP Password M IPSec Tunnel YJ Compression L2TP with IPSec Policy Mone z IKE Authentication Method H pre T Specify Remote VPN Gateway I Pre Shared Key Peer YPN Server IP _IKE Pre Shared Key Pre Shared Key I Digital Signature x 509 or Peer ID None z Local ID C Alternative Subject Name First C Subject Name First IPSec Security Method M Medium AH High ESP M pes M 3pes M AES P fio 0 0 1 10 0 0 2 RIP Direction Disable From first subnet to remote network you hawe to do Route a I Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 4 Gre over IPSec Settings Enable IPSec Dial O tt function I Logical Traffic My GRE I 5 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP a Remote Gateway IP 0 0 0 0 Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Local Network IP 182 16
111. Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 Name MO 1 DiffServ CodePoint Empty z Z Status Local Address Femote Address For adding a new rule click Add to open the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Service Type Rule Edit ACT DiffServ CodePoint AMY k Service Type ANY vw Note Please choose setup the Service Type first ACT Check this box to invoke these settings Local Address Click the Edit button to set the local IP address on LAN for the rule Remote Address Click the Edit button to set the remote IP address on LAN WAN for the rule Edit It allows you to edit source address information Dray Tek E http 192_168_1_1 doc QosIpEdthtm Microsoft Internet Explorer Address Type subnet Address Start IP Address 0 0 0 0 End IP Address Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Address Type Determine the address type for the source address For Single Address you have to fill in Start IP address For Range Address you have to fill in Start IP address and End IP address For Subnet Address you have to fill in Start IP address and 173 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Subnet Mask DiffServ CodePoint All the packets of data will be divided with different levels and will be processed according to the level type by the system Please assign one of the levels of the data for processing with QoS control Service Type It determines
112. CP UDP Detail Information VPN Load Balance Profile name Balancel sae Algorithm Round Robin lv lt gt Detailed information for this dialog see later section Advanced Load Balance and Backup Status After choosing one of the profile listed above please click Enable to activate this profile If you click Disable the selected or current used VPN TRUNK Backup Load Balance mechanism profile will not have any effect for VPN tunnel Profile Name Type a name for VPN TRUNK profile Each profile can group two VPN connections set in LAN to LAN The saved VPN profiles in LAN to LAN will be shown on Member and Member fields Member 1 Member2 Display the selection for LAN to LAN dial out profiles configured in VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN for you to choose for grouping under certain VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Load Balance mechanism profile No Index number of LAN to LAN dial out profile Name Profile name of LAN to LAN dial out profile Connection Type Connection type of LAN to LAN dial out profile VPN ServerIP Private Network VPN Server IP of LAN to LAN dial out profiles Aactive Mode Display available mode for you to choose Choose Backup or Load Balance for your router Add and save new profile to the backup profile list The corresponding members LAN to LAN profiles grouped in such new VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile will be locked The profiles in LAN to LAN will be
113. DHCP server The value is usually as same as the 1st IP address of the router which means the router is the default gateway 105 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide IP Routed Subnet Vigor router can serve as a DHCP server to route the request coming from LAN PC LAN gt General Setup TCP IP and DHCP Setup for IP Routed Subnet Network Configuration DHCP Server Configuration OEnable Disable Start IP Address fe For Routing Usage IF Pool Counts a max 10 IP Address 192 168 2 1 C Use LAN Port Pi Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 useten addes RIP Protocol Control Index Matched MAC Address given IP Address 00 36 55 E7 ac IL MAC Address oo 43B ss Ler ec oo Network Enable enable the configuration for such LAN eonheurauen Disable disable the configuration for such LAN IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 2 1 Subnet Mask Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 RIP Protocol Disable deactivates the RIP protocol It will lead to a stoppage of the exchange of routing information between routers DHCP Server DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The Configuration router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the router enable
114. Delete a Dynamic DNS Account In the DDNS setup menu click the Index number you want to delete and then push Clear All button to delete the account 4 9 2 Schedule The Vigor router has a built in real time clock which can update itself manually or automatically by means of Network Time Protocols NTP As a result you can not only schedule the router to dialup to the Internet at a specified time but also restrict Internet access to certain hours so that users can connect to the Internet only during certain hours say business hours The schedule is also applicable to other functions You have to set your time before set schedule In System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date menu press Inquire Time button to set the Vigor router s clock to current time of your PC The clock will reset once 1f you power down or reset the router There is another way to set up time You can inquiry an NTP server a time server on the Internet to synchronize the router s clock This method can only be applied when the WAN connection has been built up Applications gt gt Schedule Schedule Setto Factory Default Index Status Index Status ae g w 2 10 Fs 3 x 11 Fs 4 4 12 x 4 13 Fe 6 i 14 rs 15 a a H Status v Active x Inactive Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of schedule Status Display if this schedule se
115. EC region and Switzerland with restrictions in France Please see the user manual for the applicable networks on your product Vigor3200 Series User s Guide iv Dr ay Tek Dray Te k v Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Table of Contents 1 PR CTACC sec cacec rs cs seecei E veueeuseuecssucccuesceeactu 1 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation cccccccccccccceceeeseeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeessaaeaeeeeeeeeessaaaaeees 1 1 2 LED Indicators and Connectors 2 0 0 cccceeecccceeeceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeseeeeeeesseeaeeeseeeessaaeaeeeeeeessaaaaaeses 2 T21 FOr Vigors 200 eara E E EE E SEES 2 1 22 FOF VIJO 200I csr a E EE e EEE EE E EEE TEES 4 13 Rardware WAS LANA VIOM sereset n E da cenananbiunuieannonuibionenet naar 6 14 Printer Metalai senian aa 7 Configuring Basic Settings sanunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn 13 2 1 Two Level Managemen t cccccccsesecccsesececeesseecceseeeseaeeecsaseecseaseeessaseeessageeessageeesssaseteseas 13 2 2 ACCESSING Web Page ccccccccssssececcceeseceeeceueeeeccceeuseceeseeauseeeseseaaeceeessauececesaueeeeessaseeesssaeas 13 23 CIVIC FS SV ONG teres a E E esis E E E EE N EEEE 14 2 A QUICK Start VIZ ANG vaca nss6socsxsanscancsdcsisctmashatsaubeisicasaetsustaesedessss aisuenteiedyiseoteueszscbateaeeeisieasadieae ai 16 eA a aac ge nr E 17 PAL PPTA E TP area ac peed E aed analeee den aeenatecaeeanesacoeees 19 oA AG eee 2 68 anne rn en Pe ce ne en
116. I IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool d m LI d LI LI CI Pi fa oo s mk po 1724 25 32 KT era eee ny ny Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically if you want to use Dynamic IP mode Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP Domain Name Type in the domain name that you have 90 Dray Tek assigned Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data if you want to use Static IP mode IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type the gateway IP address Default MAC Address Click this radio button to use default MAC address for the router Specify a MAC Address Some Cable service providers specify a specific MAC address for access authentication In such cases you need to click the Specify a MAC Address and enter the MAC address in the MAC Address field DNS Server IP Address Type in the primary IP address for the router if you want to use Static IP mode If necessary type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future Dr ay Tek 91 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Details Page for PPTP L2TP in WAN1 WAN4 To use PPTP L2TP as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose PPTP L2TP from Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPTP L2TP Client
117. ID o Username Password VJ Compression IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Cl Digital Signature X 509 ine IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES F 3DES V AES If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type PPTP C IPSec Tunnel C L2TP with IPSec Policy Specify Remote YPN Gateway Peer VPN Server IP 220 135 240 210 orPeerID o 289 Username on off Password VI Compression IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key IKE Pre shared Key Digital Signaturec 509 Mone IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3DES AES Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 7 At last set the remote network IP subnet in TCP IP Network Settings so that Router A can direct the packets destined to the remote network to Router B via the VPN connection 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 RIP Direction Remote Gateway IP oona i first subnet to remote network you hawe to o Remote Network IP 192 168 2 0 Femote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Lacal Metwark te 192 168 14 Change default route to this VPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 3 Local Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Wore Settings in Router B in the remote office 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the neces
118. In this case we choose to activate free trail edition Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate This wizard is used for activating Web Content Filter Please choose the edition you need Free trial edition O Formare PMise key Free trial edition it offers a period of trial for you to get acquainted with WCF function Formal edition with license key you can extend the license valid time manually Note If you activate Formal edition with license key first the free trial edition will be invalid Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 22 Dr ay Te k 4 5 Dray Tek In the following page you can activate the Web content filter service at the same time or individually When you finish the selection please click Next Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate This product provides 30 days of free trial please choose the item s you want to use WCF service Web Content Filter Commtouch License Agreement Commitouch is the web content filter based on Commtouch operated in the worldwide There is a 30 day trial period After trial you can purchase DrayTek s prepared Commtouch GlobalView WCF package from retailing outlets Activation Date CI have read and accept the above Agreement Please check this box Note The activation date is brought out by the server automatically and cannot be changed Setting confirmation page will
119. Ist IP address of the router which means the router is the default gateway DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent Set the IP address of the DHCP server you are going to use so the Relay Agent can help to forward the DHCP request to the DHCP server DNS Server IP Address DNS stands for Domain Name System Every Internet host must have a unique IP address also they may have a human friendly easy to remember name such as www yahoo com The DNS server converts the user friendly name into its equivalent IP address Force DNS manual setting Force Vigor router to use DNS servers in this page instead of DNS servers given by the Internet Access server PPPoE PPTP L2TP or DHCP server Primary IP Address You must specify a DNS server IP address here because your ISP should provide you with usually more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default DNS Server IP address 194 109 6 66 to this field Secondary IP Address You can specify secondary DNS server IP address here because your ISP often provides you more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default secondary DNS Server IP address 194 98 0 1 to this field The default DNS Server IP address can be found via Online Status System Status System Uptime 71 47 46 LAN Status Primary DNS 194 109 6 66 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 1 3473
120. K Interface Display Name Physical Mode Physical Type On the next page as shown below please select the appropriate Internet access type according to the information from your ISP For example you should select PPPoE mode if the ISP provides you PPPoE interface Then click Next for next step Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAN 1 Select one of the following Internet Access types provided by your ISP PPPoE PPTP L2TP Static IP DHCP 2 4 1 PPPoE PPPoE stands for Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet It relies on two widely accepted standards PPP and Ethernet It connects users through an Ethernet to the Internet with a common broadband medium such as a single DSL line wireless device or cable modem All the users over the Ethernet can share a common connection PPPoE is used for most of DSL modem users All local users can share one PPPoE connection for accessing the Internet Your service provider will provide you information about user name password and authentication mode Dr ay Tek 17 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide If your ISP provides you the PPPoE connection please select PPPoE for this router The following page will be shown Quick Start Wizard PPPoE Client Mode WAN 1 Enter the user name and password provided by your ISP User Name o4005755G h inet net Password Confirm Password User Name Assign a specific valid user name provided by the ISP Password Assign a va
121. L VPN gt gt SSL Web Proxy web page there is no check box but a link appeared below Dr ay Tek 253 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Netbios Naming Packet pass Block Callback Function Set SSL Web Proxy Check to enable Callback function F Specify the callback number Callback Number M Check to enable Callback Budget Control Callback Budget 30 minutes OK Clear Cancel However if you have set several SSL Web Proxy Profiles in SSL VPN gt gt SSL Web Proxy web page SSL Web Proxy Servers Profiles Set to Factory Default Index Name URL Active Le gforge http swm draytek cam Y i web htto jrw w draytek cam cn Y a portal http www vigorpro com Y 4 webadmin http www draytek cam cn fadmin Y Sg portalmanager http ew vigorpro com manager Y 6 huagal htto j www Auagal com cn Y te X 8 ae X 10 The SSL Web Proxy profile names will be displayed together with check box as shown below Netbios Naming Packet pass Block SSL VPN l SSL Web Proxy F gforge SSL F web SSL F portal SSL F webadmin SSL F portalmanager SSL F huagai SSL Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 254 Dray Te k 4 13 5 Online User Status If you have finished the configuration of SSL Web Proxy server users can find out corresponding settings when they access into Draytek SSL VPN portal interface Provide SSL VPN SSL Web Proxy SoL Tunnel logout INFO Main Page id a i 1 42 You ha
122. Login Name Check this box to enable the current account If you did check the box you will see a check mark appeared on the Active column of the previous web page in step 2 WANI WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS First While connecting the router will use WANI WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS as the first channel for such account If WANI WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WANI WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS Only While connecting the router will use WANI WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS as the only channel for such account Select the service provider for the DDNS account Select a service type Dynamic Custom or Static If you choose Custom you can modify the domain that is chosen in the Domain Name field Type in one domain name that you applied previously Use the drop down list to choose the desired domain Type in the login name that you set for applying domain 177 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Password Type in the password that you set for applying domain Wildcard and Backup The Wildcard and Backup MX features are not supported MX for all Dynamic DNS providers You could get more detailed information from their websites 4 Click OK button to activate the settings You will see your setting has been saved Disable the Function and Clear all Dynamic DNS Accounts In the DDNS setup menu uncheck Enable Dynamic DNS Setup and push Clear All button to disable the function and clear all accounts from the router
123. Mode PPP Setup O Enable PPTP Enable LTP Disable PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Server Address ee Idle Timeout fi second s specify Gateway IP Address IP Address Assignment Method 72 16 4 Pcp WAN IP Alias Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP ISP Access Setup Fixed IPF Address fs Username aN IP Network Settings Password fs Obtain an IP address automatically Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Specify an IP address gt IP Address 172 16 3 102 Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 MTU 1442 Max 1460 PPTP L2TP Client Mode Enable PPTP Click this radio button to enable a PPTP client to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface Enable L2TP Click this radio button to enable a L2TP client to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface Disable Click this radio button to close the connection through PPTP or L2TP Server Address Specify the IP address of the PPTP L2TP server if you enable PPTP L2TP client mode Specify Gateway IP Address Specify the gateway IP address for DHCP server ISP Access Setup Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page MTU I
124. OK The following screen will appear Please execute the firmware upgrade utility first System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade amp TFTP server is running Please execute a Firmware Upgrade Utility software to upgrade router s firmware This server will be clased by itself when the firmware upgrading finished For the detailed information about firmware update please go to Chapter 5 Dray Te k 271 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 15 10 Activation There are three ways to activate WCF on vigor router using Service Activation Wizard by means of CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile or via System Maintenance gt gt Activation After you have finished the setting profiles for WCF refer to Web Content Filter Profile it is the time to activate the mechanism for your computer Click System Maintenance gt gt Activation to open the following page for accessing http myvigor draytek com System Maintenance gt gt Activation Activate via interface auto selected Web Filter License Activate Status Not Activated Authentication Message WebFilter Service not activate 2010 06 16 OF 56 36 Note If you want to use email alert or syslog please configure the SysLog Mail Alert Setup page If you change the service provider the configuration of the function will be reset Activate via Interface Choose WAN interface used by such device for activating Web Content Filter Activate via interface
125. P address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Dray Tek 93 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Details Page for PPP in WAN5 To use PPP for 3G USB Modem as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Internet Access from WAN menu Then select PPP mode for WANS The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 5 3G Modem Enable Disable Modem Initial aan AT amp FEOVT 1 amp D28 01 SU 0 Default ATRFEOV1X18D28C 1S0 0 APN Name Ly monem a fa Stringz al Modem Dial String CTP Default ATDT 99 COMA ATDT 777 TD SCOMA ATOT 95 144 PPP Username _ ptionaal PPP Password __ Optional PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup WAN Connection Detection Mode ARP Detect TTL Enable Disable SIM PIN code Modem Initial String APN Name Modem Initial String2 Modem Dial String PPP Username PPP Password Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Type PIN code of the SIM card that will be used to access Internet Such value is used to initialize USB modem Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP APN means Access Point Name which is provided and required by some ISPs Type the name and click Apply The initial string is share
126. R TAY PN LANM RTYPN gt LAMER TAPN Note Source Destination IP RT means routing domain for 2nd subnet or other LAN Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose the source destination IP or IP ranges Dray Tek 129 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Service Type Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 3 IP Address Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer IP Address Edit Address Type Group and Objects Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection IP Group None or IP Object None or IP Object None 1 RD Department or IP Object 2 Financial Dept 3 HR Department To set the IP address manually please choose Any Address Single Address Range Address Subnet Address as the Address Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you want to use the IP range from defined groups or objects please choose Group and Objects as the Address Type Group and Objects Any Address single Address Range Address subnet Address Group and Objects From the IP Group drop down list choose the one that you want to apply Or use the IP Object drop down list to choose the object that you want Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose a suitable service type 3 Service Type Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer Service Type Edit Service Type Group and Objects Protocol E Source Port Destination Port Servic
127. RBG TAT KAU ar O O HAG Aue ka Ome O La FEO httpv 172 16 2 179 certsrv ype e msi v PRS 2 REBT ANEA HBRRBIRE 619 7 a Hotmail Qh Messenger A HAI MSN Microsoft Certificate Services Welcome You use this web site to request a certificate for your web browser e mail client or other secure program Once you acquire a certificate you will be able to securely identify yourself to other people over the web sign your e mail messages encrypt your e mail messages and more depending upon the type of certificate you request Select a task ceseeossescsoeasoososssoescosoessseoaseosseossesosesosscssesasoscessooepecpessscosssescsossesssocaseocsesesossessessososascocusnsesesosnesossesssosoosseasososnsseosososossososoessesssy O Request a certificate Check on a pending certificate Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 310 Dray Tek 2 In Choose file to download click CA Certificate Current and Base 64 encoded and Download CA certificate to save the cer file i Microsoft Certificate Services Microsoft Internet Explorer eles ERDO HO HAO BAREA IAM HAW Phd O Or kran A Z bba FIED htp 172 16 2 179 cortsrvicertcare asp JBrz se msi y ORS J EBET AEE X HARERES G19 v Hotmail Qh Mesenger A I MSN Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Retrieve The CA Certificate Or Certificate Revocation List Install this CA certification path to allow your computer
128. RGNVEAGTBORYYS1LOZWsx ID de BokqHEIGOWOBCQEWESERyYZsN2zOGRyYAlLOeWsuYe SCM IGLMADGCS GAGs Ins DOERAGUA L4GNADCBAiQKBGODP ioahu gF OaYBlceSOERSD WknIdub lolktScTaLUDaFkesad SubegytoViLBJ 22 IDFOx eb6iprevleituylsgq4lgz60k rGhuVTKd9 76PlernkP Aus4te253 ct UbBaAND4wocevms yD IShHLAIAEVYPUpNRYIroTe Re RkRMAaAHEVpYpwiDsoib oCkudJwYdJ Eo lhvcN AgkOMNRowsDAWwRGQnVHREEDs NgqqtkemF Sd6Vr LilvhTanbgkg HeiGIWORBAQUF ALOBQOaUuSBRUGtAVLAASN6 AwToemlt thew Evg tTkFleTJibh URLG4CiEi 6nvV4hNRytex2pEfbstar SqRREreseRooedeol45560ece NlGhovyegti ISFqkiJNihip4stTcjecSh 2 jm QoSUU BcesTG SCkCyeqqu fo ATOFa EB Gyiw 6 You may review the detail information of the certificate by clicking View button Name Local Issuer U SICA vigor Subject fermailAddress press draytek comc Twid Draytek a EAE ONS draytek com valid From Aug 30 23 08 43 2005 GMT Valid To Aug 30 23 17 47 2007 GMT Dray Te k 309 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 5 7 Request a CA Certificate and Set as Trusted on Windows CA Server CA ServerA CA Server B Inte 27 User imports the certificate as local certificate to Vigo Router via Web GUI User requests a certificate issued by CA Server A and Saves it Use web browser connecting to the CA server that you would like to retrieve its CA certificate Click Retrive the CA certificate or certificate recoring list E Microsoft Certificate Services Microsoft Internet Explorer BRO RHEO HRD RA
129. S12 Cerificate Select a PECS12 file Click Import to upload the PECS12 file Upload Certificate and Private Key Select a certificate file and a matchable Private Key Click Import to upload the local certificate and private key Upload Local Certificate It allows users to import the certificate which is generated by vigor router and signed by CA server If you have done well in certificate generation the Status of the certificate will be shown as OR Import X509 Local Certificate Congratulation Local Certificate has been imported successfully Please click Back to view the certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify draytekdemo O Draytek OU Draytek Sales OK View Delete View Delete View Delete GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH Upload PKCS12 It allows users to import the certificate whose extensions are Certificate usually pfx or p12 And these certificates usually need passwords Note PKCS12 is a standard for storing private keys and certificates securely It is used in among other things Netscape and Microsoft Internet Explorer with their import and export options Upload Certificate and It is useful when users have separated certificates and private Private Key keys And the password is needed if the private key is encrypted Dr ay Te k 227 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide REFRESH Click this button to refresh the information listed below View
130. Setup DMZ Host Setup WANT WAN WANS WAN4 WANS WAN 3 Enable Private IP wd 0 0 0 0 Choose PC Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 118 Dr ay Te k If you previously have set up WAN Alias for PPPoE or Static or Dynamic IP mode in WAN2 W AN3 WAN4 WANS interface you will find them in Aux WAN IP for your selection NAT gt DMZ Host Setup DM Host Setup WANT WAN WANS WANA WANS WAN 3 Index Aux WAN IP Private IP 1 172 16 3 102 Choose PC Enable Check to enable the DMZ Host function Private IP Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host or click Choose PC to select one Choose PC Click this button and then a window will automatically pop up Dray Tek as depicted below The window consists of a list of private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network Select one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host 130 168 1 10 130 168 1 18 When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog the IP address will be shown on the following screen Click OK to save the setting 119 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 3 3 Open Ports Open Ports allows you to open a range of ports for the traffic of special applications Common application of Open Ports includes P2P application e g BT KaZaA Gnutella WinMX eMule and others Internet Camera etc Ensure that you keep the application involved up to date to avoid falling victim to any security exploits Click Open Ports to open the f
131. This is an optional function However if one side wants to use it the peer must enable it too My WAN IP This field is only applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a PPP IP address from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed IP address here Do not change the default value if you do not select PPTP or L2TP Remote Gateway IP This field is only applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a remote Gateway PPP IP address from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed IP address here Do not change the default value if you do not select PPTP or L2TP Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to this Remote Network IP Address Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection For IPSec this is the destination clients Ds of phase 2 quick mode Local Network IP Local Network Mask Display the local network IP and mask for TCP IP configuration You can modify the settings if required More Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to more Remote Network IP Addresses Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection This is usual
132. Use DES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm 3DES without Authentication Use triple DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme 3DES with Authentication Use triple DES encryption a Dray Tek Advanced Dray Tek algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm AES without Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme AES with Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm Specify mode proposal and key life of each IKE phase Gateway etc The window of advance setup is shown as below IRIE advanced settings IKE phase 1 rede Mar mode Aggressive mode IKE phage 1 preposal IKE phase 2 proposal ALA HAAR F MDS w IKE phase 1 key ketma Farei i 00 psti IME phate 2 ley Efatim x0 f oo Bhs Perfect Forward Secret ff sabie Enable Local I IKE phase 1 mode Select from Main mode and Aggressive mode The ultimate outcome is to exchange security proposals to create a protected secure channel Main mode is more secure than Aggressive mode since more exchanges are done in a secure channel to set up the IPSec session However the Aggressive mode is faster The default value in Vigor router is Main mode IKE phase 1 proposal To propose the local available authentication schemes and encryption algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Two com
133. VPN 1 WAN First draytek com 192 166 1 6 255 255 255 0 When you choose L2TP over IPSec Nice to Have you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client LTF over IPSec Nice to Have Settings Profila Name VPN Dial OQut Through O Always an Server IP Host Name for VPN e g draytek com or 123 45 67 89 IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 509 Peer ID Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First IPSec Security Method Medium CAH High ESP Username Password Pemote Network IP Remote Network Mask Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 190 ve WANT First w rf 0 0 0 255 255 255 0 il Cancel Dray Tek When you choose L2TP over IPSec Must you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client L2TP over IPSec Must Settings Profile Name re YPN Dial Gut Through WAMI First k O Always on Server IP Host Name for YPN e g draytek com or 123 45 67 89 IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 1 509 Peer ID Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESF Username eee Password Remote Network IP 0 0 0 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Profile Name Type a name for such p
134. Vigor router Cancel Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK Dr ay Te k 19 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 2 4 3 Static IP Click Static IP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol Quick Start Wizard Static IP Client Mode WAN 1 Enter the Static IP configuration probided by your ISP WAN I Subnet Mask Primary DNS Secondary DNS optional After finishing the settings in this page click Next to see the following page Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WANT Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access Static IP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 20 Dray Te k 2 4 4 DHCP Click DHCP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol Quick Start Wizard DHCP Client Mode WAN 1 If your ISP require you to enter a specific host name or specific MAC address please enter it in Host Name Keptional MAC s0 FF Joo Joo 01 optional After finishing the
135. Vigor3200 Series User s Guide MTU RIP Protocol Bridge Mode WAN IP Network Settings Vigor3200 Series User s Guide execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIP RFC1058 specifying how routers exchange routing tables information Click Enable RIP for activating this function If you choose Bridged IP as the protocol you can check this box to invoke the function The router will work as a bridge modem Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 32 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Type the additional WAN IP address and check the Enable box Then click OK to exit the dialog F hitp 192 168 1 1 WANIIP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer i X WAN
136. W Enable Dynamic DNS Check this box to enable DDNS function Setup Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Auto Update interval Set the time for the router to perform auto update for DDNS service Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of DDNS setup to set account s WAN Interface Display the WAN interface used Domain Name Display the domain name that you set on the setting page of DDNS setup Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 60 Dr ay Te k Dray Tek Active View Log Force Update Display if this account is active or inactive Display DDNS log status Force the router updates its information to DDNS server Select Index number 1 to add an account for the router Check Enable Dynamic DNS Account and choose correct Service Provider dyndns org type the registered hostname hostname and domain name suffix dyndns org in the Domain Name block The following two blocks should be typed your account Login Name test and Password test Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup gt gt Dynamic DNS Account Setup Index 1 Enable Dynamic DNS Account WAN Interface WANT First Service Provider dyndns org www dyndns org v Service Type Login Name max 64 characters Password max 23 characters OI Wildcards C Backup Mx Enable Dynamic DNS Account WAN Interface Service Provider Service Type Domain Name Login Name Password Wildcard and Backu
137. WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS WAN 1 Private IP v Private IP 192 168 1 11 MAC Address of the True IP DMZ Host loo foo foo loo oo Note When a True IP DMZ host is turned on it will force the router s WAN connection to be always on Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 56 Dray Te k DMZ Host for WAN2 WANS are slightly different with WAN1 See the following figure NAT gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WANT WAN WANS WAN4 WANS WAN 3 Enable Private IP wd 0 0 0 0 Choose PC If you previously have set up WAN Alias for PPPoE or Static or Dynamic IP mode in WAN2 W AN3 WAN4 WANS interface you will find them in Aux WAN IP for your selection NAT gt DMZ Host Setup DM Host Setup WANT WAN WANS WAN4 WANS WAN 3 Index Enable Aux WARK IP Private IP 1 F 172 16 3 102 Choose PC 2 Pi 172 16 3 200 1 0 0 0 Choose PC Enable Check to enable the DMZ Host function Private IP Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host or click Choose PC to select one Choose PC Click this button and then a window will automatically pop up Dray Tek as depicted below The window consists of a list of private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network Select one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host F himo fa OX 142 168 1 10 142 168 1 15 When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog the IP address will be shown on the following screen Click OK to save the sett
138. You can set different DMZ host for each WAN interface Click the WAN tab to switch into the configuration page for that WAN NAT gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WANT WAN WANS WAN4 WANS WAN 1 Private IP Choose PC MAC Address of the True IP DMZ Host foo foo foo foo J oo Note When a True IP DMZ host is turned on it will force the router s WAN connection to be always an Enable Check to enable the DMZ Host function Private IP Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host or click Choose PC Dray Tek 117 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide to select one Choose PC Click this button and then a window will automatically pop up as depicted below The window consists of a list of private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network Select one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host Bi niao a OX 142 168 1 10 1s 168 118 When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog the IP address will be shown on the following screen Click OK to save the setting NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS WAN 1 Private IP v Private IP 192 168 1 11 MAC Address of the True IP DMZ Host loo foo foo foo foo oo Note When a True IP DMZ host is turned on it will force the router s WAN connection to be always on DMZ Host for WAN2 WANS are slightly different with WAN See the following figure NAT gt gt DMZ Host
139. a MAC Address and enter the MAC address in the MAC Address field DNS Server IP Address Type in the primary IP address for the router if you want to use Static IP mode If necessary type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 40 Dr ay Tek Details Page for PPTP L2TP in WAN1 WAN4 To use PPTP L2TP as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose PPTP L2TP from Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPTP L 2TP Client Mode O Enable PPTP Enable LATP Disable Server Address o Specify Gateway IP Address Po ISP Access Setup sername Password MTU pd Max 1460 PPP Setup PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP 160 IP Address Assignment Method IPCP WAN IP Alias Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Fixed IP Address fs WAN IP Network Settings Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address Idle Timeout second s4 IP Address Subnet Mask PPTP L2TP Client Mode Enable PPTP Click this radio button to enable a PPTP client to ISP Access Setup MTU PPP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Dray Tek establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface Enable L2TP Click this radio button to enable a L2TP client to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface Disable Click this radio button to close the connection through PPTP or L2TP
140. a facility forwards packets from the external ports of the router to the internal ports used by the application a TIP Broadband Connection on Router Properties Ed x General Connect to the Internet using a3 IP Broadband Connection on Aouter Advanced Settings Services Select the services running on your network that Internet users can ACCESS Ftp Example menmegr 192 169 29 11 131 35 60654 UDP menmegr 1592 168 29 11 7824 13251 UDP m nmegr 192 168 29 11 5789 63231 TCF This connection allows you to connect to the Internet through a shared connection on another computer Settings Show icon in notification area when connected Add Edit Jelete The reminder as regards concern about Firewall and UPnP Can t work with Firewall Software Enabling firewall applications on your PC may cause the UPnP function not working properly This is because these applications will block the accessing ability of some network ports Security Considerations Activating the UPnP function on your network may incur some security threats You should consider carefully these risks before activating the UPnP function gt Some Microsoft operating systems have found out the UPnP weaknesses and hence you need to ensure that you have applied the latest service packs and patches gt Non privileged users can control some router functions including removing and adding port mappings
141. about Vigor wireless router while site surveying The system allows you to set four sets of SSID for different usage In default the first set of SSID will be enabled You can hide it for your necessity Means the identification of the wireless LAN SSID can be any text numbers or various special characters The default SSID is DrayTek We suggest you to change it LAN Check this box to make the wireless clients stations with the same SSID cannot access wired PCs on LAN Member Check this box to make the wireless clients stations with the same SSID not accessing for each other VPN Check this box to make the wireless clients stations with different VPN not accessing for each other Means the channel of frequency of the wireless LAN The default channel is 6 You may switch channel if the selected channel is under serious interference If you have no idea of choosing the frequency please select Auto to let system determine for you Channel Auto Channel 1 2412MHz Channel 2 241 MHz Channel 3 2422hMH2 Channel 4 2427 MHz Channel 5 2452MHz Channel 6 2437 MHz Channel 7 2442M1Hz Channel 5 2447 WiHz Channel 9 2452MH2 Channel 10 2457 MHz Channel 11 2462 1Hz Channel 12 2467 MHz Channel 13 247 2M1Hz a Dray Tek Long Preamble This option is to define the length of the sync field in an 802 11 packet Most modern wireless network uses short preamble with 56 bit sync field instead of long preamble wi
142. accomplish IP routing This allows users to change the information of the router such as IP address and the routers will automatically inform for each other 3 2 2 General Setup This page provides you the general settings for LAN Click LAN to open the LAN settings page and choose General Setup LAN gt General Setup General Setup Index Status DHCP IP Address LAN 1 y Y 192 165 1 1 Details Page Index Display the number of LAN interface Status Basically LAN1 status is enabled in default DHCP LANI is configured with DHCP in default IP Address Display the IP address for LAN1 Such information is set in default Details Page Click it to access into the setting page Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 48 Dr ay Te k Details Page for LAN1 LAN gt General Setup LAN 1 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup Network Configuration For WAT Usage IP Address Subnet Mask 192 166 1 1 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server Configuration Enable Server Disable Server Relay Agent Enable Disable PIP Protocol Control IP Address Subnet Mask RIP Protocol Control DHCP Server Configuration Dray Tek IP Pool Counts a 192 168 1 1 Start IP Address 192 168 1 10 Gateway IP Address DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent DNS Server IP Address C Force DNS manual setting Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192
143. age V means such WAN interface is enabled and ready to be used Display the physical mode and physical type of such WAN interface Display the downstream and upstream rate of such WAN interface Display whether such WAN interface is Active device or backup device Display the Backup WAN interface for such WAN when it is disabled Note In default each WAN is enabled For WAN1 WAN4 WANI WAN4 are fixed with physical mode of Giga Ethernet Here we take WAN as an example WAN gt gt General Setup WAN 1 Enable Display Name Physical Mode Physical Type Line Speed Kbps DownLink WoLink VLAN Tag insertion Tag value Priority Active Mode Backup WAM Enable Display Name Physical Mode Physical type Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Yes Ethernet Auto negotiation 10000 10000 Disable Please configure Internet Access setting first o__ 4095 oo dovy Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface Type the description for such WAN interface Display the physical mode of such WAN interface You can change the physical type for WAN2 or choose Auto negotiation for determined by the system Auta negotiation ha Auto ne qotiation 10M half duplex Physical Type 10M1 full duplex 100M1 half duplex 100M1 full duplex 7 Dray Tek Line Speed VLAN Tag insertion Active Mode Bac
144. ame VJ Compression IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key IKE Pre SharedKey O Digital Signature 509 Mone IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3DES v AES Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 7 At last set the remote network IP subnet in TCP IP Network Settings so that Router B can direct the packets destined to the remote network to Router A via the VPN connection 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction Remote Gateway IP coca iol first subnet ta remote network you have to Remote Network IP 192 168 1 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 tacai Netral Ip 192 168 1 1 l Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 3 Local Network Mask 255 255 255 0 5 3 Create a Remote Dial in User Connection Between the Teleworker and Headquarter The other common case is that you as a teleworker may want to connect to the enterprise network securely According to the network structure as shown in the below illustration you may follow the steps to create a Remote User Profile and install Smart VPN Client on the remote host VPN Router 210 135 240 208 Remote Network 192 168 1 0 a E 192 168 1 3 Settings in VPN Router in the enterprise office 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then for using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general set
145. and Port of the internal host If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Simply type the required number on the first box The second one will be assigned automatically later Specify the private IP address of the internal host providing the service If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Type a complete IP address in the first box as the starting point and the fourth digits in the second box as the end point Specify the private port number of the service offered by the internal host Note that the router has its own built in services servers such as Telnet HTTP and FTP etc Since the common port numbers of these services servers are all the same you may need to reset the router in order to avoid confliction For example the built in web configurator in the router is with default port 80 which may conflict with the web server in the local network http 192 168 1 13 80 Therefore you need to change the router s http port to any one other than the default port 80 to avoid conflict such as 8080 This can be set in the System Maintenance gt gt Management Setup You then will access the admin screen of by suffixing the IP address with 8080 e g http 192 168 1 1 8080 instead of port 80 Dray Tek 115 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide System Maintenance gt gt Management Management Setup Management Access Control Management Po
146. apable APSD Capable Aifsn CWMin CWMax Dray Tek CWMin CWMax Txop ACM AckPolicy O E o m O m no CWMin CWMax Txop ACM 10 m E E E OK To apply WMM parameters for wireless data transmission please click the Enable radio button The default setting is Disable It controls how long the client waits for each data transmission Please specify the value ranging from 1 to 15 Such parameter will influence the time delay for WMM accessing categories For the service of voice or video image please set small value for AC_VI and AC_VO categories For the service of e mail or web browsing please set large value for AC_BE and AC_BK categories CWMin means contention Window Min and CWMax means contention Window Max Please specify the value ranging from 1 to 15 Be aware that CW Max value must be greater than 245 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide CW Min or equals to CWMin value Both values will influence the time delay for WMM accessing categories The difference between AC_VI and AC_VO categories must be smaller however the difference between AC_BE and AC_ BK categories must be greater Txop It means transmission opportunity For WMM categories of AC_VI and AC_VO that need higher priorities in data transmission please set greater value for them to get highest transmission opportunity Specify the value ranging from 0 to 65535 ACM It is an abbreviation of Admission control Mandatory It can restrict stations from using specific
147. application please refer to chapter 5 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 The window will ask for typing username and password 2 Please type admin admin on Username Password for administration operation Now the Main Screen will appear Be aware that Admin mode will be displayed on the bottom left side Vigor32 OO Series Dray Tek Multi WAN Security Router Auto Logout System Status Quick Start Wizard Model Name Vigor3200n Service Activation Wizard Firmware Version 3 3 7 RG Online Status Build Date Time Feb 21 2011 15 44 36 WAN LAN LAN MAC Address IP Address Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS NAT LAN1 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Yes Firewall LAN2 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 3 1 255 255 255 0 No User Management LANZ 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 5 1 255 255 255 0 No Objects Setting LAN4 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 7 1 255 255 255 0 No CSM DMZ PORT 00 SO 7F 00 00 00 192 168 9 1 255 255 255 0 Yes Bandwidth Management IP Routed Subnet 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 2 1 255 255 255 0 Yes Applications VPN and Remote Access Wireless LAN Certificate Management Wireless LAN MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware Yersion SSL VPN 00 50 7F 00 00 00 Europe 2 3 2 0 DrayTek USB Application System Maintenance WAN Diagnostics z Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway Connected 00 S0 7F 00 00 01 Static IP feo ae lp aall Support Area Disconnected 00 50
148. ario 1 One pair VPN Trunk The purpose is to setup a VPN trunk between Vigor3200 192 168 1 0 24 and Vigor3300 192 168 33 0 24 Vigor3300 Vigor3200 Dial in Dial out Le a E WAN1 202 211 110 100 GRE WAN 10 0 0 2 WAN1 202 211 110 30 GRE WAN 10 0 0 1 WAN2 202 211 120 100 GRE WAN 10 0 0 4 WAN2 202 211 120 30 GRE WAN 10 0 0 3 r Internet Ta LAN 192 168 33 0 24 LAN 192 168 1 0 24 IPSec VPN Tunnel At present Vigor3200 just supports one VPN trunk group with two members for the same VPN network pair In this case the VPN trunk is built for 192 168 1 0 24 lt gt 192 168 33 0 24 In other word although Vigor3200 supports 4 WAN connections it just allows you to use 2 VPN connections over two WAN ports for one VPN trunk group between the networks 192 168 1 0 24 and 192 168 33 0 24 Note You can still setup two VPN trunk groups over 4 WAN connections between the networks 192 168 1 0 24 and 192 168 33 0 24 But the VPN traffic can just pass through one VPN trunk group You can create arbitrary number of VPN trunk groups between Vigor3200 and Vigor3300 for different VPN network pairs For example suppose there is another network 192 168 10 0 24 behind Vigor3300 You may create a VPN trunk group over WANI and WAN connections for 192 168 1 0 24 lt gt 192 168 33 0 24 and the other VPN trunk group over WAN3 and WAN4 for 192 168 1 0 24 lt gt 192 168 10 0 24 Pleas
149. atch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other than the Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Enable Server Let the router assign IP address to every host in the LAN Disable Server Let you manually assign IP address to every host in the LAN Relay Agent Specify which subnet that DHCP server is located the relay agent should redirect the DHCP request to Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the Ist IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must a Dray Tek be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the maximum is 253 Gateway IP Address Enter a value of the gateway IP address for the DHCP server The value is usually as same as the 1st IP address of the router which means the router is the default gateway DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent Set the IP address of the DHCP server you are going to use so the Relay Agent can help to forward the DHCP request to the DHCP server DNS Server IP DNS s
150. ategory and force it to go to dedicate network interface based on the following web page setup Twenty policies of load balance are supported by this router Note Load Balance Policy is running only when more than two WAN interfaces are activated WAN gt Load Balance Policy Load Balance Policy Index Enable Protocol WAN picks r paced d on aa ue seit Start End 2 D UP Down 30 a UP Down 4 60 UP Down 5 oO UP Down e Oo UP Down Zj a UP Down 8 60 UP Down 2 oo UP Down 0 O UP Down lt lt 1 10 11 20 21 30 31 32 gt gt Next gt gt Index Click the number of index to access into the load balance policy configuration web page Enable Check this box to enable this policy Protocol Use the drop down menu to change the protocol for the WAN interface WAN Use the drop down menu to change the WAN interface Src IP Start Displays the IP address for the start of the source IP Src IP End Displays the IP address for the end of the source IP Dest IP Start Displays the IP address for the start of the destination IP Dest IP End Displays the IP address for the end of the destination IP Dest Port Start Displays the IP address for the start of the destination port Dest Port End Displays the IP address for the end of the destination port Move UP Move Down Use Up or Down link to move the order of the policy Dray Tek 45 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Click Index 1 to access into the following page for configuring load balan
151. atus Setto Factory Default Status Index Name Status Li TT K Ea EG ESG PSG ESG KX KX EG HK fa fa ad B Pkt Pa e e Pa PP a e u ts RESBEBBABEFEREBE amp J J J I I I PKO K xX XK KX KH KH NH NH KO KO KH XN NK Click to clear all indexes Indicate the name of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Indicate the status of individual profiles The symbol V and X represent the profile to be active and inactive respectively Click each index to edit each profile and you will get the following page Each LAN to LAN profile includes 4 subgroups If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanations will guide you to fill all the necessary fields Dray Tek 207 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide For the web page is too long we divide the page into several sections for explanation VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name p79 Call Direction Both Dial Out Dial in Cl Enable this profile O Always on Idle Timeout S00 second s VPN Dial Out Through WANT First L Enable PING to keep alive Netbios Naming Packet Pass O Block PING to the IP Po Multicast via YPN OPass Black for some IGMP IP Camera OHCP Relay etc 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling Username agg O PPTP Password e IPSec Tunnel PPP Authentication PAPYCHAP L TP w
152. available in Admin Mode only Go to System Maintenance and choose Reboot System on the web page The following screen will appear Choose Using factory default configuration and click OK After few seconds the router will return all the settings to the factory settings System Maintenance gt Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot your router Using current configuration Using factory default configuration Hardware Reset While the router is running ACT LED blinking press the Factory Reset button and hold for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED blinks rapidly please release the button Then the router will restart with the default configuration Factory ACT VPN CSM USE WANI WANS Factory Reset GoS WANE WANG After restore the factory default setting you can configure the settings for the router again to fit your personal request 6 7 Contacting Your Dealer If the router still cannot work correctly after trying many efforts please contact your dealer for further help right away For any questions please feel free to send e mail to support draytek com Dray Te k 339 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide
153. ave to insert a USB diskette into the USB interface of the Vigor router Otherwise you cannot save the configuration Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 258 Dr ay Te k 4 14 3 File Explorer File Explorer offers an easy way for users to review and manage the content of USB diskette connected on Vigor router USB Application gt gt File Explorer File Explorer t o Mame Size Delete Rename Current Path r 4 Upload File Select a file ae Upload Note The folder can not be deleted when it is not empty Click this icon to refresh files list Refresh Click this icon to return to the upper directory Back Click this icon to add a new folder Create Current Path Display current folder Upload Click this button to upload the selected file to the USB diskette The uploaded file in the USB diskette can be shared for other user through FTP 4 14 4 USB Disk Status This page is to monitor the status for the users who accessing into FTP or Samba server USB diskette via the Vigor router If you want to remove the diskette from USB port in router please click Disconnect USB Disk first And then remove the USB diskette later USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status USB Mass Storage Device Status Connection Status No Disk Connected Disk Capacity 0 MB Free Capacity 0 MB Refresh USE Disk Users Connected Refresh Index Service IP Address Port Username Note If the write protect switch of USB
154. avoid conflict such as 8080 This can be set in the System Maintenance gt gt Management Setup You then Dray Tek 53 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide will access the admin screen of by suffixing the IP address with 8080 e g http 192 168 1 1 8080 instead of port 80 System Maintenance gt gt Management Management Setup Management Access Control Management Port Setup User Define Ports Default Ports WF Allow management from the Internet Telnet Port pene os C FTP Server HTTP Port Default 804 HTTP Server HTTPS Port 443 HTTPS Server 443 Default 443 Telnet Server FTP Port Default 21 COl SSH Server SSH Port Default 22 Disable PING from the Internet SNMP Setup Access List C Enable SNMP Agent List IP Subnet Mask eee Community a 2 Notificatian Hast IP fo Trap Timeout seconds Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 54 Dr ay Tek 3 3 2 DMZ Host As mentioned above Port Redirection can redirect incoming TCP UDP or other traffic on particular ports to the specific private IP address port of host in the LAN However other IP protocols for example Protocols 50 ESP and 51 AH do not travel on a fixed port Vigor router provides a facility DMZ Host that maps ALL unsolicited data on any protocol to a single host in the LAN Regular web surfing and other such Internet activities from other clients will continue to work without inappropriate interruption DMZ Host allows a defined internal user to be
155. be changed according to the VPN Server Mode Site to Site VPN and Remote Dial in User selected Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 194 Dray Te k After making the choices for the server profile please click Next You will see different configurations based on the selection you made Here we take the example of choosing Remote Dial in User as the VPN Server Mode When you check PPTP you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard VPN Authentication Setting PPTP LTP L2eTP over IPSec Authentication Username Password Authentication Type When you check PPTP IPSec L2TP three types or PPTP IPSec two types or L2TP with Policy Nice to Have Must you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard VPN Authentication Setting PPTP LETP L2TF over IPSec Authentication Username serveril Authentication Type Local User Database v IPSec L2TP over IPSec Authentication C Digital Signature 5095 Peer ID Peer IP PH Client IP 1 1 1 1 Dr ay Tek 195 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide When you check IPSec you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard VPN Authentication Setting IPSec f L2TP over IPSec Authentication Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key C Digital Signature 5095 Peer ID Peer IP YPN Client IP Peer ID Profile Name User Name Password Authentication Type
156. binations are available for Aggressive mode and nine for Main mode We suggest you select the combination that covers the most schemes IKE phase 2 proposal To propose the local available algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Three combinations are available for both modes We suggest you select the combination that covers the most algorithms IKE phase 1 Key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value is 28800 seconds You may specify a value in between 900 and 86400 seconds IKE phase 2 Key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value is 3600 seconds You may specify a value in between 600 and 86400 seconds Perfect Forward Secret PFS The IKE Phase 1 key will be reused to avoid the computation complexity in phase 2 The default value is inactive this function Local ID In Aggressive mode Local ID is on behalf of the IP address while identity authenticating with remote VPN server The length of the ID is limited to 47 characters 211 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type isetaeme 399 Ipsec Tunnel J Compression on off L2TP with IPSec Policy IKE Authentication Method L Specify Remote VPN Gateway Pre Shared Key C Digital Signaturefs 509 orPeerID o Local ID O Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First IPSec Security Method MediumtAH4 Hight ESF
157. boot the system Note When the system pops up Reboot System web page after you configure web settings please click OK to reboot your router for ensuring normal operation and preventing unexpected errors of the router in the future Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 270 Dr ay Tek 4 15 9 Firmware Upgrade Before upgrading your router firmware you need to install the Router Tools The Firmware Upgrade Utility is included in the tools The following web page will guide you to upgrade firmware by using an example Note that this example is running over Windows OS Operating System Download the newest firmware from DrayTek s web site or FTP site The DrayTek web site is www DrayTek com or local DrayTek s web site and FTP site is ftp DrayTek com Click System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade to launch the Firmware Upgrade Utility System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade Web Firmware Upgrade Select a firmware file CE Click Upgrade to upload the file Upgrade TFIP Firmware Upgrade from LAN Current Firmware Version 3 3 7 RCs Firmware Upgrade Procedures Click OK to start the TFTP server Open the Firmware Upgrade Utility or other 3 party TFTP client software Check that the firmware filename is correct Click Upgrade on the Firmware Upgrade Utility ta start the upgrade After the upgrade is compelete the TFTP server will automatically stop running Do you want to upgrade firmware mn Wha e Click
158. btain DNS server address automatically Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Altemate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address For Mac OS 1 Double click on the current used Mac OS on the desktop 2 Open the Application folder and get into Network 3 On the Network screen select Using DHCP from the drop down list of Configure Pv4 OA O __ Network mae g Show All Displays Sound Network Startup Disk Location Automatic Show Built in Ethernet TCP IP PPPoE AppleTalk Proxies IP Address 192 168 1 10 Renew DHCP Lease Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Client ID If required Router 192 168 1 1 DNS Servers Optional Search Domains Optional IPv6 Address fe80 0000 0000 0000 020a 95ff fe8d 72e4 Configure IPv6 f E E OE rr Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me Apply Now Dray Te k 335 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 6 3 Pinging the Router from Your Computer The default gateway IP address of the router is 192 168 1 1 For some reason you might need to use ping command to check the link status of the router The most important thing is that the computer will receive a rep
159. btain an IP address automatically Keep WAN Connection Router Name VIGOR C Enable PING to keep alive Domain Name fT o Required for some ISPs Specify an IP address PING Interval Os Iminuters IP address 172 16 3 102 WAN Connection Detection Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 Mode ARP Detect Gateway IP Address 172 16 1 1 Ping IP fs DNS Server IP Address lili TTL Primary IP Address 165 95 1 1 Secondary IP Address MTU Max 1500 Default MAC Address RIP Protocol Specify a MAC Address l Enable RIP MAC Address oo feo fF Hoo foo e Bridge Mode i C Enable Bridge Mode Static or Dynamic IP Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Keep WAN Connection Normally this function is designed for Dynamic IP environments because some ISPs will drop connections 1f there is no traffic within certain periods of time Check Enable PING to keep alive box to activate this function PING to the IP If you enable the PING function please specify the IP address for the system to PING it for keeping alive PING Interval Enter the interval for the system to execute the PING operation WAN Connection Such function allows you to verify whether network connection Detection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to Dr ay Tek 89
160. by continuously sending PING packets to the remote host the Vigor router can know the true existence of this VPN connection and react accordingly This is independent of DPD dead peer detection PPTP Build a PPTP VPN connection to the server through the Internet You should set the identity like User Name and Password below for the authentication of remote server IPSec Tunnel Build an IPSec VPN connection to the server through Internet L2TP with IPSec Policy Build a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be 209 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide User Name Password PPP Authentication VJ compression IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Vigor3200 Series User s Guide viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial out VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above PAP CHAP i
161. c but will not be encrypted High ESF MJES Mapes Maes Data will be encrypted and authentic 3 Goto LAN to LAN Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Common Settings as shown below You should enable both of VPN connections because any one of the parties may start the VPN connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name Brancht Call Direction Both Dial Qut Dial in C Enable this profile O Always on Idle Tirneout 300 second s YPN Dial Qut Through WANI First C Enable PING to keep alive Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block PINC to the IP O Multicast via VPN OPpass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc 287 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Set Dial Out Settings as shown below to dial to connect to Router B aggressively with the selected Dial Out method If an PSec based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy one Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 210 Link Type PAP CHAP on off Username Password PPP Authentication VJ Compression IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key eg Kew Dran Q rr
162. category class if it is checked Note Vigor2830 provides standard WMM configuration in the web page If you want to modify the parameters please refer to the Wi Fi WMM standard specification AckPolicy Uncheck default value the box means the AP router will answer the response request while transmitting WMM packets through wireless connection It can assure that the peer must receive the WMM packets Check the box means the AP router will not answer any response request for the transmitting packets It will have better performance with lower reliability Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 246 Dr ay Tek 4 12 9 AP Discovery Vigor router can scan all regulatory channels and find working APs in the neighborhood Based on the scanning result users will know which channel is clean for usage Also it can be used to facilitate finding an AP for a WDS link Notice that during the scanning process about 5 seconds no client is allowed to connect to Vigor This page is used to scan the existence of the APs on the wireless LAN Yet only the AP which is in the same channel of this router can be found Please click Scan to discover all the connected APs Wireless LAN gt gt Access Point Discovery Access Point List BSSIO Channel SSIB Scan Note During the scanning process 5 seconds no station is allowed to connect with the router See Statistics Add to WDS Settings AP s MAC address AI Jef yeh db Brid
163. ccessing FTP server Later you can open FTP client software and type the password specified here for accessing into USB storage diskette Confirm Password Type the password again to make confirmation Home Folder It determines the range for the client to access into The user can enter a directory name in this field Then after clicking OK the router will create the specific new folder in the USB diskette In addition if the user types here he she can access into all of the disk folders and files in USB diskette Note When write protect status for the USB diskette is ON you cannot type any new folder name in this field Only can be used in such case You can click to open the following dialog to add any new folder which can be specified as the Home Folder E http 192 168_1 5 doc ftpuserfolder_ htm Microsoft Internet Explorer USB User Management Choose Folder Folder Name Create New Home Folder Folder Name test Create Note The folder name can only contain the following characters A Z a z 0 9 _ and space Only 11 characters are allowed Access Rule It determines the authority for such profile Any user who uses such profile for accessing into USB diskette must follow the rule specified here File Check the items Read Write and Delete for such profile Directory Check the items List Create and Remove for such profile Before you click OK you h
164. ce policy WAN gt gt Load Balance Policy Index 1 L Enable Binding WAN Interface WANT Auto failover to the other WAN Dest Port Start Dest Port End Enable Check this box to enable this policy Protocol Use the drop down menu to choose a proper protocol for the Binding WAN interface Src IP Start Src IP End Dest IP Start Dest IP End Dest Port Start Dest Port End Vigor3200 Series User s Guide WAN interface Protocol Choose the WAN interface WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 W ANS for binding Auto failover to other WAN Check this button to lead the data passing through other WAN automatically when the selected WAN interface is failover Type the source IP start for the specified WAN interface Type the source IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field is blank it means that all the source IPs inside the LAN will be passed through the WAN interface Type the destination IP start for the specified WAN interface Type the destination IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field is blank it means that all the destination IPs will be passed through the WAN interface Type the destination port start for the destination IP Type the destination port end for the destination IP If this field is blank it means that all the destination ports will be passed through the WAN interface i Dray Tek 3 2 LAN Local Area Network LAN is a group of subnets regulated and ruled by router
165. cess via WCF If the data has been accessed previously the IP addresses of source and destination IDs will be memorized for a short time about 1 second in the router When the user tries to access the same destination ID the router will check it by comparing the record stored If it matches the page will be retrieved quickly Such item can provide URL matching with the fastest rate L1 L2 Cache the router will check the URL with fast processing rate combining the feature of L1 and L2 Eight profiles are provided here as Web content filters Simply click the index number under Profile to open the following web page The items listed in Categories will be changed according to the different service providers If you have and activate another web content filter license the items will be changed simultaneously All of the configuration made for web content filter will be deleted automatically Therefore please backup your data before you change the web content filter license Vigor3200 Series User s Guide G Dray Tek CSM gt Web Content Filter Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name Default Black White List Enable Action Group Object Selections a Action Bl Groups Categories Child Protection Chat Criminal Drugs Alcohol Select All Gambling Hacking Hate Speech Clear All Sex Violence Weapons Leisure Ll Advertisements J Entertainment L Food Select All Cl Games Cl Glamour C Health Clear All Cl H
166. ch or list the directory object inquire or manage the active directory Applications gt gt LDAP Active Directory LDAP Active Directory Setup Enable Destination Port 309 Enable Check to enable such function Server IP Address Enter the IP address of LDAP server Destination Port The UDP port number that the RADIUS server is using The default value is 1812 based on RFC 2138 Common Name Identifier Type or edit the common name identifier for the LDAP server The common name identifier for most LDAP server is cn Base Distinguished Name Type or edit the distinguished name used to look up entries on the LDAP server 4 9 5 UPnP The UPnP Universal Plug and Play protocol is supported to bring to network connected devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows Plug and Play system For NAT routers the major feature of UPnP on the router is NAT Traversal This enables applications inside the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router It is more reliable than requiring a router to work out by itself which ports need to be opened Further the user does not have to manually set up port mappings or a DMZ UPnP is available on Windows XP and the router provide the associated support for MSN Messenger to allow full use of the voice video and messaging features Dray Te k 181 Vigor320
167. cify the duration or period for the schedule How often Specify how often the schedule will be applied Once The schedule will be applied just once Weekdays Specify which days in one week should perform the schedule Example Suppose you want to control the PPPoE Internet access connection to be always on Force On from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week Other time the Internet access connection should be disconnected Force Down Office WZ fu A g 10 2 Hour a 3 Force On E F a gt Dr ay Tek 179 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Mon Sun 9 00 am to 6 00 pm Make sure the PPPoE connection and Time Setup is working properly Configure the PPPoE always on from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week Configure the Force Down from 18 00 to next day 9 00 for whole week oe I Assign these two profiles to the PPPoE Internet access profile Now the PPPoE Internet connection will follow the schedule order to perform Force On or Force Down action according to the time plan that has been pre defined in the schedule profiles 4 9 3 RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RADIUS is a security authentication client server protocol that supports authentication authorization and accounting which is widely used by Internet service providers It is the most common method of authenticating and authorizing dial up and tunneled network users The built in RADIUS client feature enables the router to assist the remote dial
168. ck the link to access into System Maintenance gt gt Management to set the router name The IP address of the Syslog server Assign a port for the Syslog protocol Check the box listed on this web page to send the corresponding message of firewall VPN User Access Call WAN Router DSL information to Syslog Check Enable to activate function of alert log Type the port number for alert log The default setting is 514 Check Enable to activate function of mail alert Make a simple test for the e mail address specified in this page Please assign the mail address first and click this button to execute a test for verify the mail address is available or not The IP address of the SMTP server Dray Tek Mail To Assign a mail address for sending mails out Return Path Assign a path for receiving the mail from outside Authentication Check this box to activate this function while using e mail application User Name Type the user name for authentication Password Type the password for authentication Enable E mail Alert Check the box to send alert message to the e mail box while the router detecting the item s you specify here Click OK to save these settings For viewing the Syslog please do the following 1 Just set your monitor PC s IP address in the field of Server IP Address 2 Install the Router Tools in the Utility within provided CD After installation click on the Router Tools gt gt Syslog from prog
169. create before Delete You can remove any item listed in IP Bind List Simply click and select the one and click Delete The selected item will be removed from the IP Bind List Note Before you select Strict Bind you have to bind one set of IP MAC address for one PC If not no one of the PCs can access into Internet And the web configurator of the router might not be accessed 4 2 6 LAN Port Mirror LAN Port mirror can be applied for the users in LAN Generally speaking this function copies traffic from one or more specific ports to a target port This mechanism helps manager track the network errors or abnormal packets transmission without interrupting the flow of data access the network By the way user can apply this function to monitor all traffics which user needs to check There are some advantages supported in this feature First it is more economical without other detecting equipments to be set up Second it may be able to view traffic on one or more ports within a VLAN at the same time Third it can transfer all data traffics to be mirrored to one analyzer connect to the mirroring port Last it is more convenient and easy to configure in user s interface LAN gt LAN Port Mirror LAN Port Mirror Port Mirror O Enable Disable Mirror port WAN4 Mirrored port CPi CIWAN 1 LIWAN 2 LIWAN 3 Port Mirror Check Enable to activate this function Or check Disable to close this function Mirror Port Select a port t
170. ct Status Modify Local C TW O Draytek emailAddress Requesting GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Request MIIBQjCCARNC AGAWOTELNARKGALUEBHNCYFcxEDAOCBGNVBAOTBORYYX1LOZUsxIDie BokqhkiG9SwOBCQEVEXByZXNzOGRYyYYZLOZWsuY2 StNIGENADGCS AGS IbSDOEBAQUA A4GNADCBiQKBg DPioahu gF OAYB1iceSOERSD VknIdHblolktScTdaLUDaFk6s8d 3uwDeQytoViLBJz2IDFOx4jxX6ipTevl87 twwTsg41qZ60k rGhuVTKda3j6PlernkP dus4t23cUBaAMD4uscsVmS yD ISHLAJAxVYPUpNKVIroT2RZjKRMAaHEWpYpwIDAQAB oCkwJwYJ Koz ThycNaGkOMNRowGDAUBGNVHREEDzaNggtkemF 5adGVrLmNvbTanbokq hkiGSwOBAQUF AACBgGQAuSBRUGtC4ULHHON6 HwToemitHObew Xkvg t7 kFlzTJiHh uRLq4CiEi 6nV4hMRytcxZpEZ6sMarSqgRRErs6Ro0s8Ix0145560xCZ N1Gh9VOsI1 I9SFqkiIJNihip4TcjecSNNZ jmOo5SWU Bces8TG ScBCyejqu fo AIOFajBIGviw 4 Connect to CA server via web browser Follow the instruction to submit the request Below we take a Windows 2000 CA server for example Select Request a Certificate Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Welcome You use this web site to request a certificate for your web browser e mail client or other secure program Once you acquire a certificate you will be able to securely identify yourself to other people over the web sign your e mail messages encrypt your e mail messages and more depending upon the type of certificate you request Select a task O Retrieve the CA certificate or certificate revocation list Request a certificate O Check on a pending certifica
171. d User Password System Maintenance gt gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password Old Password New Password Confirm Password Or System Maintenance gt gt User Password User Password Old Password New Password Confirm Password OK 5 Enter the login password the default is blank on the field of Old Password Type New Password and confirm the password Then click OK to continue 6 Now the password has been changed Next time use the new password to access the Web Configurator for this router Dray Tek 15 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Username Password Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Dray Tek 2 4 Quick Start Wizard g Notice Quick Start Wizard for user mode operation is the same as for admin mode operation If your router can be under an environment with high speed NAT the configuration provide here can help you to deploy and use the router quickly The first screen of Quick Start Wizard is entering login password After typing the password please click Next Quick Start Wizard Enter login password Please enter an alpha numeric string as your Password Max 23 characters Cancel On the next page as shown below please select the WAN interface that you use Choose Auto negotiation as the physical type for your router Then click Next for next step Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 16 Dray Te k Quick Start Wizard WAN Interface WAR
172. d and Edit IP Address Po Mac Address ye oe oR Note IP MAC binding presets DHCP Allocations If you select Strict Bind unspecified LAN clients cannot access the Internet Enable Click this radio button to invoke this function However IP MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List also can connect to Internet Disable Click this radio button to disable this function All the settings on this page will be invalid Strict Bind Click this radio button to block the connection of the IP MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List ARP Table This table is the LAN ARP table of this router The information for IP and MAC will be displayed in this field Each pair of IP and MAC address listed in ARP table can be selected and added to IP Bind List by clicking Add below Add and Edit IP Address Type the IP address that will be used for the specified MAC address Mac Address Type the MAC address that is used to bind with the assigned IP address Refresh It is used to refresh the ARP table When there is one new PC added to the LAN you can click this link to obtain the newly ARP table information IP Bind List It displays a list for the IP bind to MAC information Dray Te k 111 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Add It allows you to add the one you choose from the ARP table or the IP MAC address typed in Add and Edit to the table of IP Bind List Edit It allows you to edit and modify the selected IP address and MAC address that you
173. d and required by some ISPs Type the name and click Apply Modem Initial String2 The initial string is shared with APN In some cases users may need another initial AT command to restrict 3G band or do any special settings Modem Dial String Such value is used to dial through USB mode Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP PPP Username Type the PPP username optional PPP Password Type the PPP password optional PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP WAN Connection Such function allows you to verify whether network connection Dr ay Tek 43 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Detection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Default Click it to reset to the factory default setting for 3G connection After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 44 Dr ay Tek 3 1 4 Load Balance Policy This router supports the function of load balancing It can assign traffic with protocol type IP address for specific host a subnet of hosts and port range to be allocated in WAN interface The user can assign traffic c
174. d and switched to the normal communication port for proper operation This webpage allows you to set general setup for WAN1 to WANS respectively WAN gt General Setup Load Balance Mode Auto Weight ka Setup Index Enable M A E Active Mode WANI v Ethernet Auto negotiation 10000 10000 Always On WAN Ethernet Auta negotiation 10000 10000 Ahways On WANS Ethernet Auta negotiation 10000710000 Backup WAN4 y Ethernet uto negotiation 10000710000 Backup WANS v USB 2000 384 Always On Hote Une Sneed only used for load balance mode according to Line Speed From the above figure WAN1 WAN4 connect to Internet through the interface of Ethernet WANS connects to Internet via USB interface Therefore the configuration for each WAN port will be different slightly Please click the WAN link under Index to open the web page for detailed configuration Load Balance Mode This option is available for multiple WAN for getting enough bandwidth for each WAN port If you know the practical bandwidth for your WAN interface please choose the setting of According to Line Speed Otherwise please choose Auto Weigh to let the router reach the best load balance Auto Weight v Load Balance Mode Auto Weight According to Line Speed Index Click the WAN interface link under Index to access into the Dr ay Te k 31 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Enable Physical Mode Type Line Speed Active Mode Backup WAN WAN configuration p
175. d as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other than the Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the Ist IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 0 and the maximum is 10 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 106 Dr ay Te k Use LAN Port Any PC asked for LAN IP address assigned by the DHCP server will send the request through the LAN port of the router Use MAC Address IP Routed Subnet will automatically assign the subnet for incoming DHCP with listed MAC address Only the PC which matches the MAC address added can ask for LAN IP address assigned by DHCP server Add Delete Edit Enter the MAC Address of the host one by one and click Add to create a list of hosts to be assigned deleted or edited IP address from above pool Set a list of MAC Address of the DHCP server which can help the router to assign the correct IP address of the correct subnet to the correct host 4 2 3 Static Route Go to LAN to open setting page and choose Static Route LAN gt Static Rou
176. d automatically to prevent data transmission from connection interrupted Backup i CIWAN IOU WAN 20 WAN 3 WAN 4 WAN 5 whan any WAR dicconmmerct If you choose Backup as the Active Mode Backup WAN will be changed into Backup Type You have to specify which role the WAN interface should play 4 Dray Tek 3 1 3 Internet Access Active Mode Backup Type When any WAN disconnect Only for Backup Multiple WAN O when all WAN disconnect When any WAN disconnect WAN1 will be activated when any WAN interface disconnects When all WAN disconnect WAN 1 will be activated when all the WAN interfaces disconnect For the router supports multi WAN function the users can set different WAN settings for WANI WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS for Internet Access Due to different Physical Mode of WAN interface the Access Mode for these connections also varies Refer to the following figures WAN gt gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name WANT WANS WANS WY AR 4 WANS WAN gt gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name WAMI WARS WARS WY A WARS Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode Dray Tek Physical Mode Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet SEB Physical Mode Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet JSE 4ccess Mode Mone w static or Dynamic IF Details Page Mone PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP a TT an ka TT Mo
177. d for these certificates please type characters in both fields of Encrypt password and Retype password Also you can use Restore to retrieve these two settings to the router whenever you want Certificate Management gt gt Certificate Backup Certificate Backup Restoration Backup Encrypt password 2200 Confirm password 20O Click to download certificates to your local PC as a file Restoration Select 4 backup file to restore ee ct Decrypt password Click to upload the file 4 12 Wireless LAN This function is used for n models only 4 12 1 Basic Concepts Over recent years the market for wireless communications has enjoyed tremendous growth Wireless technology now reaches or is capable of reaching virtually every location on the surface of the earth Hundreds of millions of people exchange information every day via wireless communication products The Vigor n model a k a Vigor wireless router is designed for maximum flexibility and efficiency of a small office home Any authorized staff can bring a built in WLAN client PDA or notebook into a meeting room for conference without laying a clot of LAN cable or drilling holes everywhere Wireless LAN enables high mobility so WLAN users can simultaneously access all LAN facilities just like on a wired LAN as well as Internet access The Vigor wireless routers are equipped with a wireless LAN interface compliant with the standard IEEE 802 1 1n draft 2 pro
178. d object profiles for choosing as black white list in CSM gt gt URL Web Content Filter Profile Objects Setting gt Keyword Object Keyword Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name SBEBEBBAEBBEBRBEBBEEE A A mi h h h h ble le e e REB erem p peN 33 64 65 96 97 128 129 160 161 192 193 200 gt gt Next gt gt Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Dray Te k 151 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Click the number under Index column for setting in detail Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Object Setup Profile Index 1 Limit of Contents Max 3 Words and 63 Characters Each word should be separated by a single space You can replace a character with HEX Example Contents backdoo 7 2 virus keep 200ut Result 1 backdoor 2 virus 3 keep out Name Type a name for this profile e g game Contents Type the content for such profile For example type gambling as Contents When you browse the webpage the page with gambling information will be watched out and be passed blocked based on the configuration on Firewall settings 4 6 6 Keyword Group This page allows you to bind several keyword objects into one group The keyword groups set here will be chosen as black white list in CSM gt gt URL Web Content Filter Profile Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Group Keyword Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name 1 17
179. d with APN In some cases users may need another initial AT command to restrict 3G band or do any special settings Such value is used to dial through USB mode Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP Type the PPP username optional Type the PPP password optional a Dray Tek Index 1 15 in Schedule You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All Setup the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page WAN Connection Such function allows you to verify whether network connection Detection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Default Click it to reset to the factory default setting for 3G connection After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Dr ay Tek 95 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 1 4 Load Balance Policy This router supports the function of load balancing It can assign traffic with protocol type IP address for specific host a subnet of hosts and port range to be allocated in WAN interface The user can assign traffic category and
180. ddress and apply efficient usage of IP address NAT allows the internal IP addresses of local hosts to be translated into one public IP address thus you can have only one IP address on behalf of the entire internal hosts Enhance security of the internal network by obscuring the IP address There are many attacks aiming victims based on the IP address Since the attacker cannot be aware of any private IP addresses the NAT function can protect the internal network On NAT page you will see the private IP address defined in RFC 1918 Usually we use the 192 168 1 0 24 subnet for the router As stated before the NAT facility can map one or more IP addresses and or service ports into different specified services In other words the NAT function can be achieved by using port mapping methods Below shows the menu items for NAT NAT H Port Redirection H DMZ Host Open Ports Dr ay Te k 51 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 3 3 1 Port Redirection Port Redirection is usually set up for server related service inside the local network LAN such as web servers FTP servers E mail servers etc Most of the case you need a public IP address for each server and this public IP address domain name are recognized by all users Since the server is actually located inside the LAN the network well protected by NAT of the router and identified by its private IP address port the goal of Port Redirection function is to forward all access reque
181. detailed information refer to the section of APP Enforcement profile setup For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for IM P2P by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for URL Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the Web Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for anti virus in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for Web Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information 7 Dray Tek Advance Setting Click Edit to open the following window However it is strongly recommended to use the defaul
182. dex 1 Name Available User Objects admin 2 Diakln User LAN User Group 1 4 VVLAN User Group A SVWVLAN User Group 6B Name Available User Objects Dray Tek Selected User Objects Max 32 Objects Type a name for this user group You can gather user profiles objects from User Profile page within one user group All the available user objects that you have created will be shown in this box Notice that user object Admin and Dial In User are factory settings User defined 143 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide profiles will be numbered with 3 4 5 and so on Selected Keyword Objects Click button to add the selected user objects in this box 3 5 4 User Online Status This page displays the user s connected to the router and refreshes the connection status in an interval of several seconds User Management gt gt User Online Status Current Time 08 23 07 39 57 Refresh Seconds Page Refresh Index Active User IP Address Last Login Time Expired Time Idle Time Action 1 admin 192 168 1 10 08 23 06 01 11 Unlimited Unlimited Block Logout Total Number 1 Refresh Seconds Use the drop down list to choose the time interval of refreshing data flow that will be done by the system automatically Fefresh Seconds Refresh Click this link to refresh this page manually Index Display the number of the data flow Active User Display the users which connect to Vigor router currently You can
183. e The router will authenticate the dial in user by itself or by external service such as LDAP server or Radius server If LDAP or Radius is selected here it is not necessary to configure the password setting above Time of login log out block unblock for the user s can be sent to and displayed in Syslog Please choose any one of the log items to take down relational records for the user s If such function is enabled a pop up window will be displayed on the screen with time remaining for connection if Idle Timeout is set However the system will update the time periodically to keep the connection always on Thus Idle Timeout will not interrupt the network connection Any user from LAN side or WLAN side tries to connect to Internet via Vigor router must be authenticated by the router first There are three ways offered by the router for the user to choose for authentication Web If it is selected the use can type the URL of the router from any browser Then a login window will be popped up and ask the user to type the user name and password for authentication If succeed a Welcome Message configured in User Management gt gt General Setup will be displayed After authentication the destination URL if requested by the user will be guided automatically by the router Alert Tool If it is selected the user can open Alert Tool and type the user name and password for authentication A window with remaining time o
184. e Certificate Management gt Local Certificate Generate Certificate Signing Request Subject Alternative Name Type IP Address IP Subject Name Country C4 state 6T J Location 1 DS Grginization Unit O oo O OE common Name CN D S smail E D Key Type Key Size Generate Note Please be noted that Common Name must be configured with rotuer s WAN IP or domain name After clicking GENERATE the generated information will be displayed on the window below Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X909 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify server f C TW ST Hsinchu L Hsinchu o Requesting lew Delete MEW Delete E WE Delete GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH IMPORT Vigor router allows you to generate a certificate request and submit it the CA server then import it as Local Certificate If you have already gotten a certificate from a third party you may import it directly The supported types are PKCS12 Certificate and Certificate with a private key Click this button to import a saved file as the certification information There are three types of local certificate supported by Vigor router Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 226 Dr ay Tek Cerificate Management gt Local Certificate Import X509 Local Certificate Upload Local Certificate Select a local certificate file certifcate fle Ra Click Import ta upload the local certificate Upload PKC
185. e means the real transmission rate depends on the environment of the network Rate Control It controls the data transmission rate through wireless connection Upload Check Enable and type the transmitting rate for data upload Default value is 30 000 kbps Download Type the transmitting rate for data download Default value is 30 000 kbps Dray Tek 235 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 12 3 Security This page allows you to set security with different modes for SSID 1 2 3 and 4 respectively After configuring the correct settings please click OK to save and invoke it Default Pre Shared Key PSK is provided and stated on the label pasted on the bottom of the router For the wireless client who wants to access into Internet through such router please input the default PSK value for connection By clicking the Security Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the settings of WEP and WPA Wireless LAN gt gt Security Settings SSID 1 SSID SSID 3 SSID 4 Set up RADIUS Server if 802 1 is enabled WPA Encryption Mode TEIP for WPA AES for WPA2 Type 8 63 ASCII character or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example cfgsOlae or Ox65S5abed WEP Encryption Mode key 1 per S key 2 per o O key 3 mor S key 4 per For 64 bit WEP key Type 5 ASCII character or 10 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example AB312 or 044142333132 For 128 bit WEF key Type
186. e is no traffic within certain periods of time Check Enable PING to keep alive box to activate this function PING to the IP If you enable the PING function please specify the IP address for the system to PING it for keeping alive PING Interval Enter the interval for the system to execute the PING operation WAN Connection Such function allows you to verify whether network connection Detection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 38 Dr ay Tek MTU RIP Protocol Bridge Mode WAN IP Network Settings Dray Tek execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIP RFC1058 specifying how routers exchange routing tables information Click Enable RIP for activating this function If you choose Bridged IP as the protocol you can check this box to invoke the function The router will work as a bridge modem Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case yo
187. e Group None or Service Object None y or Service Object N one 1 SIP or Service Object 2 RTP To set the service type manually please choose User defined as the Service Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you want to use the service type from defined groups or objects please choose Group and Objects as the Service Type 130 Dray Tek Fragments Filter Branch to other Filter Set Sessions Control MAC Bind IP Dray Tek User defined wt Group and Objects Protocol Specify the protocol s which this filter rule will apply to Source Destination Port when the first and last value are the same it indicates one port when the first and last values are different it indicates a range for the port and available for this service type when the first and last value are the same it indicates all the ports except the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this value is available for this profile Service Group Object Use the drop down list to choose the one that you want Specify the action for fragmented packets And it is used for Data Filter only Don t care No action will be taken towards fragmented packets Unfragmented Apply
188. e Profile List Setto Factory Default Note Active NO The LAN to LAWN Profile is disabled or under Dial In Call Direction at present k j wanlwang SE Soe bee lee rS IS Sai atatus Name Memberl active Type Members active Type General Setup Status Enable Disable Profile Mame lwanlwan Memberi Please Select a LAN to LaN Dial Gut profile Member Please select a LAN to LaN Dial Out profile Active Mode Load Balance Add Edit Delete 7 Click Advanced for specifying Load Balance Algorithm VPN Load Balance Advance Settings Profile Name Trunki Load Balance Algorithm f Pound Robin Weighted Round Robin Auto Weighted According to Speed Ratio Memberi Member2 50 50 Fastest VPN Load Balance Binding Tunnel Policy Create After insert Tunnel Bind Table Index 1 400 Active In active Delete Binding Dial Gut Index p Binding Src IP Start booo End booo Binding Dest IP Start poo End booo Binding Dest Port Start fi End s535 Binding Fragmented HO Binding Frotacol ANY l Do JK Close Detail Information VPH Load Balance Profile name Trunki 4Alqorithm Round Robin Dray Te k 325 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 8 When the VPN trunk is successfully connected you may check the connection status by viewing the page of VPN and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management Transferred packets Tx Pkts w
189. e Syslog O Pass 11 120000 Mone Auto Select Mone Mone Mone m NNN N 1 Default ka Edit 4 Select Pass or Block for the packets that do not match with the filter rules Filter The number typed here is the total sessions of the packets that do not match the filter rule configured in this page The default setting is 60000 Choose one of the QoS rules to be applied as firewall rule For detailed information of setting QoS please refer to the related section later Choose the WAN interface for applying Load Balance Policy 125 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide User Management APP Enforcement URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Such item is available only when Rule Based is selected in User Management gt gt General Setup The general firewall rule will be applied to the user user group all users specified here User Object Create New User User Group Create New Group ALL Note When there is no user profile or group profile existed Create New User or Create New Group item will appear for you to click to create a new one Select an APP Enforcement profile for global IM P2P application blocking If there is no profile for you to selelct please choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile All the hosts in LAN must follow the standard configured in the APP Enforcement profile selected here For
190. e account that you created The following screen will be shown to verify the register process is finished Please click Login Register Search for this site Register Confirm Thank for your register in VigorPra Web Site The Register process is completed Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 314 Dray Te k 10 When you see the following page please type in the account and password that you just created in the fields of UserName and Password This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor If you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN ena Auth Code Thel l4hei1C lf you cannot read the word Click here Forget password Don t have a MWyVider Account If you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Service BEG 3 597 2727 of jidra email to webmasteri ek com Create an account now 11 Now click Login Your account has been activated You can access into My Vigor server to activate the service e g WCF that you want 5 8 2 Creating an Account via MyVigor Web Site 1 Access into http myvigor draytek com Find the line of Not registered yet Then click the link Click here to access into next page Dray Tek fi Home About Us Product My Information MyVigor website replaces the VigorPro site as DrayTek s portal site for the latest products and services in network security i
191. e allows user accessing into WEB interface via simple configuration However if users want to have advanced configurations they can access into WEB interface through admin mode 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation Several main buttons appeared on the web pages are defined as the following ot Save and apply current settings Cancel Cancel current settings and recover to the previous saved settings Clear Clear all the selections and parameters settings including selection from drop down list All the values must be reset with factory default settings Add Add new settings for specified item Edit Edit the settings for the selected item Delete Delete the selected item with the corresponding settings Note For the other buttons shown on the web pages please refer to Chapter 3 and 4 for detailed explanation Dr ay Tek 1 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 1 2 LED Indicators and Connectors Before you use the Vigor router please get acquainted with the LED indicators and connectors first 1 2 1 For Vigor3200 Dray Tek REY sam ACT VPN CSM USB WANT WANS DoS WAN WAN4 DMZ LAN USB WAN 1 2 3 4 LED Status Explanation ACT Activity The router is powered on and running normally The router is powered off USB On USB device is connected and ready for use The data is transmitting DoS Oo The DoS DDoS function is active It will blink while detecting an attack VPN Oo The VPN tunnel is active
192. e ee 145 Dray Te k Vii Vigor3200 Series User s Guide a S oa cae 0 eee eee eee eee eee ee ee eee 147 4 6 3 Service Type Object cccccccceeseseccceeeeeeeeeseeeceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeessaeeaseeeeeeeessaeeaageeeeeeeessaaagsses 149 4 6 4 Service Type Group cccccccssesssecccceecceeeeeseceeeeeeeeeesseeceeeeeseueaaeeeeeeseesseaeseeeeseessaeaseeeeeees 150 4 6 5 Keyword ODJOCt cccccccccceessssseceeceeeaesseeeeeeceeeeaaseeceeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeseesaaseeeeeeessssaasseeeeees 151 4 6 6 Keyword Gi OUD ie ciiecasscnnceste lt eecassncmmudonesisieasee nada eeasanenatioes dewneada nando ode iiaia 152 4 6 7 File Extension ObjeCt cccccccccececcceecceseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeceeeessseeaseeeeeeeesssaaeeseeeees 153 he VN FOI ieee aa E E coneaasa E E EEE E 155 4 7 1 APP Enforcement Profile ccsenicecstenvesaaxes lt oscssshdeedebeosedeseaehcesasaecedeaneesccddensslasessdedeceasacheata 156 4 7 2 URL Content Filter Pr OMe x siesicavawsdutinnaedancexavaedsavavoudasanstlewsshetoncavacndaddsavsniedreeadadaniasaateas 159 4 7 3 Web Content Filter Profile cccccccccsseeccceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeessseeaeeeeeeeessaaeseeeeeees 163 4 8 Bandwidth Management ccccccseecccceeeeecseeeeeeseseeeeeeueeessaeeeeseeeeseseaseeessadeeessageeeeaeesensaees 166 48 1 Sessions LMM vsesicincs ose senda pees lt saceretedanndsacbeAaeatcs desedadasaulenalsadeclsdeacautetesadecededanset lt hedenosecaseeues 166 4 8 2 Bandwidth Limit 2 0
193. e function of limit bandwidth Define the default speed of the upstream for each computer in LAN Define the default speed of the downstream for each computer in LAN a Dray Tek Limitation List Display a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Start IP Define the start IP address for limit bandwidth End IP Define the end IP address for limit bandwidth Each Shared Select Each to make each IP within the range of Start IP and End IP having the same speed defined in TX limit and RX limit fields select Shared to make all the IPs within the range of Start IP and End IP share the speed defined in TX limit and RX limit fields TX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the upstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index RX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the downstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index Add Add the specific speed limitation onto the list above Edit Allow you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Delete Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list Index 1 15 in Schedule You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All Setup the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have s
194. e k 4 11 2 Trusted CA Certificate Dray Tek 29 Trusted CA certificate lists three sets of trusted CA certificate Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate X509 Trusted CA Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Trusted CA 1 View Trusted CA 2 Vi lew Delete Trusted C4 3 lew Delete IMPORT REFRESH To import a pre saved trusted CA certificate please click IMPORT to open the following window Use Browse to find out the saved text file Then click Import The one you imported will be listed on the Trusted CA Certificate window Then click Import to use the pre saved file Cerificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate Import X509 Trusted CA Certificate Select a trusted CA certificate file ee Click Import to upload the certification For viewing each trusted CA certificate click View to open the certificate detail information window If you want to delete a CA certificate choose the one and click Delete to remove all the certificate information Certificate Information Windows Internet Explorer Certificate Detail Information Certificate Name Trusted CA 1 Subject Valid From Valid To Close Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 11 3 Certificate Backup Local certificate and Trusted CA certificate for this router can be saved within one file Please click Backup on the following screen to save them If you want to set encryption passwor
195. e refer to the Scenario 2 described in this document later Vigor3200 as a VPN client dial out site LAN 192 168 1 0 24 WAN 1 IP 202 211 110 30 My GRE IP 10 0 0 1 Peer GRE IP 10 0 0 2 WAN 2 IP 202 211 120 30 My GRE IP 10 0 0 3 Peer GRE IP 10 0 0 4 Vigor3300 as a VPN server dial in site LAN 192 168 33 0 24 WAN 1 IP 202 211 110 100 Local GRE IP 10 0 0 2 Remote GRE IP 10 0 0 1 WAN 2 IP 202 211 120 100 Local GRE IP 10 0 0 4 Remote GRE IP 10 0 0 3 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 322 Dr ay Te k Settings for Vigor 3200 1 Open VPN and Remote Access gt gt gt LAN to LAN Choose Index number 1 for configuring a VPN LAN to LAN profile VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN LAN to LAN Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Status Index Name Status 1 TTT ki Vi TT a 2 TT is 18 TT a a TTT k 19 TT s 2 Inthe following page please configure the settings as the following figure VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name Call Direction C Both Dial out Dial in M Enable this profile M Always on Idle Timeout Fi second s YPN Dial Out Through WaN Only a IT Enable PING to keep alive Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block PING to the IP Multicast via VPN C Pass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling Username Password IPSec Tunnel PPP
196. e snared REI har fo Digital Signature x 509 m m HIEP f IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES without Authentication Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password PPP Authentication and VJ Compression for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Mo Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 210 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 288 Link Type Username PAP CHAP w on off Password PPP Authentication VJ Compression IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key TO Digital Signature X 509 ne IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES without Authentication Advanced Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Dray Tek Dray Tek Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow Router B dial in to build VPN connection If an PSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type C PPTP IPSec Tunnel C L2TP with IPSec Policy Specify Remote VPN Gateway Peer VPN Server IP 220 135 240 210 orPeer
197. e this profile O Always on Idle Timeout S00 second s YPN Dial Gut Through YVAN First Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block Multicast via VPN OPass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc L Enable PING to keep alive Set Dial Out Settings as shown below to dial to connect to Router B aggressively with the selected Dial Out method If an PSec based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial Out connection 291 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling Link Type 64kbps O pete Username IPSec Tunnel Password L2TP with IPSec Policy one PPP Authentication PAP CHAP VJ Compression On Off Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN Sa such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 IKE Authentication Method 220 135 240 208 SEE KE Pre Shared Key J O 1 eas None IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES without Authentication Advanced Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password PPP Authentication and VJ Compression for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling link Type Username draytek IPSec Tunnel Password Coc L2TP with IPSec Policy Mone PPP Authentication PAP CHAP
198. e wireless with remote dial in and LAN to LAN YPM Channel Channel 6 2457MHz Long Preamble Long Preamble necessary for some old 802 11 b devices only lower performance Packeat O ERDRIVE C Tx Burst Note The same technology must also be supported in clients to boost WLAN performance Rate Control Enable Upload Download SSID 1 E 20000 kbps 20000 kbps SSID 2 m 20000 kbps 20000 kbps SSID 3 E 20000 _ kbps 20000 kbps SSID 4 E ooon kbps 20000 kbps Note range 100 50 000 kbps Enable Wireless LAN Check the box to enable wireless function Mode At present the router can connect to Mixed 11b 11g 11g Only 11b Only Mixed 11g 11n 11n Only and Mixed 11b 11g 11n stations simultaneously Simply choose Mix 11b 11g 11n mode Dr ay Tek 233 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Index 1 15 Hide SSID SSID Isolate Channel Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Mixed 11b 11g 11n Mixed 1 1b 11 q Tr Set the wireless LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this field is blank and the function will always work Check it to prevent from wireless sniffing and make it harder for unauthorized clients or STAs to join your wireless LAN Depending on the wireless utility the user may only see the information except SSID or just cannot see any thing
199. e you to fill all the necessary fields Dray Te k 201 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity Profile Index 1 Profile Name one Enable this account Accept Any Peer ID Accept Subject Alternative Name Type IP Accept Subject Name Country T State 5T Location L OQrginization 0 Qrginization Unit OU Common Name CCNY Email E Profile Name Accept Any Peer ID Accept Subject Alternative Name Accept Subject Name Vigor3200 Series User s Guide IP Address ka Type the name of the profile Click to accept any peer regardless of its identity Click to check one specific field of digital signature to accept the peer with matching value The field can be IP Address Domain or E mail Address The box under the Type will appear according to the type you select and ask you to fill in corresponding setting Click to check the specific fields of digital signature to accept the peer with matching value The field includes Country C State ST Location L Organization O Organization Unit OU Common Name CN and Email E a Dray Tek 4 10 7 Remote Dial in User You can manage remote access by maintaining a table of remote user profile so that users can be authenticated to dial in via VPN connection You may set parameters including specified connection peer ID connection type VPN connection including PPTP IPSec Tunnel and L2TP by itself o
200. ease choose Route Mode Route lode Route Mode MAT Mode Please choose a There are 32 VPN profiles for users to set Dray Tek 187 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide LAN to LAN Profile es Status Pane a cee x faa 4 x vr 5 x faa G x faa x vi g x fara J x eas 10 x vr 11 x faa 12 x faa 13 x oe 14 x vi i 15 x fara 16 x fares 1 x vf 16 x fares 19 fae 2U x vf el x fares Ze faa 23 x fares 24 x vi 25 x fae 26 x TPT B ef x TT 20 x faa 24 x fara e When you finish the mode and profile selection please click Next to open the following page VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Connection Setting Security ranking 1 is the highest 5 is the lowest Throughput ranking 1 is the highest 5 is the lowest 1 L2TP over IPSec 1 PPTP None Encryption 2 IPSec 2 L2TF 3 PPTP Encryption 3 IPSec 4 L TP 4 L2TF over IPSec 5 PPTP None Encryption 5 PPTP Encryption PPTP in one Encryption Da PPTP Encryption Select VPN Type PPTP None Encryption IPSec LTP LATP over Pec Nice ta Have In this page you have to select suitable VPN type for the VPN client profile There are six types provided here Different type will lead to different configuration page After making the choices for the client profile please click Next You will see different configurations based on the selection s you made When you choose PPTP None Encryption or PPTP Enc
201. econds To close two tunnels of load balance after connecting please click Disable for Status in General Setup field How can you set a VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Load Balance mechanism profile 1 First of all go to VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Set two or more LAN to LAN profiles first that will be used for Member and Member72 If you do not set enough LAN to LAN profiles you cannot operate VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Load Balance mechanism profile management well 2 Access into VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN TRUNK Management 3 Set one group of VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Load Balance mechanism backup profile by choosing Enable radio button type a name for such profile e g 071023 choose one of the LAN to LAN profiles from Member drop down list choose one of the LAN to LAN profiles from Member2 drop down list and click Add at last General Setup Status Enable Disable Profile Name 071023 Memberi Please choose the combination that you want Member2 i Please choose the combination that you want ki Please choose the combination that you want Attribute Mode No lt Name gt Connection Type gt VEN ServerlP Private Network gt 1 To A PlacelIPSec 192 168 2 25 20 20 20 0 2 To B Site IPSec 192 168 2 26 20 20 21 0 Add Edit Delete 4 Take a look for LAN to LAN profiles Index 1 is chosen as Member index 2 is chosen as Member2 For such reason LAN to LAN profiles of 1 and 2 will be expres
202. ection will guide you to solve abnormal situations if you cannot access into the Internet after installing the router and finishing the web configuration Please follow sections below to check your basic installation status stage by stage Checking if the hardware status is OK or not Checking if the network connection settings on your computer are OK or not Pinging the router from your computer Checking if the ISP settings are OK or not Backing to factory default setting if necessary If all above stages are done and the router still cannot run normally it is the time for you to contact your dealer for advanced help 6 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or Not Follow the steps below to verify the hardware status L 3 Dray Tek Check the power line and WLAN LAN cable connections Refer to 1 3 Hardware Installation for details Turn on the router Make sure the ACT LED blink once per second and the correspondent LAN LED is bright ACT WPN C3M USB WANT WAN Factory Reset DoS WAN WANA If not it means that there is something wrong with the hardware status Simply back to 1 3 Hardware Installation to execute the hardware installation again And then try again 333 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 6 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not Sometimes the link failure occurs due to the wrong network connection settings After trying the above section if the l
203. ed on the box below Block Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here it will be processed with reverse action Cookie Check the box to filter out the cookie transmission from inside to outside world to protect the local user s privacy Proxy Check the box to reject any proxy transmission To control efficiently the limited bandwidth usage it will be of great value to provide the blocking mechanism that filters out the multimedia files downloading from web pages File Extension Profile Choose one of the profiles that you configured in Object Setting gt gt File Extension Objects previously for passing or blocking the file downloading Mone Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 162 Dray Te k 4 7 3 Web Content Filter Profile There are three ways to activate WCF on vigor router using Service Activation Wizard by means of CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile or via System Maintenance gt gt Activation Service Activation Wizard allows you to use trial version or update the license of WCF directly without accessing into the server My Vigor located on http myvigor draytek com However if you use the Web Content Filter Profile page to activate WCF feature it is necessary for you to access into the server My Vigor located on http myvigor draytek com Therefore you need to register an account on http m
204. ee ee 68 3 5 4 Access Contolera diaaa nia Aa EAKATE EEE 70 I O E a N T 71 3 6 SySteM MAaINtenance ccccccccesssssseceeeeecceeeeseeceeeesaeeeseeeceeesseeeausseeeeeeessseeaaeeeeeeesseaageeeeeeeeees 72 J6 SY SUSI I aiU Ssn E waneotne e a 72 3 6 2 User Password n nnnnonnnnennnnsennersnrnnsrrrrrsnrrnnrrrrrsnrrnnnnrrsnrrrrnnrrrsnrreonnrrnsnnnrnannrrnnnernnnernne 73 3 6 3 Time and Date ices cetecaponchaneconticutansesesascentoatcanasiuaetatapht vices deubiewssaaei en cioniintasatcsuansiousaeadivaaaes 74 3 0 4 Reboot Syste Mesecu ei Penna E a n E E a i N e E 74 ul D ONO SINC S ene e A E E E E E E E E E soe lananeusaaaeees 75 aA DAOP TANO E E E E E 75 ef 2 Fae GRAIN e E E E E E E E ANA 76 oF Ut SIG sa ERa 76 ar A ACS ROUE ern E E E 77 4 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP N tWOrk cccccccseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeesseeeseseeeeesaeeeeeeneeeeeas 79 4 1 2 General SCtUP cc ceececcccccccesesseeeeeeeeceaeeeeseceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeesseaeeeseeeeeeeesssaaaseeeeeessaaeeeeeeeseess 81 A Vig MMI ACCO S oeae E dipechancapveseioeectaainustaanducesed 85 A he boad Balance PONGCY ncnceccpceuceccieataasaccntntadedetunsdesecdonsaaeeeaaededehansepceucecdedeseuecsessocdenestcedendelas 96 A LAN ee nee eee eee eee eee eee eee 98 BZ AA SIGS Ol EAN sacatanastecuayasenntandas snatananciasaiassantabsaadnnciadsetinandeoteiin epdusweplosaialenduasinasanelaiaanntans 98 422 218 2 fo eo o1 LU Se E ee ee ee nee ee ee eee eee eee eee 100 2 IS Ts ONS ser
205. eis a a atovicis pros avinstemienoe acts E a E Ee 107 AAN EAN rc essere oa gcc ent eens ele ps ices renee cep ee ap peed oem EEE 110 2 NO a ee oc site eo ae E E E E acto E E AEA E 111 42 6 EAN POR MIO oct cect asec indienne E E a EEE R gee essctes 112 PONAT sorer E AEE E E EEEE T 113 ASI Porn REGIS CUOM ssnesreimiraen aa E AAA Aiei 114 TON AOS A E A A P A A E E A E E 117 A EON RO E ae E E ene eee ee eee eee 120 AA FEW erani R N E EAA EAA RNA 122 4 4 1 Basics for Fire wall ccccccccsssscccceseeeeceeeeecseeseeeeeeeeeeeseueeeessaueeessegeeesseaeeeeseaeeeesaeseessaaaes 122 4 4 2 General SCtUP cccceeeecccccccceeeseeeeeeeeeesseeesseeeeeeeeseeeeseseeeeeeesseeaaseeeeeeesesseeaseeeesessaaaaeeeses 124 4 4 3 Filter Setup cccccccsssssececccceeessseeceeeccceeeusseeceeeccseeauuseeeeeeseeeauseeeeeessseaaaaeeeeeeessseaaassesees 128 da DOS DSEG E raran ere Oe on ee ee ee ee 136 4 5 User Manageme n c cscccccccsssseeeccceeseeeeceseueeececseusececeseaaeeeeesseauseceeessuasecessssaseeessssaaeeees 139 AST Gencal oeU srera seta nsceta stn ssaenene E area aaa E ESTER 139 4 5 2 User Profile Reserved cccccceseccccesscecceesececeueeeceaueceeseuseeessageeeesaseeseuseeessageeessageees 140 AS IS CF NOUS eigin E a aE E anaE 143 3 5 4 User Online AUS casese weer eset eqn seeden cased afemaseteaceavebosaucseensepssedaten cesses da aiiin Ta rii 144 AE ODE oe 1116 eee ee le eer E eee een ee eee 145 ie 6 T ae ODO 6 ee ee ee eee e
206. eiyessecosarauseapnvacssinetneqsayavadcsnnenssapendaraweeipazaereayad 253 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide viii Dr ay Tek 4 13 5 Online User Status cccccccccccceccececcccececcececcccuccccucuccecuucuceuaecuecececauuecaeaeaucauaeceuaeesuaeees 255 4 TA USB APPICAION cssc iE a E a a E EEA 255 4141 USR General Seti S cocs aa e 256 4 14 2 USB WSEr Management sescca ei 257 aS RS EO a E E A 259 LAA U B DEK U re e E 259 4 15 System Maintenance cccccccesessecccceeeceeeeeeecceeeeesaeeesseeeeesseeeseeceeeeesseaeseeeeeeeessuaeseeeeeeeeees 260 Aa V a E E EEE nee ee E E E ee 261 Ae TROO eee ee ee ee ee ee ee 262 4 15 3 Administrator PASSWOMIK ccccsesecccsseeeeceeeeecseeeeeeneeeeeeseaueeesseeessaaeeeeseaseeessaneeesaageees 263 4 15 4 Configuration Backup ccccccccceccsseeeseeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseceeeeessseeaeeeeeeeessaaaaeeseeeess 264 4 15 5 Syslog Mail Alert ccccccccsssssseceecccesesseeceeeecceeeauseeceeeceeeeeauageceeesseaaaseeeeeeeseseaaageeeees 266 4 15 6 Time and Date xaos wstonn ton santstassactetesasheatancdaeyeamaniatetatasen viceuueuiiewssitatos ddaniinda less uancsalcsastanacs 268 4 15 7 WMA S AN CUM srxcalcstiantonsaericopad ein vats duster sishailes Goutetataget vichu tence netnyiadadetarde tiodtianssalarustadaes 269 415 8 Reboot Syster ee 270 4 15 9 Firmware Upgrade ccccccccscccecceeeseeeecsaeeeeeeeceeeeceeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeesseeaeeeeessaaeeeeeessanseeees 271 7a Fs al 0 28 C2 119
207. emanetasites 207 4 10 9 VPN TRUNK Manageme rt ccccccecccccsseeeecseeeeeseeseeeeeeseeessaceeeeaeeeeseaseeessaneessaaeees 215 4 10 10 Connection Management cccccccsssssecceeeeeeseseeeecceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeesssssaaeeeeeessssaaageeeeess 224 Fea We gf ete A Fe gre 8 210 01 gt 0 eee ee eee eee eee 225 ATT bocal gh er ee ne en ae re ee 225 411 2 Irusted CA Certificate sie tees ec etre cepine tea sisaleend seve ecnadsentcecaidatatdeeneaaasadadeteaemeetseedenes 229 4 T13 GEMIMNICALS BACKUD eccessi n ATEREA EE TEENAA 230 412 Wireless LAN segnmonencnegnneean ro a Ee Tiia eiaeiiai 230 7 ig ead BCCO 8 en E E A E eee 230 a A AEn ee EE E o A E T E E E E T E A A E E 233 AA r SCC a E A E E E E 236 AA AC Sa OO a E A EE E ee eee eee eee 238 a2 WPR a E E E A E E ee eee 239 OND a E E see ataenntOeceeteadeeseacasansadnaccet 241 A PON INC OCR 5 e O Eai E A E EE EE E EE 244 4 12 8 WMM Configuration cccccccsssecccccccesssseeeeececeeeausseceeeeceaaaaseeeeeecsseeaageeseeeesssseageseneess 245 A Me DAE DISCOVEIY a cectacsarsecticeasernatacci marion dcpeg E EE E EE 247 4 A WO EA WON IS eere E a E E E EE ened fetcanmedeeteeee 248 A o ENR N e A E E T E A E E 248 a orane Se E E E E E 249 ATZ D EN CDP 6 4 een E eee nee eee eee eee 249 GV Oe POD IC AMIGO MA cficace ccresnssa0s cesaracndueavensauce seacsanpasqsnesuavasecucctadseopesacetectacasenssansseeensentueax 251 AN U Er AC OU cave srseteverssieasacscapeussnenuevissc
208. eneral Setup H Security H Access Control H Station List 3 5 2 General Setup By clicking the General Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the SSID and the wireless channel Please refer to the following figure for more information Wireless LAN gt gt General Setup General Setting IEEE 602 11 Enable Wireless LAN Mode Mixed 11b 11g 11n SSID DrayTek Channel Channel 6 2437MHz Packet OVERDRIVE C Tx Burst Note The same technology must also be supported in clients to boost WLAN performance C Hide SSID C Long Preamble Hide SSID prevent SSID from being scanned Long Preamble necessary for some older 802 11b devices only lowers performance Enable Wireless LAN Check the box to enable wireless function Mode At present the router can connect to Mixed 11b 11g 11g Only 11b Only Mixed 11 g 11n 11n Only and Mixed 11b 11g 11n stations simultaneously Simply choose Mix 11b 11g 11n mode Mixed 11b 11g 11n Mixed 1 1b4 11 qj 111 SSID Means the identification of the wireless LAN SSID can be any text numbers or various special characters The default SSID is DrayTek We suggest you to change it Channel Means the channel of frequency of the wireless LAN The default channel is 6 You may switch channel if the selected Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 66 Dr ay Te k Packet OVERDRIVE Hide SSID Dray Tek channel is under seriou
209. ense the Land attacks The Land attack combines the SYN attack technology with IP spoofing A Land attack occurs when an attacker sends spoofed SYN packets with the identical source and destination addresses as well as the port number to victims Check the box to activate the Block Smurf function The Vigor router will ignore any broadcasting ICMP echo request Check the box to enforce the Vigor router not to forward any trace route packets Check the box to activate the Block SYN fragment function The Vigor router will drop any packets having SYN flag and more fragment bit set Check the box to activate the Block fraggle Attack function Any broadcast UDP packets received from the Internet is blocked Activating the DoS DDoS defense functionality might block some legal packets For example when you activate the fraggle attack defense all broadcast UDP packets coming from the Internet are blocked Therefore the RIP packets from the Internet might be dropped Check the box to activate the Block TCP flag scan function Any TCP packet with anomaly flag setting is dropped Those scanning activities include no flag scan FIN without ACK scan SYN FINscan Xmas scan and full Xmas scan Check the box to activate the Block Tear Drop function Many machines may crash when receiving ICMP datagrams packets that exceed the maximum length To avoid this type of attack the Vigor router is designed to be capable of discarding any fragmented
210. entre NIC Having a unique IP address is mandatory for those devices participated in the public network but not in the private TCP IP local area networks LANs such as host PCs under the management of a router since they do not need to be accessed by the public Hence the NIC has reserved certain addresses that will never be registered publicly These are known as private IP addresses and are listed in the following ranges Dray Tek 29 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide From 10 0 0 0 to 10 255 255 255 From 172 16 0 0 to 172 31 255 255 From 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 255 What are Public IP Address and Private IP Address As the router plays a role to manage and further protect its LAN it interconnects groups of host PCs Each of them has a private IP address assigned by the built in DHCP server of the Vigor router The router itself will also use the default private IP address 192 168 1 1 to communicate with the local hosts Meanwhile Vigor router will communicate with other network devices through a public IP address When the data flow passing through the Network Address Translation NAT function of the router will dedicate to translate public private addresses and the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in the local area network Thus all the host PCs can share a common Internet connection Get Your Public IP Address from ISP In ADSL deployment the PPP Point to Point style authentication and authorization is required
211. ents that the MPPE encryption method will be optionally employed in the router for the remote dial in user If the remote dial in user does not support the MPPE encryption algorithm the router will transmit no MPPE encrypted packets Otherwise the MPPE encryption scheme will be used to encrypt the data 198 Dray Tek Optional MPPE w Optional MPPE Require MPPEMO 26 bit Maximum MPPEM28 bit Require MPPE 40 128bits Selecting this option will force the router to encrypt packets by using the MPPE encryption algorithm In addition the remote dial in user will use 40 bit to perform encryption prior to using 128 bit for encryption In other words if 128 bit MPPE encryption method is not available then 40 bit encryption scheme will be applied to encrypt the data Maximum MPPE This option indicates that the router will use the MPPE encryption scheme with maximum bits 128 bit to encrypt the data Mutual Authentication The Mutual Authentication function is mainly used to PAP communicate with other routers or clients who need bi directional authentication in order to provide stronger security for example Cisco routers So you should enable this function when your peer router requires mutual authentication You should further specify the User Name and Password of the mutual authentication peer Assigned IP Range Enter a start IP address for the dial in PPP connection You should choose an IP address from the local
212. er Disable Server IP Address 192 168 1 1 Relay Agent Enable Disable Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Start IF Address 1952 165 1 10 IP Pool Counts Soo RIP Protocol Control Gateway IP Address 192 166 1 1 DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent F DNS Server IP Address LJ Force DNS manual setting Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address 7 To make any two of VLAN groups linked with each other just check the boxes of the ones in the field of Inter LAN Routing in the page of LAN gt gt General Setup Refer to the following figure LAN2 and LAN3 are linked IF ROUTE subnet le 12 bens Heals rage Inter LAN Routing Subnet LAN 1 LAN 3 LAN 4 DMZ PORT LAN 1 LAN 2 a d LAN 4 C d DMZ PORT Dr ay Tek 283 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Configuration for VigorSwitch G2240 1 Open Vlan gt gt Tag based Group 2 Add four VID groups In this case we can explanation it with Port 15 16 17 18 and Trunk Port 23 Dray Tek Auto Logout OFF p z Bahai aE Lal Tag Based VLAN Memberships Configuration lt lt gt gt j em Port Ll vlan SMP A IGMP Aware PALAM Preven VLAM GVRE F GVRP Propqation va ote Pori Berokbeers Por based Group pel VID IGHP A P WLAN i 2 3 S 6 7 6 9 10 11 12 17 14 i5 ie l i7 10 19 20 71 22 2 74 Port isotato amisa 4 oi ona n Wanagerntond an Disable Disable Decable WIP MAG Binding Flage 1x El Trunk ElsiP EIMSTP HS 24 iS M
213. er s Guide 3 7 2 Traffic Graph Click Diagnostics and click Traffic Graph to open the web page Choose WANI WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS Bandwidth Sessions daily or weekly for viewing different traffic graph Click Refresh to renew the graph at any time The following two figures display different charts by daily and weekly Diagnostics gt gt Traffic Graph Show Chart Daily Refresh Mints 1 Refresh WANT Bandwidth WANS Bandwidth WANA Bandwidth WANS Bandwidth Sessions The horizontal axis represents time Yet the vertical axis has different meanings For WANI WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS Bandwidth chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the transmitted and received packets in the past For Sessions chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the NAT sessions during the past 3 7 3 Ping Diagnosis Click Diagnostics and click Ping Diagnosis to pen the web page Diagnostics gt gt Ping Diagnosis Ping Diagnosis Note If you want to ping a LAN PC or you don t want to specify which WAN to ping through please select Unspecified Ping through Hnspecified PY Paddessi O Ruri Ping ta Result Gateway 1 Clear Gateway 2 Gateway J Gateway 4 Gateway 5 Ping through Use the drop down list to choose the WAN interface that you want to ping through or choose Unspecified to be determined by the router automatically Vigor3200 Seri
214. er when current WAN is disconnected for some reason the backup WAN will be activated automatically to prevent data transmission from connection interrupted Backup v WAN IOIWAN 2 WAN SWAN 4O WAN 5 If you choose Backup as the Active Mode The option of Backup Type will be displayed You have to specify which role the WAN interface should play Active Made Backup Backup Type Only for Backup Multiple When any WAN disconnect WAND O when all WAN disconnect When any WAN disconnect WAN1 will be activated when any WAN interface disconnects When all WAN disconnect WAN will be activated when all the WAN interfaces disconnect 83 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide For WANS USB To use 3G network connection through 3G USB Modem please configure WANS interface WAN gt General Setup WAN 5 Enable Display Name Physical Mode Physical Type Line Speedtkbps DownLink Uplink Active Mode Backup Type Owan TLIWAN 2 WAN 3 WAN 40 WAN 5 When any WAN disconnect dij Only for Backup Multiple WAND O when all WAN disconnect Enable Display Name Physical Mode Physical type Line Speed Active Mode Backup Type Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 0K Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface Type the description for such WAN interface Display the physical mode of such WAN interface For such WAN int
215. er LJ ADrive LIMyCtherDrive O Mozy L BoxNet LJ officeLive Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 158 Dr ay Te k 4 7 2 URL Content Filter Profile To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may conceal Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords URL keyword blocking facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user s access to the website You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well trained convenience store clerk who won t sell adult magazines to teenagers At office URL Content Filter can also provide a job related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency How can URL Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering Because it checks the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP IP headers only On the other hand Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes from web pages It s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects such as ActiveX Java Applet compressed files and other executable files Once downloading these types of files from websites you may risk bringing threat to your system For example an ActiveX con
216. erface is fixed to USB network connection it 1s not necessary to specify physical type If your choose According to Line Speed as the Load Balance Mode please type the line speed for downloading and uploading for such WAN interface The unit is kbps Determine the WAN interface will be active for always Always On or be treated as a backup WAN interface Backup Always On Aly pi Z D n Backup If you choose Always On as Active Mode you can choose from the available WAN interfaces as a backup WAN Later when current WAN is disconnected for some reason the backup WAN will be activated automatically to prevent data transmission from connection interrupted Backup v wan 1U WAN 2 WAN 3 WAN 4 WAN 5 when any WAN disconnect If you choose Backup as the Active Mode The option of Backup Type will be displayed You have to specify which role the WAN interface should play 7 Dray Tek 4 1 3 Internet Access Active Mode Backup Type Only for Backup Multiple WAN When any WAN disconnect O when all WAN disconnect When any WAN disconnect WAN1 will be activated when any WAN interface disconnects When all WAN disconnect WAN1 will be activated when all the WAN interfaces disconnect For the router supports multi WAN function the users can set different WAN settings for WANI WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS for Internet Access Due to different Physical Mode of WAN interface the Access Mode for these connect
217. ernet Web surfing E Mail Instant messaging etc VPN 3 56 HSDPA USB After connecting into the router 3G USB Modem will be regarded as the fifth WAN port However the other Ethernet WAN ports still can be used and Load Balance can be done in the router Besides 3G USB Modem in WANS also can be used as backup device Therefore when other Ethernet WAN port is not available the router will use 3 5G for supporting Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 30 Dr ay Te k automatically The supported 3G USB Modem will be listed on DrayTek web site Please visit www draytek com for more detailed information Below shows the menu items for WAN WAN H General Setup H Internet Access H Load Balance Policy 3 1 2 General Setup This section will introduce some general settings of Internet and explain the connection modes for WANI to WANS in details There are four WAN ports represented with WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 and WAN4 in web pages and one USB port represented with WANS in web pages offered by the router For this router supports multiple WANs function it allows users to access Internet and combine the bandwidth of the multiple WANs to speed up the transmission through the network Each WAN port can connect to different ISPs even if the ISPs use different technology to provide telecommunication service such as DSL Cable modem etc If any connection problem occurred on one of the ISP connections all the traffic will be guide
218. ers using the RIP to accomplish IP routing This allows users to change the information of the router such as IP address and the routers will automatically inform for each other What is Static Route When you have several subnets in your LAN sometimes a more effective and quicker way for connection is the Static routes function rather than other method You may simply set rules to forward data from one specified subnet to another specified subnet without the presence of RIP Dray Tek 99 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide What are Virtual LANs and Rate Control You can group local hosts by physical port and create up to 4 virtual LANs To manage the communication between different groups please set up rules in Virtual LAN VLAN function and the rate of each Vigor3200n VLANS H R amp D Dept LAN4 192 168 4 x Sales Dept LAN3 192 168 3 x ABC Corp Finance Dept LAN2 192 168 2 x HR Dept LAN4 192 168 1 x 4 2 2 General Setup This page provides you the general settings for LAN Vigor3200 series provides four LANs one DMZ and one IP Routed Subnet Click LAN to open the LAN settings page and choose General Setup There are four subnets provided by the router which allow users to divide groups into different subnets LAN1 LANA4 In addition different subnets can link for each other by configuring Inter LAN Routing At present LAN setting is fixed with NAT mode only LAN2 LAN4 can be operated under NAT or Route
219. es User s Guide 76 Dray Te k Unspecified Unspecified Ping to Use the drop down list to choose the destination that you want to ping IP Address Type in the IP address of the Host IP that you want to ping Run Click this button to start the ping work The result will be displayed on the screen Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window 3 7 4 Trace Route Click Diagnostics and click Trace Route to open the web page This page allows you to trace the routes from router to the host Simply type the IP address of the host in the box and click Run The result of route trace will be shown on the screen Diagnostics gt gt Trace Route Trace Route Trace through Unspecified Protocol ICMP Host IP Address fo Run Result Clear Trace through Use the drop down list to choose the WAN interface that you want to ping through or choose Unspecified to be determined by the router automatically Unspecified Unspecified Protocol Choose the protocol for using trace route Dr ay Tek 77 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide ICMP Host IP Address It indicates the IP address of the host Run Click this button to start route tracing work Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 78 Dr ay Te k Admin Mode Operation This chapter will guide users to execute advanced full configuration through admin mode operation As for other examples of
220. ess 0 Disable Beati 19 E All 3700 Access 0 Disable Mirroring 20 C All 3700 Access 0 Disable E Multicast 21 CO All sj 1 Access 0 Disable Clalarm 22 O All s11 Access 0 Disable G DHCP Snooping LLDP l Save Restore i 24 All Mii 1 Trunk 0 Disable Export import 4 After finishing the above configuration the equipment connecting to VigorSwitch Port 15 16 17 and 18 can get the corresponding IP address es of the network segment The equipment connecting to VigorSwitch Port 15 can get the IP address of 192 168 1 0 24 The equipment connecting to VigorSwitch Port 16 can get the IP address of 192 168 3 0 24 The equipment connecting to VigorSwitch Port 17 can get the IP address of 192 168 5 0 24 The equipment connecting to VigorSwitch Port 18 can get the IP address of 192 168 7 0 24 5 To make any two of VLAN groups of Tag Based VLAN linked with each other just check the boxes of the ones in the field of Inter LAN Routing in the page of LAN gt gt General Setup Refer to the following figure LAN2 and LAN3 are linked IP Routed Subnet E 192 168 2 1 Ue re Ny RS Fage Inter LAN Routing Oo Subnet LAN 1 LAN 3 LAN 4 DMZ PORT LAN 1 LAM 2 E LI LAN 4 C CI DM2 PORT Dray Tek 285 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 5 2 Create a LAN to LAN Connection Between Remote Office and Headquarter The most common case is that you may want to connect to network securely
221. ess use you may set up a wireless LAN for visitors only so they can connect to Internet without hassle of the confidential information leakage For a more flexible deployment you may add filters of MAC addresses to isolate users access from wired LAN Manage Wireless Stations Station List will display all the station in your wireless network and the status of their connection Below shows the menu items for Wireless LAN Wireless LAN H Security s Control H WDS P Advanced Setting b WMM Configuration b AP Discovery P Station List Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 232 Dray Te k 4 12 2 General Setup By clicking the General Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the SSID and the wireless channel Please refer to the following figure for more information Wireless LAN gt General Setup General Setting IEEE 302 11 Enable Wireless LAN Mode Mixed l1b 11ig lini Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Only schedule profiles that have the action Force Down are applied to the WLAN all other actions are ignored Hide Isolate Isolate Enable SSID SSID Isolate LAN anaes VPN O Draytek o o o 2 O DO E 3 0 Po Oo Po Hide SSID Prevent SSID fram being scanned e Isolate Member Wireless clients stations with the same SSID cannot access for each other Isolate LAN Wireless clients statians with the same SSID cannot access wired Pls on LAN Isolate VPNisolat
222. ested Web page has been blocked by Web Content Filter Please contact your system administrator for further information Powered by Draytek Strict Security Checking All the packets while transmitting through Vigor router will be filtered by firewall settings configured by Vigor router When the resource is inadequate the packets will be blocked if Strict Security Checking is enabled If Strict Security Checking is not enabled then the packets will pass through the router Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 134 Dray Te k Example As stated before all the traffic will be separated and arbitrated using on of two IP filters call filter or data filter You may preset 12 call filters and data filters in Filter Setup and even link them in a serial manner Each filter set is composed by 7 filter rules which can be further defined After that in General Setup you may specify one set for call filter and one set for data filter to execute first Foewell General Setup General Semp Caner Sahip eta Hole Call Files E Enable C Disable Data Filisi Enable Sart Pdter Set Sal E iii Firewall gt Filler Setup D Disable Fl Accept lange incoming fragmented UDP or POMP packets for some games ox CES Fiar Seimp Seo Fanan Detaul El Enable Stnct Secunty Firewall Comments Sel Commonts ofault Call Filter T afault Data Filter jN L EA 4 ii EA LEA Oe i i Pisali Filter Setup Edit Filled Set Fiber Set 1 ay Firewal
223. et in that web page 4 8 3 Quality of Service Deploying QoS Quality of Service management to guarantee that all applications receive the service levels required and sufficient bandwidth to meet performance expectations is indeed one important aspect of modern enterprise network One reason for QoS is that numerous TCP based applications tend to continually increase their transmission rate and consume all available bandwidth which is called TCP slow start If other applications are not protected by QoS it will detract much from their performance in the overcrowded network This is especially essential to those are low tolerant of loss delay or jitter delay variation Another reason is due to congestions at network intersections where speeds of interconnected circuits mismatch or traffic aggregates packets will queue up and traffic can be throttled back to a lower speed If there s no defined priority to specify which packets should be discarded or in another term dropped from an overflowing queue packets of sensitive applications mentioned above might be the ones to drop off How this will affect application performance There are two components within Primary configuration of QoS deployment Classification Identifying low latency or crucial applications and marking them for high priority service level enforcement throughout the network Scheduling Based on classification of service level to assign packets to queue
224. ey and clicking Next Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate This wizard is used for activating Web Content Filter Please choose the edition you need Free trial editian Formal edition with license key Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate Please choose the item you want to use WCE service Web Content Filter Commtouch License Agreement Commitouch is the web content filter based on Commtouch operated in the worldwide There is a 30 day trial period After trial you can purchase DrayTek s prepared Commtouch GlobalView WCF package from retailing outlets Enter your License key i Activation Date 2010 12 19 select CI have read and accept the above Agreement Please check this box Note The activation date is brought out by the server automatically and cannot be changed Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 24 Dray Te k 2 6 Online Status The online status shows the system status WAN status and other status related to this router within one page If you select PPPoE as the protocol you will find out a link of Dial PPPoE or Drop PPPoE in the Online Status web page Online Status Physical Connection LAN Status IP Address TX Packets 192 168 1 1 3220 WAN 1 Status Enable Line Yes Ethernet IP GW IP WAN Status Enable Line Yes Ethernet IP GW IP Lf2ci10 3 L102 cea ae ee WAN 3 Status Enable Line Yes E
225. f Vigor router not just examine the header information also monitor the state of the connection Denial of Service DoS Defense The DoS Defense functionality helps you to detect and mitigate the DoS attack The attacks are usually categorized into two types the flooding type attacks and the vulnerability attacks The flooding type attacks will attempt to exhaust all your system s resource while the vulnerability attacks will try to paralyze the system by offending the vulnerabilities of the protocol or operation system The DoS Defense function enables the Vigor router to inspect every incoming packet based on the attack signature database Any malicious packet that might duplicate itself to paralyze the host in the secure LAN will be strictly blocked and a Syslog message will be sent as warning 1f you set up Syslog server Also the Vigor router monitors the traffic Any abnormal traffic flow violating the pre defined parameter such as the number of thresholds is identified as an attack and the Vigor router will activate its defense mechanism to mitigate in a real time manner The below shows the attack types that DoS DDoS defense function can detect 1 SYN flood attack 9 SYN fragment 2 UDP flood attack 10 Fraggle attack 3 ICMP flood attack 11 TCP flag scan 4 Port Scan attack 12 Tear drop attack 5 IP options 13 Ping of Death attack 6 Land attack 14 ICMP fragment 7 Smurf attack 15 Unknown protocol 8 Trace route Bel
226. f connection for such user will be displayed Next the user can access Internet through any browser on Windows Note that Alert Tool can be downloaded from DrayTek web site Telnet If it is selected the user can use Telnet command to perform the authentication job Time quota means the total connection time allowed by the router for the user with such profile Check the box to enable the function of time quota The first box displays the remaining time of the network connection The second box allows to type the number of time unit is minute which is available for the user using such profile to access Internet d Dray Tek Index 1 15 in Schedule S etup 4 5 3 User Group This page allows you to bind several user profiles into one group These groups will be used in Firewall gt gt General Setup as part of filter rules User Group Table Index FRERBRESBErP Rr PPP erp Refresh Click this button to recalculate the time quota Add Click this box to set the time quota for such profile You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page Setto Factory Default Name Index Name oe ftw Joe Pat Pa JPR PR PR PR PR JP PRD ee ee Please click any index number link to open the following page User Management gt gt User Group Profile In
227. for 3G Modem or printer Connecter for a power adapter Power Switch 5 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 1 3 Hardware Installation Before starting to configure the router you have to connect your devices correctly 1 Connect the cable Modem DSL Modem Media Converter to any WAN port of router with Ethernet cable RJ 45 2 Connect one end of an Ethernet cable RJ 45 to the LAN port of the router and the other end of the cable RJ 45 into the Ethernet port on your computer Or use a switch to connect Vigor router and computer s 3 Connect one end of the power adapter to the router s power port on the rear panel and the other side into a wall outlet 4 Power on the device by pressing down the power switch on the rear panel The system starts to initiate After completing the system test the ACT LED will light up and start blinking For the detailed information of LED status please refer to section 1 1 Power Switch Power Adapter Dray Tek Yisers200 M T a bo sar ri et exc Cable DSL Modem or Media Converter Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 6 Dr ay Te k 1 4 Printer Installation You can install a printer onto the router for sharing printing All the PCs connected this router can print documents via the router The example provided here is made based on Windows XP 2000 For Windows 98 SE Vista please visit www DrayTek com Internet Before using it please follow
228. function GRE over IPSec Logical Traffic y GPE IP 192 168 60 100 Peer GRE IP 92 168 50 200 5 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 RIF Direction TRX Both Remote Gateway IP 000p From first subnet to remote network you hawe to 0 0 d Femote Network IP 192 165 1 0 Route Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 hore Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 3 JK lear Cancel Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 220 Dray Te k Advanced Load Balance and Backup After setting profiles for load balance you can choose any one of them and click Advance for more detailed configuration The windows for advanced load balance and backup are different Refer to the following explanation Advanced Load Balance E http 192 166_1 1 YEN Load Balance Advance Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer VPN Load Balance Advance Settings Profile Name Balancel Load Balance Algorithm Pound Robin O Weighted Round Robin Auto Weighted According to Speed Ratio Member1 Member2 5U 50 VPN Load Balance Policy eEdit Olnsert after Tunnel Bind Table Index 1 128 Active Active w Binding Dial Out Profile Src IP Start 0 0 255 255 255 255 Dest IP Start 0 0 265 2455 255 455 Dest Port Start 5535 Protocol TCP UDP 255 Detail Information VPM Load Balance FProfile name Balancel Algorithm Round Robin Profile Name List the
229. g Access Setup Mail Alert Setup Enable ic Enable Send a test e mail Server IP Address SMTP Server Destination Port 514 Mail To Return Path C Authentication Enable syslog message Firewall Log VPN Log User Name User Access Log Password Call Log Enable E Mail Alert WAN Log DoS Attack Router DSL information IM P2P fi DeayTek Syelog 3 7 0 WAN Satus Gateway P Fund Controis i 192 160 1 1 CH toe Aala TZP Bage chats 10 76 J i J y LAN Satus TX Packets RX Pockets WAN gt Fined p r 41175 KAA 17216322 Vigor Sones RX Packets f lt A PuewellLog VPN Low UerAccoeloe Calller WAN Loa Oten Neteurk lefocmeban WNWelTiee Traffe Groh Teer Herat len 1 00042 Vigor lan 1 0004 Vigne Message Des yn flood Dlock 10 192 160 1 155 10605 gt 192 160 1 1 23 PR Giep len 20 40 5 P4375 Ded amp flood Eleeb t0h 192 168 1 115 0 1921681 t PR Hieng len 2 GD eng Ot i Dray Tek 4 5 User Management User Management is a security feature which disallows any IP traffic except DHCP related packets from a particular host until that host has correctly supplied a valid username and password Instead of managing with IP address MAC address User Management function manages hosts with user account Network administrator can give different firewall policies or rules for different hosts with different User Management accounts This is more flexible and convenient for network management No
230. g mee Power Save Mode Disable Tx Burst Disable WLAN type to connect Infrastructure and Ad hoc network Infrastructure network only adhoc network only C Automatically connect to non preferred networks Tx Burst Enable Check it to prevent from wireless sniffing and make it harder for unauthorized clients or STAs to join your wireless LAN Depending on the wireless utility the user may only see the information except SSID or just cannot see any thing about Vigor wireless router while site surveying The system allows you to set four sets of SSID for different usage In default the 67 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Long Preamble 3 5 3 Security first set of SSID will be enabled You can hide it for your necessity This option is to define the length of the sync field in an 802 11 packet Most modern wireless network uses short preamble with 56 bit sync field instead of long preamble with 128 bit sync field However some original 11b wireless network devices only support long preamble Check it to use Long Preamble if needed to communicate with this kind of devices By clicking the Security Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the settings of WEP and WPA Default Pre Shared Key PSK is provided and stated on the label pasted on the bottom of the router For the wireless client who wants to access into Internet through such router please input the default PSK value fo
231. g web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE Client Mode O Enable Disable ISP Access Setup Username Password WAN Connection Detection Mode Ping IF TTL MTU Bridge Mode C Enable Bridge Mode PPPoE Client Mode ISP Access Setup WAN Connection Detection Dray Tek Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup ARP Detect PPP MP Setup PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP second s IP Address Assignment Method IPCP WAN IP Alias Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address oo f0 rr Hoo J foo J or Idle Timeout Max 1492 Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Enter your allocated username password and authentication parameters according to the information provided by your ISP Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detec
232. ge O Repeater Scan It is used to discover all the connected AP The results will be Shown on the box above this button Statistics It displays the statistics for the channels used by APs Wireless LAN gt gt Site Survey Statistics Recommended channels for usage 1234567891011 1213 AP number v s Channel 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Channel Cancel Add to If you want the found AP applying the WDS settings please Dray Tek type in the AP s MAC address on the bottom of the page and click Bridge or Repeater Next click Add to Later the MAC address of the AP will be added to Bridge or Repeater field of WDS settings page 247 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 12 10 Station List Station List provides the knowledge of connecting wireless clients now along with its status code There is a code summary below for explanation For convenient Access Control you can select a WLAN station and click Add to Access Control below Wireless LAN gt Station List Station List ds Status MAC Address Associated with Status Codes Connected No encryption Connected WEP Connected WPA Connected WPA Blocked by Access Control Connecting Fail to pass WPA PSE authentication TSM PIM S Note After a station connects to the router successfully it may be turned off without notice In that case it will still be on the list until the connection expires
233. gn of network structure is related to what type of public IP addresses coming from your ISP 4 2 1 Basics of LAN The most generic function of Vigor router is NAT It creates a private subnet of your own As mentioned previously the router will talk to other public hosts on the Internet by using public IP address and talking to local hosts by using its private IP address What NAT does is to translate the packets from public IP address to private IP address to forward the right packets to the right host and vice versa Besides Vigor router has a built in DHCP server that assigns private IP address to each local host See the following diagram for a briefly understanding Internet DHCP Server C Public IP Address Private Subne Router IF Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 98 Dray Te k In some special case you may have a public IP subnet from your ISP such as 220 135 240 0 24 This means that you can set up a public subnet or call second subnet that each host is equipped with a public IP address As a part of the public subnet the Vigor router will serve for IP routing to help hosts in the public subnet to communicate with other public hosts or servers outside Therefore the router should be set as the gateway for public hosts Internet Public r asaros QD 220 135 240 207 Private Subn Router IF What is Routing Information Protocol RIP Vigor router will exchange routing information with neighboring rout
234. guration as a file File Download P You are downloading the File config chg From 192 168 1 1 Would vou like to open the file or save it to your computer Always ask before opening this type of file 3 In Save As dialog the default filename is config cfg You could give it another name by yourself my Documents oe p My Computer My Recent Ely Network Places Documents OP Ps y S COM Lite E Mw Snap300 I TeleDanmark C Tools D config l v2k2_232_config_1 v2k6 250 _config_1 My Documents hy Computer My Network Dave as type Configuration file w i Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 264 Dr ay Te k Dray Tek 4 Click Save button the configuration will download automatically to your computer as a file named config cfg The above example is using Windows platform for demonstrating examples The Mac or Linux platform will appear different windows but the backup function is still available Note Backup for Certification must be done independently The Configuration Backup does not include information of Certificate Restore Configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file ae Click Restore ta upload the file Backup Click Backup to download current running configurations as a file
235. hance security of the internal network by obscuring the IP address There are many attacks aiming victims based on the IP address Since the attacker cannot be aware of any private IP addresses the NAT function can protect the internal network On NAT page you will see the private IP address defined in RFC 1918 Usually we use the 192 168 1 0 24 subnet for the router As stated before the NAT facility can map one or more IP addresses and or service ports into different specified services In other words the NAT function can be achieved by using port mapping methods Below shows the menu items for NAT H Port Redirection H DMZ Host H Open Ports Dr ay Te K 113 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 3 1 Port Redirection Port Redirection is usually set up for server related service inside the local network LAN such as web servers FTP servers E mail servers etc Most of the case you need a public IP address for each server and this public IP address domain name are recognized by all users Since the server is actually located inside the LAN the network well protected by NAT of the router and identified by its private IP address port the goal of Port Redirection function is to forward all access request with public IP address from external users to the mapping private IP address port of the server Internet Destined to 220 135 240 207 Port 213 The port redirection can only apply to incoming traffic To use this function
236. hared Key entered manually in this field below or automatically negotiated via 802 1x authentication Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde Type Select from Mixed WPA WPA2 or WPA2 only Pre Shared Key PSK Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde 64 Bit For 64 bits WEP key either 5 ASCII characters such as 12345 or 10 hexadecimal digitals leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445 128 Bit For 128 bits WEP key either 13 ASCII characters such as ABCDEFGHIJKLM or 26 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445464748494 A4B4C4D Encryption Mode All wireless devices must support the same WEP encryption bit size and have the same key Four keys can be entered here but only one key can be selected at a time The keys can be entered in ASCII or Hexadecimal Check the key you wish to use 237 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 12 4 Access Control In the Access Control the router may restrict wireless access to certain wireless clients only by locking their MAC address into a black or white list The user may block wireless clients by inserting their MAC addresses into a black list or only let them be able to connect by inserting their MAC addresses into a white list In the Access Control web page users may configure the white black list modes used by each
237. hat have members of that group Disable IGMP snooping multicast traffic is treated in the same manner as broadcast traffic Working Multicast Groups Index Enable IGMP Proxy Enable IGMP Snooping Group ID P1 Refresh Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Retresh Group ID Fi Check this box to enable this function WAN Interface The application of multicast will be executed through WAN port selected In addition such function is available in NAT mode WANS WANA WANS VLAN Tag insertion It allows to enable disable VLAN tag feature for IGMP packet Tag value Give a tag value for outgoing IGMP packets The range is form 0 to 4095 Priority Determine the packet priority number for such VLAN The range is from 0 to 7 Check this box to enable this function Multicast traffic will be forwarded to ports that have members of that group Disabling IGMP snooping will make multicast traffic treated in the same manner as broadcast traffic This field displays the ID port for the multicast group The available range for IGMP starts from 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 254 It indicates the LAN port used for the multicast group Click this link to renew the working multicast group status u Dray Tek 4 9 7 Wake on LAN A PC client on LAN can be woken up by the router it connects When a user wants to wake up a specified PC through the router he she must type correct MAC address of the specified PC on
238. he factory default configuration WANI WAN4 Connecters for remote networked devices DMZ Connecter for local DMZ host LAN Connecter for local network devices USB Connecter for 3G Modem or printer PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch Dr ay Te k 3 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 1 2 2 For Vigor3200n Dray Tek D N Wireless LAN ONIOFFIWPS act VPN CSM USB WANT WAN3 WLAN WAN2 WAN4 LED ACT Activity USB WLAN VPN WANI 4 CSM LED on Connector Left LED WAN 1 2 3 4 Green Right LED Green DMZ Left LED Green Right LED Green Left LED LAN Green Right LED Green Vigor3200 Series User s Guide SEES Blinking S h Blinking 5 Blinking GIO 9 5 S Blinking 5 Off Blinking n Off i O10 Ep 5 Blinking Off 5 O Blinking r Off Vigor3200n Multi WAN Security Router WAN 1 2 3 a DMZ LAN USB Explanation The router is powered on and running normally The router is powered off USB device is connected and ready for use The data is transmitting Wireless access point is ready Ethernet packets are transmitting over wireless LAN The WLAN function is inactive The VPN tunnel is active The WANI WAN4 connection is ready It will blink while transmitting data The profile s of CSM Content Security Management for IM P2P URL Web Content Filter a
239. he general setup of WAN interface As to class rule simply click the Edit link to access into next for configuration Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 170 Dray Te k You can configure general setup for the WAN interface edit the Class Rule and edit the Service Type for the Class Rule for your request General Setup for WAN Interface When you click Setup you can configure the bandwidth ratio for QoS of the WAN interface There are four queues allowed for QoS control The first three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity Yet the last one is reserved for the packets which are not suitable for the user defined class rules Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WAN1 General Setup Enable the QoS Control WARN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps Index Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Class 1 235 6 Class 2 25 k Class 3 25 Others 25 be O Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limited_bandwidth Ratio 25 C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Enable the QoS Control The factory default for this setting is checked Please also define which traffic the QoS Control settings will apply to IN apply to incoming traffic only OUT apply to outgoing traffic only BOTH apply to both incoming and outgoing traffic Check this box and click OK then click Setup link again You will see the Online Statistics link appearing on this page WAN Inbound It allows you to set the co
240. he index LAN to LAN Profile Index for such binding tunnel table Scr IP Start End Specify source IP addresses as starting point and ending point Dest IP Start End Specify destination IP addresses as starting point and ending point Dest Port Start End Specify destination service port as starting point and ending point Protocol Any means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here such binding tunnel table can be established for TCP Service Port UDP Service Port ICMP IGMP specified here TCP means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here and TCP Service Port also fits the number here such binding tunnel table can be established UDP means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here and UDP Service Port also fits the number here such binding tunnel table can be established TCP UPD means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here and TCP UDP Service Port also fits the number here such binding tunnel table can be established ICMP means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here and ICMP Service Port also fits the number here such binding tunnel table can be es
241. he web page for detailed configuration Load Balance Mode This option is available for multiple WAN for getting enough bandwidth for each WAN port If you know the practical bandwidth for your WAN interface please choose the setting of According to Line Speed Otherwise please choose Auto Weigh to let the router reach the best load balance Load Balance Mode Auto Weight w Auto WWeight According to Line Speed Index Click the WAN interface link under Index to access into the WAN configuration page Enable V means such WAN interface is enabled and ready to be used Physical Mode Type Display the physical mode and physical type of such WAN Dr ay Te K 81 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide interface Line Speed Display the downstream and upstream rate of such WAN interface Active Mode Display whether such WAN interface is Active device or backup device Backup WAN Display the Backup WAN interface for such WAN when it is disabled Note In default each WAN is enabled For WAN1 WAN4 Ethernet WANI WAN4 are fixed with physical mode of Giga Ethernet Here we take WAN as an example WAN gt General Setup WAN 1 Enable Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Line Speedi Kbps DownLink jooo U Link fioo VLAN Tag insertion Tag value bo O 4095 Priority bo D 7 Active Mode WAN LOIWAN 2 WAN 3 WAN 4O WAN 5 Backup Type When any WAN disconnect Only for Backup Mul
242. heck the box to make the routing among LANs PORT To configure LAN 1 LAN 4 DMZ or IP Routed Subnet simply click Details Page to open the settings page Dray Te k 101 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide LAN 1 LANI is the default configuration for basic host connection LAN gt General Setup LAN 1 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup Network Configuration For NAT Usage IP Address Subnet Mask RIP Protocol Control Network Configuration RIP Protocol Control DHCP Server Configuration Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 192 165 1 1 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server Configuration Enable Server Disable Server Relay Agent Enable Disable Start IP Address 192 168 1 10 a 192 168 1 1 IP Pool Counts Gateway IP Address DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent DONS Server IP Address C Force DNS manual setting Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address Set IP address and Subnet Mask for clients connected via LANI IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 Subnet Mask Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 Disable deactivates the RIP protocol It will lead to a stoppage of the exchange of routing information between routers Default DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically disp
243. hority CA Saved Request BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST MIIBgjCCARMCAQAWOTELMAkGALUEBhMCVFCXxEDAO Base64 Encoded BgkqhkiGSwOBCQEWEXByZXNzOGRyYX1OZWsuY29t Certificate Request AFGNADCBiQKBgGQDOYB7 wmZFEFHNG TeQnGO3 Xk PKCS 10 or 7 hX4bp89cUF9d1LoACGGiM tcBOckde ZaPFFVIXcP3 x GOATCTvO fQzpxroCwlJTjL5j50 Bn9v50951G Y lt gt Browse for a file to insert Certificate Template Administrator Administrator Additional Attribu Authenticated Session Basic EFS _ EFS Recovery Agent Attributes Uer IPSEC Offline request Router Offline request Subordinate Certification Authority Web Server Then you have done the request and the server now issues you a certificate Select Base 64 encoded certificate and Download CA certificate Now you should get a certificate cer file and save it 5 Back to Vigor router go to Local Certificate Click IMPORT button and browse the file to import the certificate cer file into Vigor router When finished click refresh and Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 308 Dr ay Te k you will find the below window showing BEGINE CERTIFICATE Certificate Management gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local C TWyrO Draytek emailaddress Mot Valid Yet GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Request MITBQICCARMC ADAWOTELHARGALUEBHNCYFCHEDACB
244. hus to allocate certain amount of resource execute appropriate policing classification or scheduling The core routers in the backbone will do the same checking before executing treatments in order to ensure service level consistency throughout the whole QoS enabled network Private Network DS domain 1 DS domain 2 However each node may take different attitude toward packets with high priority marking since it may bind with the business deal of SLA among different DS domain owners It s not easy to achieve deterministic and consistent high priority QoS traffic throughout the whole network with merely Vigor router s effort In the Bandwidth Management menu click Quality of Service to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Index Status Bandwidth Direction a Cass Others MET anne 1 2 3 Cantrol statistics WANI Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 259 2596 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 2595 2596 Inactive Status Setup WAN Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 2596 25 2596 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Mame Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit This page displays the QoS settings result of the WAN interface Click the Setup link to access into next page for t
245. ields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node Check the Medium DES 3DES or AES box as the security method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be a Dray Tek 4 10 8 LAN to LAN the Medium DES 3DES or AES box as the security method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is invoked You can uncheck it to disable it High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES Local ID Specify a local ID to be used for Dial in setting in the LAN to LAN Profile setup This item is optional and can be used only in IKE aggressive mode Here you can manage LAN to LAN connections by maintaining a table of connection profiles You may set parameters including specified connection direction dial in or dial out connection peer ID connection type VPN connection including PPTP IPSec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPSec and corresponding security methods etc The router supports up to 64 VPN tunnels simultaneously The following figure shows the summary table VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN LAN to LAN Profiles Index Name z cea r a a eee Pe 1 I 1 A ity ah Sah on M MW Set to Factory Default Name St
246. ies in the MAC address list 4 12 5 WPS WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup provides easy procedure to make network connection between wireless station and wireless access point vigor router with the encryption of WPA and WPA2 Wireless Card Installed Connection viaWPS AD E E E E E E E E E E E E E E Station Y Set SSID and lt gt Encryption WPA WPA2 It is the simplest way to build connection between wireless network clients and vigor router Users do not need to select any encryption mode and type any long encryption passphrase to setup a wireless client every time He she only needs to press a button on wireless client and WPS will connect for client and router automatically There are two methods to do network connection through WPS between AP and Stations pressing the Start PBC button or using PIN Code On the side of Vigor 3200 series which served as an AP press WPS button once on the front panel of the router or click Start PBC on web configuration interface On the side of a station with network card installed press Start PBC button of network card WLAN Card Dr ay Tek 239 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide If you want to use PIN code you have to know the PIN code specified in wireless client Then provide the PIN code of the wireless client you wish to connect to the vigor router PIN Code WLAN Card Define a PIN Code F EnEn PIN Code of Station For WPS is supported in WPA PSK
247. igor router supports three types of character sets default GB2312 and BIGS Detault sB2312 BIGGS Default Charset is for English based file name For Simplified Chinese file directory names please choose GB2312 for Traditional Chinese file directory names choose BIGS Samba Service Settings Click Enable to invoke samba service via the router Access Mode LAN Only Users coming from internet cannot connect to the samba server of the router LAN And WAN Both LAN and WAN users can access samba server of the router NetBios Name Service For the NetBios service of USB diskette you have to specify a workgroup name and a host name A workgroup name must not be the same as the host name The workgroup name can have as Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 256 Dr ay Te k many as 15 characters and the host name can have as many as 23 characters Both them cannot contain any of the following 5 lt gt 1 Workgroup Name Type a name for the workgroup Host Name Type the host name for the router 4 14 2 USB User Management This page allows you to set profiles for FTP Samba users Any user who wants to access into the USB diskette must type the same username and password configured in this page Before adding or modifying settings in this page please insert a USB diskette first Otherwise an error message will appear to warn you USB Application gt gt USB User Management USB User Management Setto Fac
248. ill keep increasing through both tunnels when outgoing packets sent to the remote VPN network WPH and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management Dial out Tool Pefresh Seconds 10 Refresh General Mode Dial Backup Mode Dial wantwan2 202 211 110 100 wantwand2 202 211 110 100 VPN Connection Status wantwan 2 202 211 120 100 Current Page 1 Page mof Go o gt Virtual Tx Tx Rx Rx on Type Remote IP Metwork Pts Rate Bps Phe Rate Bps UP lime Load Balance Mode aL IPSec Tunnel 202 211 110 100 on only e Auth via WAM 192 168 33 0 24 1983 42 Sel gal 60 aL Ais allo Drop j eer eri ee Cede eee e ee j Bees _Drop HEEHXEEX Data is encrypted HEEHXEEX Data isn t encrypted Settings for Vigor3300 1 Open VPN gt gt IPSec gt gt VPN Trunk gt gt Policy Table Choose Index 1 and click Edit VPN IPSec VPN Trunk Policy Table Connection Name Local GRE IP Remote Gateway Remote GRE IP Interface Profile Status Operational Status 000000000 8 Refresh Edit Delete Delete All Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 326 Dray Te k 2 In this page please configure the settings as the following figure VPN IPSec YPN Trunk Policy Table Edit Profile Status Mame Authentication Preshared Key Security Protocol MAT Traversal Local Gateway WAN Interface Local Certificate Security Gateway Local GRE IPF Mext hop
249. ing 57 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 3 3 3 Open Ports Open Ports allows you to open a range of ports for the traffic of special applications Common application of Open Ports includes P2P application e g BT KaZaA Gnutella WinMX eMule and others Internet Camera etc Ensure that you keep the application involved up to date to avoid falling victim to any security exploits Click Open Ports to open the following page NAT gt Open Ports Open Ports Setup Setto Factory Default Index Comment WAN Interface Local IP Address Status L 2 x 3 A 4 x 4 A 6 x a x q n 10 lt lt 1 10 11 20 21 30 3140 gt gt Next gt gt Index Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you want to offer service in a local host You should click the appropriate index number to edit or clear the corresponding entry Comment Specify the name for the defined network service WAN Interface Display the WAN interface for such NAT profile Aux WAN IP Display the WAN IP address specified in WAN IP Alias page It will be hidden if WAN IP Alias page is not configured Local IP Address Display the private IP address of the local host offering the Service Status Display the state for the corresponding entry X or V is to represent the Inactive or Active state To add or edit port settings click one index number on the page The index entry setup page will pop up In each index entry you can specify 1
250. ing such function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel Some programs might send multicast packets via VPN connection Pass Click this button to let multicast packets pass through the router Block This is default setting Click this button to let multicast packets be blocked by the router Chose one of the subnet selections for such VPN profile Assign Static IP Address Please type a static IP address for the subnet you specified Set SSL Web Proxy It allows the remote dial in user to access internal web over SSL VPN suitable for the application through web only e g HTTP Click SSL VPN gt gt SSL Web Proxy to set profiles If you have set several profiles beforehand you can check SSL Web Proxy and choose the one s you need as SSL VPN To check if SSL Web Proxy is activated or not please open Draytek SSL VPN portal interface From the web page you will see the message to indicate that you have the privilege for the SSL Web Proxy 205 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide User Name Password Authentication Type Enable Mobile One Time Passwords mOTP IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Vigor3200 Series User s Guide DrayTek Provide SSL VPN loqout INFO i Main Page a 172 i7 1 42 You have successfully logged in Welcome to DrayTek You are given the following privileges SSL VPN a SSL Web Proxy SSL Tunnel Timeout after5 mi
251. inishing the configuration please click Next The confirmation page will be shown as follows If there is no problem you can click one of the radio buttons listed on the page and click Finish to execute the next action VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard Please Confirm Your Settings YPN Environment Site to Site YPN LAN to LAN Index 3 Profile Name VPA Serl Username seryerl Allowed Service PPTP IPSec Peer IP YPH Client IP Peer ID Remote Network IP 0 0 0 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to sawe the current settings and proceed to the following action Go to the YPN Connection Management Do another VPN Server Wizard setup View more detailed configurations Go to the VPN Connection Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote Management Access gt gt Connection Management for viewing VPN Connection status Do another VPN Server Click this radio button to set another profile of VPN Server Wizard Setup through VPN Server Wizard View more detailed Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote configuration Access gt gt LAN to LAN for viewing detailed configuration Dr ay Tek 197 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 10 3 Remote Access Control Enable the necessary VPN service as you need If you intend to run a VPN server inside your LAN you should disable the VPN service e g PPTP VPN IPSec VPN L2TP VPN SSL
252. ink is stilled failed please do the steps listed below to make sure the network connection settings is OK For Windows The example is based on Windows XP As to the examples for other operation systems please refer to the similar steps or find support notes in www DrayTek com 1 Goto Control Panel and then double click on Network Connections Webwork Connections 2 Right click on Local Area Connection and click on Properties Disable Status Repair Bridge Connections Create Sharkcut Rename Properties 3 Select Internet Protocol TCP IP and then click Properties ethO Properties General Authentication Advanced Connect using BS ASUSTerBroadcom 4402 10 1700 Ir This connection uses the following items El Client tor Microsoft Networks im File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks os Packet Scheduler pg Internet Protocol TEFAF Install Uninstall Properties Description Transmission Control Protocol lnternet Protocol The default Wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks Show icon in notification area when connected Notify me when this connection has limited or no connectryity Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 334 Dr ay Te k 4 Select Obtain an IP address automatically and O
253. ion in details Objects Setting gt File Extension Object Setup Profile Index 1 Profile Name Po Categories File Extensions Image Select All O bmp O db O gif Ojpeg Ojpg E pct El pex C pic Cl pict LJ png Clear All Video Select All Cl asf C avi Ll mov O mpe O mpeg Oat Om O wm O 3gp 1 3gpp Clear All Audio Select All F aac 836 aiff LJ au L mp3 LJ m4a Fra l ram J vox O wav J wma Clear All Select All O class Ojad Oja Oja Ojava E jse C jsp C jtk Java Clear All Activex Select All L alx Ol apb O axs Clear All Lviv U vem Compression Select All Dace O aj O bzip2 O bz2 rar Cl sit Cl zip Clear All Executation Select All bas bat com Clear All L scr Profile Name Type a name for this profile Type a name for such profile and check all the items of file extension that will be processed in the router Finally click OK to save this profile Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 154 Dr ay Te k 4 7 CSM Profile Content Security Management CSM CSM is an abbreviation of Content Security Management which is used to control IM P2P usage filter the web content and URL content to reach a goal of security management APP Enforcement Filter As the popularity of all kinds of instant messenger application arises communication cannot become much easier Nevertheless while some industry may leverage this as a great tool to connect with their customers some industry may ta
254. ions also varies Refer to the following figures WAN gt gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name WANT WANS WANS WY AR 4 WANS WAN gt gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name WAMI WARS WARS WY A WARS Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode Dray Tek Physical Mode Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet SEB Physical Mode Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet JSE 4ccess Mode Mone w static or Dynamic IF Details Page Mone PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP a TT an ka TT Mone Mone Static or Dynamic IP w Details Page Mone Access lode Display the WAN interface It shows the name of the WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS that entered in general setup It shows the physical connection for WANI WAN4 Ethernet W ANS 3G USB Modem according to the real network connection Use the drop down list to choose a proper access mode The details page of that mode will be popped up If not click Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Details Page for accessing the page to configure the settings Details Page This button will open different web page according to the access mode that you choose in WAN interface Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 86 Dr ay Te k Details Page for PPPoE in WAN1 WAN4 To choose PPPoE as the accessing protocol of the internet please select PPPoE from the Internet Access menu The followin
255. irroring Multicast LA Alarm LIDHSP Snooping EILLoP LJ saveRestore Exportimport Elpiagnestics VLAN Name 3200 VID10 Port Members 15 23 VLAN Name 3200 VID20 Port Members 16 23 VLAN Name 3200 VID30 Port Members 17 23 VLAN Name 3200 VID40 Port Members 18 23 3 Open Vlan gt gt Ports and set the VID value with role for each Port Port 15 VID 10 Role Access Port 16 VID 20 Role Access Port 17 VID 30 Role Access Port 18 VID 40 Role Access Port 23 VID 1 Role Trunk Port 23 is set with Trunk in this example and will transfer the packets with VLAN Tag information That is packets with VID 10 20 30 and 40 will be transferred to Vigor3200 by Port 23 and VID information will be retained Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 284 Dray Te k Dray Tek Auto Logout OFF CG system 6 q C All v 86 Access 0 Disable Port 7 O All 86 Access 0 Disable Evian 8 F g All v 86 Trunk 0 Disable Vian Mode Tag based Group 4 O All vi 84 Access 0 Disable Port based Group 10 ca go All v 84 Access 0 Disable oat 11 O All i 84 Access 0 Disable cers T 12 7 a All v 84 Trunk 0 Disable EGVRP 13 7 O All 2611 Trunk 0 Disable Flees 14 7 o All o 2611 Access 0 Disable Sane 7 o v Access 0 Disable EIP MAC Binding z go s 20 Access 0 Disable w 1802 1X z O 30 Access 0 Disable G Trunk ca o i v 40 Acc
256. it the dialog F http i 192 168 1 1 WAN1IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer a O X WANI IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool d d d d d m d f oo p 17 24 25 32 gt gt ny a Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address Default MAC Address You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC Address for the router Specify a MAC Address Type the MAC address for the router manually After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 88 Dray Tek Details Page for Static or Dynamic IP in WAN1 WAN4 For static IP mode you usually receive a fixed public IP address or a public subnet namely multiple public IP addresses from your DSL or Cable ISP service providers In most cases a Cable service provider will offer a fixed public IP while a DSL service provider will offer a public subnet If you have a public subnet you could assign an IP address or many IP address to the WAN interface To use Static or Dynamic IP as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Static or Dynamic IP mode from Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 Static or Dynamic IP DHCP Client WAN IP Network Settings WAN IP Alias Enable O Disable O
257. ited_bandwidth Ratio 25 C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Online Statistics OK Clear Cancel OK 6 Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 2 by clicking Edit link In this index the user will set reserved bandwidth for HTTPS And click OK Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Class Index 2 Name HTTPS DiffServ CodePoint Saree ENPE NO Status Local Address Remote Address 1 Active Any Any ANY ANY Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 300 Dray Tek 7 Click Setup link for one of the WAN interface Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Index Status Bandwidth Direction Dass Cinsa miss Others aaah ane 1 2 a Control Statistics WANT Disable 10000Kbps 10000kKbps 25 25 25 2556 Inactive Status Setup WAN Disable 1LO000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Senp WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WAN4 Disable LO000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000kKbps 25 25 25 2556 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Mame Fule Service Type Class 1 E mail Edit Class 2 HTTPS Edit Edit Class 3 Edit 8 Check Enable UDP Bandwidth Control on the bottom to prevent enormous UDP traffic of influent other application Click OK Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WAN1 General Setup Enable the QoS
258. ith IPSec Policy VJ Compression on off server IP Host Name for VPN IKE Authentication Method such as draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Digital Signature 509 Peer ID Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First Local Certificate IPSec Security Method Medium 4H High ESF Indes 1 15 in Schedule Setup Profile Name Specify a name for the profile of the LAN to LAN connection Enable this profile Check here to activate this profile VPN Dial Out Through Use the drop down menu to choose a proper WAN interface for this profile This setting is useful for dial out only WANI WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS First While connecting the router will use WAN WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS as the first channel for VPN connection If WAN1 fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WANI WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS Only While connecting the router will use WAN WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 W ANS as the only channel for VPN connection Netbios Naming Packet Pass click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 208 Dr ay Tek Multicast via VPN Call Direction Always On or Idle Timeout Enable PING to keep alive PING to the IP Type of Server I am calling Dray Tek Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting such function can block data transmis
259. ity Such channel can increase the performance for data transit It is to assure the safety of propagation delays and reflections for the sensitive digital data If you choose auto as guard interval oie Dray Tek Aggregation MSDU 4 12 8 WMM Configuration the AP router will choose short guard interval increasing the wireless performance or long guard interval for data transmit based on the station capability Aggregation MSDU can combine frames with different sizes It is used for improving MAC layer s performance for some brand s clients The default setting is Enable WMM is an abbreviation of Wi Fi Multimedia It defines the priority levels for four access categories derived from 802 1d prioritization tabs The categories are designed with specific types of traffic voice video best effort and low priority data There are four accessing categories AC_BE AC_BK AC_VI and AC_VO for WMM APSD automatic power save delivery is an enhancement over the power save mechanisms supported by Wi Fi networks It allows devices to take more time in sleeping state and consume less power to improve the performance by minimizing transmission latency Wireless LAN gt gt WMM Configuration WMM Configuration WMM Capable APSD Capable Set to Factory Default Enable Disable Enable Disable WMM Parameters of Access Point Aifsn AC_BE AC_BK AC VI AC VO WMM Farameters of Station Aifsn AC_BE AC BK WMM C
260. k Enable box in the front of the MAC address after typing Click Enable to make this router serving as an access point click Disable to cancel this function It allows user to send hello message to peers Yet it is valid only when the peer also supports this function This page allows users to set advanced settings such as operation mode channel bandwidth guard interval and aggregation MSDU for wireless data transmission Wireless LAN gt Advanced Setting HT Physical Mode Operation Mode Channel Bandwidth Guard Interval Aggregation MSDU A MSDBU Operation Mode Channel Bandwidth Guard Interval Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Mixed Mode Green Field 20 20 40 long auto Disable Enable OK Mixed Mode the router can transmit data with the ways supported in both 802 1 1a b g and 802 1 1n standards However the entire wireless transmission will be slowed down if 802 11 g or 802 11b wireless client is connected Green Field to get the highest throughput please choose such mode Such mode can make the data transmission happening between 11n systems only In addition it does not have protection mechanism to avoid the conflict with neighboring devices of 802 1 1a b g 20 the router will use 20Mhz for data transmission and receiving between the AP and the stations 20 40 the router will use 20Mhz or 40Mhz for data transmission and receiving according to the station capabil
261. ke reserve attitude in order to reduce employee misusage during office hour or prevent unknown security leak It is similar situation for corporation towards peer to peer applications since file sharing can be convenient but insecure at the same time To address these needs we provide CSM functionality URL Content Filter To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may conceal Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords URL keyword blocking facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user s access to the website You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well trained convenience store clerk who won t sell adult magazines to teenagers At office URL Content Filter can also provide a job related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency How can URL Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering Because it checks the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP IP headers only On the other hand Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes from web pages It s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects such as ActiveX Java A
262. kup Type Dray Tek If your choose According to Line Speed as the Load Balance Mode please type the line speed for downloading and uploading for such WAN interface The unit is kbps The default setting for down link and up link is 1OOOOKbps Enable Enable the function of VLAN with tag The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets on the WAN while sending them out Disable Disable the function of VLAN with tag Tag value Type the value as the VLAN ID number The range is form 0 to 4095 Priority Type the number for such VLAN The range is from Oto 7 Determine the WAN interface will be active for always Always On or be treated as a backup WAN interface Backup Eee Alw a Y ay B n Backup If you choose Always On as Active Mode you can choose from the available WAN interfaces as a backup WAN Later when current WAN is disconnected for some reason the backup WAN will be activated automatically to prevent data transmission from connection interrupted Backup WAN TIAN 2 WAN 3 Wan 4 WAN 5 If you choose Backup as the Active Mode The option of Backup Type will be displayed You have to specify which role the WAN interface should play Active Mode Backup Type Only for Backup Multiple When any WAN disconnect WAND O when all WAN disconnect When any WAN disconnect WAN1 will be activated when any master WAN interface disconnects When all WAN disconnect WAN1
263. l Calle Filter Sea gt Edit Filter Rale Comments Default Call Filter Commenta Move Up flock Hethios Filter Set 1 Mule 1 FF Check to enable the Filter Bole Comments Block Merb idesi l 1 0m halele Setup Direction LAHR TAE N 2 VAAN w murme P Ary Eda Destination be Arig _ 00 Service Type TCRWOP Por bom 137 135 to undained Eda Host Fite See None i SS Fragenants Dini Care ok J cea _Cancet_ Application Acthow Profile Syslog Filter Pass Eho Further Miach Branch to Other filter Sar None Secor Conbral oo S000 CJ MAC Bind jP Norn Simet Duality of Sendep Mone M El Load fatance policy Auto Select CJ User Management Hioni O APP Enlace rie ret Hone k o UAL Canten Filter None w Web Contant Filles Hiii be E Advance Sering Echt K im Cinta _ el Dray Tek 135 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 4 4 DoS Defense As a sub functionality of IP Filter Firewall there are 15 types of detect defense function in the DoS Defense setup The DoS Defense functionality is disabled for default Click Firewall and click DoS Defense to open the setup page Firewall gt DoS defense Setup DoS defense Setup Enable DoS Defense Select All C Enable SYN flood defense C Enable UDP flood defense C Enable ICMP flood defense Threshold so packets sec Timeout io SEC Threshold hso packets sec Timeout io SEC Threshold so packets sec Timeout ho SEC C Enable Port Scan detection
264. l GRE IP 10 0 0 4 Remote GRE IP 10 0 0 3 WAN 3 IP 202 211 130 100 Local GRE IP 10 0 0 6 Remote GRE IP 10 0 0 5 WAN 4 IP 202 211 140 100 Local GRE IP 10 0 0 8 Remote GRE IP 10 0 0 7 Settings for Vigor 3200 1 Open VPN and Remote Access gt gt gt LAN to LAN 2 Create LAN to LAN profile 1 4 Setting configuration is the same as Scenario 1 The differences are Remote Network IP of Profile 1 and Profile 2 must be 192 168 33 0 24 and Remote Network IP of Profile 3 and Profile 4 must be 192 168 10 0 24 LAN to LAN Profiles Set to Factory Default Index Hame Status Index Hame Status J J J Paa wani only Y wanz only wana only wang only a R E Bereme a e H N e J J J a a ea Ea o o ee Oe a ma Pa P e P u PEeEAREFEREB SE is amp J J a ia ia ea Eoo E o a Dray Te k 329 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 3 Open VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN TRUNK Management Add these VPN profiles to the VPN Trunk and set Load Balance as the Attribute Mode Setting configuration is the same as Scenario 1 Profile 1 and Profile 2 are one pair Profile 3 and Profile 4 are the other pair Load Balance Profile List Set to Factory Default Note Active NO The LAN to L4AN Profile is disabled or under Dial In Call Direction at present atatus Name Merberi Active Type Hember Active Type wanlwane 1 YES IPSec 2 YES IPSec vani want 3 YES IPSec 4 YES IPSec
265. l the available IP objects with the specified interface chosen above will be shown in this box Selected IP Objects Click gt gt button to add the selected IP objects in this box Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 148 Dr ay Te k 4 6 3 Service Type Object You can set up to 96 sets of Service Type Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object Service Type Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name ee SU UD l jM Ml e a ee nn ee i ie a ee FeEEBREBYEPrerPrPEFERe e A ey Pat foal tad in d E g Vv Mr F ia a ok wr Vv Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt Service Type Object Setup Profile Index 1 s mt Source Port I 4 II lt Destination Port Name Type a name for this profile Protocol Specify the protocol s which this profile will apply to Source Destination Port Source Port and the Destination Port column are available for TCP UDP protocol It can be ignored for other protocols The filter rule will filter out any port number Dr ay Te k 149 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide when the first and last value are the same it indicates one port when the first and last values are different it indicates a range for the port and available for this profile when the first and last value are the same
266. lays the IP address of the WAN interface GW IP Displays the IP address of the default gateway TX Packets Displays the total transmitted packets at the WAN interface TX Rate Displays the speed of transmitted octets at the WAN interface RX Packets Displays the total number of received packets at the WAN interface RX Rate Displays the speed of received octets at the WAN interface Note The words in green mean that the WAN connection of that interface is ready for accessing Internet the words in red mean that the WAN connection of that interface is not ready for accessing Internet 2 7 Saving Configuration Each time you click OK on the web page for saving the configuration you can find messages showing the system interaction with you Ready indicates the system is ready for you to input settings Settings Saved means your settings are saved once you click Finish or OK button 2 8 Support Area When you click the menu item under Support Area you will be guided to visit www draytek com and open the corresponding pages directly Support Area Application Note FAQ Product Registration Click Support Area gt gt Application Note the following web page will be displayed Dray Tek pk English Login G0 About DrayTek Products Support Education Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt Application Notes Application Notes Latest Application Application Notes 01 How to use Windows Disk Management
267. lid password provided by the ISP Confirm Password Retype the password Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WANT Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access PPPoE Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Vigor router Cancel Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 18 Dray Te k 2 4 2 PPTP L2TP Click PPTP L2TP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol Quick Start Wizard PPTP Client Mode WAN 1 Enter the user name password WAN IP configuration and PPTP server IP provided by Your ISP User Name Password Confirm Password WAR IP Configuration Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address IP Address 172 16 3 102 Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 Gateway 172 156 1 1 I Primary DNS Second ONS PPTP Server It Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WANI Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access PPTP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the
268. lity Before upgrading your router firmware you need to install the Router Tools The Firmware Upgrade Utility is included in the tools 1 Goto www DrayTek com 2 Access into Support gt gt Downloads Please find out Firmware menu and click it Search the model you have and click on it to download the newly update firmware for your router About DrayTek Products Support Education Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt Downloads Downloads Firmware Downloads Model Name Firmware Version Release Date Firmware Vigor120 series 3 2 2 1 26 06 2009 Driver Vigor2100 series 2 6 2 26 02 2008 Utility Vigor2104 series 2 5 7 3 13 02 2008 thy oca Vigor2110 series 3 3 0 25 06 2009 Datasheet Vigor2200 X WI E 2 3 11 22 09 2004 R amp TTE Certification Vigor2200Eplus 2 51 18 02 2009 a Vigor2200USB 2 3 10 16 03 2005 3 Access into Support gt gt Downloads Please find out Utility menu and click it About DrayTek Products Support Education Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt Utility Utility Downloads Tools Name Release Date Version os Support Model a Router Tools 2009 06 18 4 2 0 MS Windows All Modules Driver Syslog Tools 2009 06 18 4 2 0 MS Windows XP All Modules MS Vista Utility VigorPro Alert Notice 2009 06 03 1 1 0 MS Windows XP VigorPro 100 series Utility Introduction Tools Multi MS Vista VigorPro 5500 series i language VigorPro 5510
269. ly from 192 168 1 1 If not please check the IP address of your computer We suggest you setting the network connection as get IP automatically Please refer to the section 6 2 Please follow the steps below to ping the router correctly For Windows L 2 4 Open the Command Prompt window from Start menu gt Run Type command for Windows 95 98 ME or cmd for Windows NT 2000 XP Vista The DOS command dialog will appear w Command Prompt Microsoft Windows HP Version 5 1 2688 C Copyright 1985 2001 Microsoft Corp D Documents and Settings fae gt ping 192 168 1 1 Pinging 192 168 1 1 with 32 bytes of data Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Ping statistics for 192 168 1 1 Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost A loss Approximate round trip times in milli seconds Minimum ms Maximum Ams Average Ams D Documents and Settings fae gt _ Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt Ims TTL 255 will appear If the line does not appear please check the IP address setting of your computer For Mac OS Terminal ao i i Double click on the current used Mac OS on the desktop Open the Application folder and get into Utilities Double click Terminal The Terminal wi
270. ly used when you find there are several subnets behind the remote VPN router http ff192_168_ 1_1 LAN to LAW Profile Microsoft Internet Explorer Seles Profile Index 1 Pemote Network Network IP Netmask RIP Direction The option specifies the direction of RIP Routing Information Protocol packets You can enable disable one of direction here Herein we provide four options TX RX Both TX Only RX Only and Disable From first subnet to remote network you have to do If a Dray Tek the remote network only allows you to dial in with single IP please choose NAT otherwise choose Route Change default route to this VPN tunnel Check this box to change the default route with this VPN tunnel 4 10 9 VPN TRUNK Management VPN trunk includes four features VPN Backup VPN load balance GRE over IPSec and Binding tunnel policy Features of VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Mechanism VPN TRUNK Management is a backup mechanism which can set multiple VPN tunnels as backup tunnel It can assure the network connection not to be cut off due to network environment blocked by any reason gt VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism can judge abnormal situation for the environment of VPN server and correct it to complete the backup of VPN Tunnel in real time gt VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism is compliant with all WAN modes single multi gt Dial out connection types contain IPSec PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec and ISDN de
271. mode IP Routed Subnet can be operated under Route mode Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 100 Dr ay Te k LAN gt gt General Setup General Setup Index Status DHCP IP Address LAN 1 y y 192 168 1 1 LAN 2 O 192 168 3 1 LAN 3 o 192 168 5 1 LAN 4 c 192 168 7 1 DMZ y y 192 168 9 1 IP Routed Subnet O 192 168 2 1 Inter LAN Routing Subnet LAN 1 LAN 2 LAN 3 LAN 4 DMZ PORT LAN 1 LAN 2 a LAN 3 F d LAN 4 d C d DMZ PORT Note LAN 27374 are available when YLAN is enabled General Setup Allow to configure settings for each subnet respectively Index Display all of the LAN items DMZ and IP Routed Subnet Status Check the box to enable such LAN configuration Basically LAN1 Status is enabled in default LAN2 LAN3 LAN4 and IP Routed Subnet can be observed by checking the box of Status DHCP Check the box to enable DHCP server for such LAN configuration LANI is configured with DHCP in default If required please check the DHCP box for each LAN IP Address Display the IP address of the LAN configuration Display the IP address for each LAN item Such information is set in default and you can not modify it Details Page Click it to access into the setting page Each LAN will have different LAN configuration page Each LAN must be configured in different subnet Inter LAN Routing Check the box to allow to link or route two subnets Subnet Display four LANs and one DMZ PORT available for routing LAN 1 LAN 4 DMZ C
272. most cases a Cable service provider will offer a fixed public IP while a DSL service provider will offer a public subnet If you have a public subnet you could assign an IP address or many IP address to the WAN interface To use Static or Dynamic IP as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Static or Dynamic IP mode from Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 Static or Dynamic IP DHCP Client WAN IP Network Settings WAN IP Alias Enable O Disable Obtain an IP address automatically Keep WAN Connection Router Name VIGOR C Enable PING to keep alive Domain Name fT o Required for some ISPs Specify an IP address PING Interval Os Iminuters IP address 172 16 3 102 WAN Connection Detection Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 Mode ARP Detect Gateway IP Address 172 16 1 1 Ping IP fs DNS Server IP Address lili TTL Primary IP Address 165 95 1 1 Secondary IP Address MTU Max 1500 Default MAC Address RIP Protocol Specify a MAC Address l Enable RIP MAC Address oo feo fF Hoo foo e Bridge Mode i C Enable Bridge Mode Static or Dynamic IP Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Keep WAN Connection Normally this function is designed for Dynamic IP environments because some ISPs will drop connections 1f ther
273. n Please Select ha Enable Application Check this box to enable this application Service Application Name Type the profile name for the application Application Use the drop down list to choose an application applied to this profile Please Select P lease Select Virtual Network Computing YMC Remote Desktop Protocol ROP Samba Application Different application type will lead different web pages Refer Dray Te k 251 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide to the following Virtual Network Computing Choose this item for accessing and controlling a remote PC through VNC protocol SSL VPN gt SSL Application Profile Index 1 C Enable Application Service Application Virtual Network Computing VNC Port S400 Scaling IP Address Type the IP address for this protocol Port Specify the port used for this protocol The default setting is 5900 Scaling Chose the percentage 100 80 60 for such application Remote Desktop Protocol Choose this item for accessing and controlling a remote PC through RDP protocol SSL VPN gt SSL Application Profile Index 1 C Enable Application Service Application Remote Desktop Protocol ROP Port 3304 Screen Size 1024776 1024768 800 800 640 480 IP Address Type the IP address for this protocol Port Specify the port used for this protocol Screen Size Chose the screen size for such application Vigor3200 Series User
274. n The router will add specific VLAN tagging number to all packets on the WAN while sending them out Please type the tag value and specify the priority for the packets sending by LAN port Enable Check this box to enable the VID and the Priority The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets on LAN while sending them out Type the value as the VLAN ID number The range is form 0 to 4095 Type the number for such VLAN The range is from 0 to 7 Check this box to make the VLAN settings such as VID priority subnet applying to the LAN port Choose one of them to make the selected VLAN group mapping to specified subnet only For example LAN is specified for VLANO group It means that PCs grouped under VLANO can get the IP address es that specified by the subnet mo Dray Tek 4 2 5 Bind IP to MAC This function is used to bind the IP and MAC address in LAN to have a strengthening control in network When this function is enabled all the assigned IP and MAC address binding together cannot be changed If you modified the binding IP or MAC address it might cause you not access into the Internet Click LAN and click Bind IP to MAC to open the setup page LAN gt Bind IP to MAC Bind IP to MAC Enable Disable Strict Bind ARP Table Select All Sort Refresh IP Bind List Select All Sort Index IP Address Mac Address IP Address Mac Address 192 1665 1 10 E0 CB 4E Di 46 793 Ad
275. n such as your name a serial number expiration dates etc and the digital signature of the certificate issuing authority so that a recipient can verify that the certificate is real Here Vigor router support digital certificates conforming to standard X 509 Any entity wants to utilize digital certificates should first request a certificate issued by a CA server It should also retrieve certificates of other trusted CA servers so it can authenticate the peer with certificates issued by those trusted CA servers Here you can manage generate and manage the local digital certificates and set trusted CA certificates Remember to adjust the time of Vigor router before using the certificate so that you can get the correct valid period of certificate Below shows the menu items for Certificate Management Certificate Management gt Local Certificate b Trusted CA Certificate H Certificate Backup 4 11 1 Local Certificate Certificate Management gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify aoe ee lew ATA ee gt View GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH GENERATE Click this button to open Generate Certificate Signing Request window Type in all the information that the window request such as certifcate name used for identifying different certificate subject alternative name type and relational settings for subject name Then click GENERATE again Dray Tek 225 Vigor3200 Series User s Guid
276. ncluding Anti Virus Anti Spam Web Content Filter etc The products and functions VigorPro that are supported in this site include VigorPro Unified Security Firewall series e Activation of Commtouch GiobalView Web Content Filter license key e Activation of DT Anti Virus license key e Activation of Kaspersky Anti Virus license key e Activation of Commtouch Anti Spam license key and membership Vigor routers for models that support Commtouch e Activation of Commtouch GiobalView Web Content Filter license key The MyVigor website contains a trail version of Commtouch GlobalView Web Content Filter which allows the users to set filters to block out undesirable web pages in the Internet jungle Please use IE 5 0 or above resolution 1024 768 for best display DrayTek Corp More customer oriented services are planned for MyVigor site for the near future 315 Dray Tek Fo MyVigor s for you pad serene LU renee acos Qbk q Vd If you can t read the AuthCode click here Forget password UL Not registered yet Click here Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 2 Check to confirm that you accept the Agreement and click Accept Create an account Please enter personal profile 1 Agreement EGrerson al Information Draytek provides My Yvigor myvigor draytek com service according to this agreement When you use MyVigor service it means that you have read understand a
277. nd Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity Local ID Specify a local ID Alternative Subject Name First or Subject Name First to be used for Dial in setting in the LAN to LAN Profile setup This item is optional and can be used only in IKE aggressive mode This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES Enable IPSec Dial Out function GRE over IPSec Check this box to verify data and transmit data in encryption with GRE over IPSec packet after configuring IPSec Dial Out setting Both ends must match for each other by setting same virtual IP address for communication Logical Traffic Such technique comes from RFC2890 Define logical traffic for data transmission between both sides of VPN tunnel by using the characteristic of GRE Even hacker can 213 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide TCP IP Network Settings Vigor3200 Series User s Guide decipher IPSec encryption he she still cannot ask LAN site to do data transmission with any information Such function can ensure the data transmitted on VPN tunnel is really sent out from both sides
278. nd agree to accept the items listed in this agreement Draytek can modify or change the content of the tems without any reasons tt is E Preferences suggested for you to notice the medications or changes at any time If you still use MyVigor service after knowing the modifications and changes of this service it means you have read understand and agree to accept the modifications and changes If you do not agree the content of this agreement z please stop using My igor service completion 2 Registration To use this service you have to agree the following conditions a Provide your complete and correct information according to the registration steps of this service 3 Type your personal information in this page and then click Continue Register Create an account Please enter personal profile Fields marked by are required Account Information Gaareement UNan Mary Check Account 3 20 characters eooo Password a p el omm n 4 20 characters Do not set the same as the username ps papaa aii Confirm Password sooo J Personal Information E Preterences First Name Mary Last Name Ted completion Company Name Tech Ltd Email Address mary_ted tech com Please note that a valid E mail address is required to receive the Subscription Code You will need this code to activate your account Tel 0 a Countr
279. ndex 3 Enable this account User Mame Password Confirm Password Idle Timeout Max User Login External Server Authentication Log Pop Browser Tracking Window Authentication CO Enable Time Quota Indexf1 153 in Schedule Setup User Online Status Block LAN User Group 1 min s 0 Unlimited o 8 unlimited All ka Web Alert Tool Telnet O min sy Retesh Add more 0 m Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 140 Dray Tek Enable this account User Name Password Confirm Password Idle Timeout Max User Login Policy Dray Tek Check this box to enable such user profile Type a name for such user profile e g LAN_User_Group_l WLAN_User_Group_A WLAN_User_Group_B etc When a user tries to access Internet through this router an authentication step must be performed first The user has to type the User Name specified here to pass the authentication When the user passes the authentication he she can access Internet via this router However the accessing operation will be restricted with the conditions configured in this user profile Type a password for such profile e g lug123 wug123 wug456 etc When a user tries to access Internet through this router an authentication step must be performed first The user has to type the password specified here to pass the authentication When the user passes the authentication he she can access Internet via this router with the limitation configured in this user
280. ndow will appear Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 icmp_seq 0 ttl 255 time xxxx ms will appear Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 336 Dray Te k 606 Terminal bash 80x24 Last login Sat Jan 3 B2 24 16 on ttypi Welcome ta Darwin Vigorla draytekd ping 192 168 1 1 PING 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 1 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 6 bytes from 192 168 1 1 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 AC 192 168 1 1 ping statistics EF packets transmitted 5 packets received 6 packet loss round trip minfgaygemax 0 697 6 7236 755 ms Vigoria draytekd fj icmp_seg 4 ttl 255 times 755 me icmp_seg 1 ttl 255 time 697 ms icmp_seq 2 ttl 255 time 6 716 ms icmp_seg 3 ttl 255 times 731 ms icmp_seg 4 ttl 255 times 72 ms 6 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or Not Open WAN gt gt Internet Access page and then check whether the ISP settings are set correctly Click Details Page of each WAN interface to review the settings that you configured previously Dray Tek WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode WARN L Wah WARS WAN 4 WANS Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet USB 331 Access lode Mone Static or Dynamic IP v Details Page None None Mone Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 6 5 Problems for 3G Netw
281. ndwidth of UDP application Online Statistics Display an online statistics for quality of service for your reference Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WANT1 Online Statistics Refresh Interval 5 seconds Refresh Index Direction Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Outbound Throughput Bytes sec 1 OUT 25 0 2 OUT 25 0 3 OUT 25 0 4 OUT Others 25 D Outbound Status Others 0 5 10 Bps Edit the Class Rule for QoS The first three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity To add edit or delete the class rule please click the Edit link of that one Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Index Status Bandwidth Direction yaaa Ges ese Others Ja aie 1 2 a antral Statistics WAHT Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 2595 25 Inactive Status Setup WAN Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WA Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 2595 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Mame Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 dit Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 172 Dray Te K After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Now you can define the name for that Class In this case Test is used as the name of Class Index 1
282. ne Mone Static or Dynamic IP w Details Page Mone Access lode Display the WAN interface It shows the name of the WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS that entered in general setup It shows the physical connection for WANI WAN4 Ethernet W ANS 3G USB Modem according to the real network connection Use the drop down list to choose a proper access mode The details page of that mode will be popped up If not click Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Details Page Details Page for accessing the page to configure the settings This button will open different web page according to the access mode that you choose in WAN interface Details Page for PPPoE in WAN1 WAN4 To choose PPPoE as the accessing protocol of the internet please select PPPoE from the Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE Client Mode OQ Enable Disable ISP Access Setup Username Password WAN Connection Detection Mode Fing IP TTL MTU Bridge Mode C Enable Bridge Mode PPPoE Client Mode ISP Access Setup WAN Connection Detection MTU Vigor3200 Series User s Guide ARP Detect PPP MP Setup PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP second s IP Address Assignment Method IPCP WAM IP Alias Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Doo Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address oo feo rr Yoo J oo J or Idle Timeout Fi
283. ne of the types for the router Security WEP Check this box to use the same key set in Security Settings page If you did not set any key in Security Settings page this check box will be dimmed Pre shared Key Type There are three types for you to choose DrayTek WPA can be used for all DrayTek wireless routers like Vigor2700 Vigor2800 Vigor2820 and etc except for other brand s wireless routers WPA and WPA2 are used for WDS devices e g AP700 For example if you have a wireless AP and a Vigor2820n wireless router you can set the encryption mode as WPA or WPA2 to establish your WDS 243 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Dray Tek Bridge Repeater Access Point Function Status 4 12 7 Advanced Setting system between AP and the router Key Type 8 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal digits leading by 0x If you choose Bridge as the connecting mode please type in the peer MAC address in these fields Four peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time Yet please disable the unused link to get better performance If you want to invoke the peer MAC address remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC address after typing If you choose Repeater as the connecting mode please type in the peer MAC address in these fields Four peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time Similarly if you want to invoke the peer MAC address remember to chec
284. ngs to default settings Choose any one of them that you need Firmware Upezade tility 3 5 1 Saks Time Guk Sec Router IP 192 1681 J Pork Firmware File C Documents and Settings Carrie m Password Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 304 Dr ay Te k 10 Click Send Firmware Upgrade Utility 3 5 1 Sales Time QuktSec j Router IP 192 160 1 1 Fort Firmware File C Documents and Settings Carrie al Password Sending 11 Now the firmware update is finished Using Web Page The web page also can guide you to upgrade firmware Note that this example is running over Windows OS Operating System l 3 System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade Web Firmware Upgrade Select a firmware file Pe Click Upgrade to upload the file Upgrade TFTF Firmware Upgrade from LAN Current Firmware Version 3 3 6 RC5 Firmware Upgrade Procedures Click OK to start the TFTP server Check that the firmware filename is correct hase te Do you want to upgrade firmware Select a firmware file by clicking Browse Click Upgrade to perform the firmware upgrade Dray Tek 305 Download the newest firmware from DrayTek s web site or FTP site The DrayTek web site is www DrayTek com or local DrayTek s web site and FTP site is ftp DrayTek com Click System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade Open the Firmware Upgrade Utility or other S party TFTP client software Click Upg
285. nmental factors including volume of network traffic network overhead and building materials In an Infrastructure Mode of wireless network Vigor wireless router plays a role as an Access Point AP connecting to lots of wireless clients or Stations STA All the STAs will share the same Internet connection via Vigor wireless router The General Settings will set up the information of this wireless network including its SSID as identification located channel etc Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 64 Dr ay Tek Internet SSID Draytek Channel 6 Mode WEP only oe is d ps P a A 192 168 1 1 Ta gt TA Security Overview Real time Hardware Encryption Vigor Router is equipped with a hardware AES encryption engine so it can apply the highest protection to your data without influencing user experience Complete Security Standard Selection To ensure the security and privacy of your wireless communication we provide several prevailing standards on market WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy is a legacy method to encrypt each frame transmitted via radio using either a 64 bit or 128 bit key Usually access point will preset a set of four keys and it will communicate with each station using only one out of the four keys WPA Wi Fi Protected Access the most dominating security mechanism in industry is separated into two categories WPA personal or called WPA Pre Share Key WPA PSK and WPA Enterprise
286. nnecting rate of data input for WAN Bandwidth For example if your ADSL supports 1M of downstream and 256K upstream please set 1000kbps for this box The default value is 10000kbps WAN Outbound It allows you to set the connecting rate of data output for Bandwidth WAN For example if your ADSL supports 1M of downstream and 256K upstream please set 256kbps for this box The default value is 10000kbps Note The rate of outbound inbound must be smaller than the real bandwidth to ensure correct calculation of QoS It is suggested to set the bandwidth value for inbound outbound as 80 85 of physical network speed provided by ISP to maximize the QoS performance Dray Te k 171 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Reserved Bandwidth It is reserved for the group index in the form of ratio of Ratio reserved bandwidth to upstream speed and reserved bandwidth to downstream speed Enable UDP Bandwidth Check this and set the limited bandwidth ratio on the right Control field This is a protection of TCP application traffic since UDP application traffic such as streaming video will exhaust lots of bandwidth Outbound TCP ACK The difference in bandwidth between download and upload are Prioritize great in ADSL2 environment For the download speed might be impacted by the uploading TCP ACK you can check this box to push ACK of upload faster to speed the network traffic Limited_bandwidth Ratio The ratio typed here is reserved for limited ba
287. nostics gt gt Traffic Graph WANI Bandwidth WAN Bandwidth VANS Bandwidth WAMI Bandwidth WANS Bandwidth Sessions Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Show Chart WANI Bandwidth Refresh Min s Refresh ae Dray Tek Diagnostics gt gt Traffic Graph Show Chart WAMI Bandwidth Bg Refresh The horizontal axis represents time Yet the vertical axis has different meanings For WANI WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS Bandwidth chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the transmitted and received packets in the past For Sessions chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the NAT sessions during the past 4 16 8 Ping Diagnosis Click Diagnostics and click Ping Diagnosis to pen the web page Diagnostics gt gt Ping Diagnosis Ping Diagnosis Note If you want to ping a LAN PC or you don t want to specify which WAN to ping through please select Unspecified Ping through Unspecified Host IP IP Address Ping ta Result Gateway 1 Clear Gateway 2 Gateway 3 Gateway 4 Gateway 5 Ping through Use the drop down list to choose the WAN interface that you want to ping through or choose Unspecified to be determined by the router automatically Ping to Use the drop down list to choose the destination that you want to ping IP Address Type in the IP address of the Host IP that you want to ping Dr ay Te
288. nu click the Index number you want to delete and then push Clear All button to delete the account 3 4 2 UPnP The UPnP Universal Plug and Play protocol is supported to bring to network connected devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows Plug and Play system For NAT routers the major feature of UPnP on the router is NAT Traversal This enables applications inside the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router It is more reliable than requiring a router to work out by itself which ports need to be opened Further the user does not have to manually set up port mappings or a DMZ UPnP is available on Windows XP and the router provide the associated support for MSN Messenger to allow full use of the voice video and messaging features Applications gt gt UPnP C Enable Connection control Service C Enable Connection Status Service Note If you intend running UPnP service inside your LAN you should check the appropriate service above to allow control as well as the appropriate UPnP settings Enable UPNP Service Accordingly you can enable either the Connection Control Service or Connection Status Service After setting Enable UPNP Service setting an icon of IP Broadband Connection on Router on Windows XP Network Connections will appear The connection status and control status will be able
289. nutes Reset Copyright 2006 DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved If you haven t set any SSL VPN web proxy profiles you will a link here Click this link to access into the configuration page of SSL VPN Note SSL VPN can be applied in browser e g IE which supports ActivateX only This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above Choose an authentication type for VPN connection Local User Database i Local User Database Radius LDAP Check this box to make the authentication with mOTP function PIN Code Type the code for authentication e g 1234 Secret Use the 32 digit secret number generated by mOTP in the mobile phone e g e759bb6f0e94c7ab4fe6 This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select IPSec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node Pre Shared Key Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the required characters 1 63 as the pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and Select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity This group of f
290. o fF 5 viaN7 o ff a 1 Hybrid mode only applied on VLANO ta accept both tagged untagged packets 2 Tag based VLAN only applied for LAN Port 3 The set YLAN ID VID must be unique and not duplicate In the page of LAN gt gt General Setup check the Status box of LAN2 LAN3 LAN4 and enable the function of DHCP LAN gt General Setup General Setup Index Status DHCP IP Address LAN 1 y y 192 168 1 1 LAN 2 192 168 3 1 LAN 3 192 168 5 1 LAN 4 192 168 7 1 DMZ y y 192 168 9 1 IP Routed Subnet O 192 168 2 1 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 282 Dray Te k After finishing the above configuration the equipment connecting to Vigor3200 LAN Port can get the corresponding IP address of the network segment The equipment connecting to Vigor3200 LAN Port 1 LAN1 can get the IP address of 192 168 1 0 24 The equipment connecting to Vigor3200 LAN Port 2 LAN2 can get the IP address of 192 168 3 0 24 The equipment connecting to Vigor3200 LAN Port 3 LAN3 can get the IP address of 192 168 5 0 24 The equipment connecting to Vigor3200 LAN Port 4 LAN4 can get the IP address of 192 168 7 0 24 For the detailed settings of the network segment open LAN gt gt General Setup and click Details Page Adjust the settings for your request Refer to the following figure LAN gt General Setup LAN 1 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup Network Configuration DHCP Server Configuration For NAT Usage Enable Serv
291. o view traffic sent from mirrored ports At present only WAN4 will be treated as mirror port Mirrored port Select which ports LAN port or WAN port are necessary to be mirrored P1 represents LAN port Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 112 Dray Te k 4 3 NAT Usually the router serves as an NAT Network Address Translation router NAT is a mechanism that one or more private IP addresses can be mapped into a single public one Public IP address is usually assigned by your ISP for which you may get charged Private IP addresses are recognized only among internal hosts When the outgoing packets destined to some public server on the Internet reach the NAT router the router will change its source address into the public IP address of the router select the available public port and then forward it At the same time the router shall list an entry in a table to memorize this address port mapping relationship When the public server response the incoming traffic of course is destined to the router s public IP address and the router will do the inversion based on its table Therefore the internal host can communicate with external host smoothly The benefit of the NAT includes Save cost on applying public IP address and apply efficient usage of IP address NAT allows the internal IP addresses of local hosts to be translated into one public IP address thus you can have only one IP address on behalf of the entire internal hosts En
292. obbies l Lifestyle Cl Motor Vehicles Personals L Photo Searches C Shopping L Sports l Streaming Media Cl Travel Business Computing Internet Finance Job Search Career Select All Ll Politics C Real Estate L Reference Clear All Cl Remote Proxies Cl Search Engine C Web Mail Others Ll Education ClHosting Sites L kKid Sites Select All L News C Religion Sex Education Clear All Black White List Usenet News LJUncategorised Sites Enable Activate white black list function for such profile Group Object Selections Click Edit to choose the group or object profile as the content of white black list Pass allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the characters listed on Group Object Selections If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here they will be processed with the categories listed on the box below Block restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the characters listed on Group Object Selections If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here they will be processed with the categories listed on the box below Pass allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with A the categories listed on the box below Action Block restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the categories listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here it will be processed with reverse action
293. ollowing page NAT gt Open Ports Open Ports Setup Setto Factory Default Index Comment WAN Interface Local IP Address Status L 2 x 3 x 4 x 4 A 6 x a x q n 10 lt lt 1 10 11 20 21 30 3140 gt gt Next gt gt Index Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you want to offer service in a local host You should click the appropriate index number to edit or clear the corresponding entry Comment Specify the name for the defined network service WAN Interface Display the WAN interface used by such index Local IP Address Display the private IP address of the local host offering the service Status Display the state for the corresponding entry X or V is to represent the Inactive or Active state To add or edit port settings click one index number on the page The index entry setup page will pop up In each index entry you can specify 10 port ranges for diverse services Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 120 Dr ay Tek NAT gt Open Ports gt Edit Open Ports Index No 1 Enable Open Ports WAR Interface WAMI 9 Local Computer 197 166 1 10 Choose PC Protocol End Part Protocol Start Port End Port 700 6 7 s 5 Clear Cancel 4500 4500 LUPE UEP HULL HULL a A Enable Open Ports Check to enable this entry Comment WAN IP Local Computer Choose PC Protocol Start Port End Port Dray Tek Make a name for the defined network application ser
294. omatically Enter the description of the specific network service Select the transport layer protocol TCP or UDP Select the WAN interface used for port redirection The default setting is All which means all the incoming data from any port will be redirected to specified range of IP address and port Specify which port can be redirected to the specified Private IP and Port of the internal host If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Simply type the required number on the first box The second one will be assigned automatically later Specify the private IP address of the internal host providing the service If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Type a complete IP address in the first box as the starting point and the fourth digits in the second box as the end point Specify the private port number of the service offered by the internal host Note that the router has its own built in services servers such as Telnet HTTP and FTP etc Since the common port numbers of these services servers are all the same you may need to reset the router in order to avoid confliction For example the built in web configurator in the router is with default port 80 which may conflict with the web server in the local network http 192 168 1 13 80 Therefore you need to change the router s http port to any one other than the default port 80 to
295. on not working properly This is because these applications will block the accessing ability of some network ports Security Considerations Activating the UPnP function on your network may incur some security threats You should consider carefully these risks before activating the UPnP function gt Some Microsoft operating systems have found out the UPnP weaknesses and hence you need to ensure that you have applied the latest service packs and patches gt Non privileged users can control some router functions including removing and adding port mappings The UPnP function dynamically adds port mappings on behalf of some UPnP aware applications When the applications terminate abnormally these mappings may not be removed 4 9 6 IGMP IGMP is the abbreviation of Internet Group Management Protocol It is a communication protocol which is mainly used for managing the membership of Internet Protocol multicast groups Dr ay Tek 183 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Applications gt gt IGMP loMP LJ Enable IGMP Proxy IGMP Proxy is to act as a multicast proxy for hosts on the LAN side Enable IGMP Proxy if you will access any multicast group But this function take no affect when Bridge Mode is enabled WAN Interface VLAN Tag insertion Tag value Priority B__ o soos Jenn Mote this VLAN Tag is for IGMP packets only LJ Enable IGMP Snooping Enable IGMP Snooping multicast traffic is only forwarded to ports t
296. onnection modes for WANI to WANS in details There are four WAN ports represented with WANI WAN2 WAN3 and WAN4 in web pages and one USB port represented with WANS in web pages offered by the router For this router supports multiple WANs function it allows users to access Internet and combine the bandwidth of the multiple WANs to speed up the transmission through the network Each WAN port can connect to different ISPs even if the ISPs use different technology to provide telecommunication service such as DSL Cable modem etc If any connection problem occurred on one of the ISP connections all the traffic will be guided and switched to the normal communication port for proper operation This webpage allows you to set general setup for WAN1 to WANS respectively WAN gt gt General Setup Load Balance Mode Auto Weight ka Setup Index Enable e PA uote Active Mode WANI v Ethernet Auto negotiation 10000 10000 Always On WAN Ethernet Autoa negotiation 10000 10000 Alhways On WANS i Ethernet Auta negotiation 10000710000 Backup WAN4 Ethernet uto negotiation 10000710000 Backup WANS v USB 20007384 Always On Hote Une Sneed only used for load balance mode according to Line Speed From the above figure WANI WAN4 connect to Internet through the interface of Ethernet WANS connects to Internet via USB interface Therefore the configuration for each WAN port will be different slightly Please click the WAN link under Index to open t
297. ookie Ll Proxy File Extension Profile Profile Name Type a name for the CSM profile Priority It determines the action that this router will apply Both Pass The router will let all the packages that match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below passing through When you choose this setting both configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web Feature will be inactive Both Block The router will block all the packages that match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below When you choose this setting both configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web Feature will be inactive Either URL Access Control First When all the packages matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below such function can determine the priority for the actions executed For this one the router will process the packages with the conditions set below for URL first then Web feature second Either Web Feature First When all the packages matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below such function can determine the priority for the actions executed For this one the router will process the packages with the conditions set below for web feature first then URL second Both Pass Both Block Either URL Access Control First Either Web Feature First Log None The
298. or WPA2 PSK mode if you do not choose such mode in Wireless LAN gt gt Security you will see the following message box Microsoft Internet Explorer Please click OK and go back Wireless LAN gt gt Security to choose WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK mode and access WPS again Below shows Wireless LAN gt gt WPS web page Wireless LAN gt gt WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup Enable wes Wi Fi Protected Setup Information WPS Status Configured SSID DrayTek Authentication Mode Disable Device Configure Configure via Push Button Configure via Client PinCode Note WPS can help your wireless client automatically connect to the Access point WPS is Disabled l WPS is Enabled Tr Waiting for WPS requests from wireless clients Enable WPS Check this box to enable WPS setting WPS Status Display related system information for WPS If the wireless security encryption function of the router is properly configured you can see Configured message here Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 240 Dr ay Te k SSID Authentication Mode Configure via Push Button Configure via Client PinCode 4 12 6 WDS Display the SSID1 of the router WPS is supported by SSID1 only Display current authentication mode of the router Only WPA2 PSK and WPA PSK support WPS Click Start PBC to invoke Push Button style WPS setup procedure The router will wait for WPS requests from wireless clients about two minutes The WPS LED on the router will
299. or called WPA 802 1x In WPA Personal a pre defined key is used for encryption during data transmission WPA applies Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP for data encryption while WPA2 applies AES The WPA Enterprise combines not only encryption but also authentication Since WEP has been proved vulnerable you may consider using WPA for the most secure connection You should select the appropriate security mechanism according to your needs No matter which security suite you select they all will enhance the over the air data protection and or privacy on your wireless network The Vigor wireless router is very flexible and can support multiple secure connections with both WEP and WPA at the same time Separate the Wireless and the Wired LAN WLAN Isolation enables you to isolate your wireless LAN from wired LAN for either quarantine or limit access reasons To isolate means neither of the parties can access each other To elaborate an example for business use you may set up a wireless LAN for visitors only so they can connect to Internet without hassle of the confidential information leakage For a more flexible deployment you may add filters of MAC addresses to isolate users access from wired LAN Dray Te k 65 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Manage Wireless Stations Station List will display all the station in your wireless network and the status of their connection Below shows the menu items for Wireless LAN Wireless LAN G
300. ork Connection When you have trouble in using 3G network transmission please check the following Check if USB LED lights on or off You have to wait about 15 seconds after inserting 3G USB Modem into your Vigor3200 Later the USB LED will light on which means the installation of USB Modem is successful If the USB LED does not light on please remove and reinsert the modem again If it still fails restart Vigor3200 USB LED lights on but the network connection does not work Check the PIN Code of SIM card is disabled or not Please use the utility of 3G USB Modem to disable PIN code and try again If it still fails it might be the compliance problem of system Please open DrayTek Syslog Tool to capture the connection information WAN Log and send the page similar to the following graphic to the service center of DrayTek DinyTeck EE S Contra 192 165 1 1 w WAN Status i Getway IP Static TX Packets LI LI LAN Share Te Packets RX Packets WON IF Static RX Packets Foe Wall Lor YEH Loge Uar Accs Los Call Log WAH Log Network Infomation Net Stee Tone Host Menage Apr 1200 1749 Viger WANT FRPoE m Protecol LCP onie ldentier 00i ACCOM Os Aahe Apr 1209 1749 Wagor 30 Modem satua 280 00 00 00 00 oe 0U Apr 1203 1749 Vigor WANZ FFE o Profecol LCP ict ConiRen Identifier 000 HRU 1500 ACCE Apr 12 00 17 49 Vigor WANT PPPoE cm T 1 FADS IDD Ape 1209 17 49 Vigor 30 Modem mone CONNECT 3600000 Apr 1203 174
301. outer enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other than the Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Enable Server Let the router assign IP address to every host in the LAN Disable Server Let you manually assign IP address to every host in the LAN Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the Ist IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the maximum is 253 Gateway IP Address Enter a value of the gateway IP address for the DHCP server The value is usually as same as the 1st IP address of the router which means the router is the default gateway te Dray Tek DMZ DMZ port setting is used for connecting host in DMZ LAN gt gt General Setup DMZ Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup Network Configuration For WAT Usage IP Address Subnet Mask Network Configuration For NAT Usage DHCP Server Configuration Dray Tek DHCP Server Configuration Enable Server Disable Server 192 165 9 1 Start IP Address 192 168 9 10 255 255 255 0 IP Pool Counts 100 Gateway IP
302. ow shows the menu items for Firewall Firewall H General Setup P Filter Setup H DoS Defense Dr ay Te k 123 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 4 2 General Setup General Setup allows you to adjust settings of IP Filter and common options Here you can enable or disable the Call Filter or Data Filter Under some circumstance your filter set can be linked to work in a serial manner So here you assign the Start Filter Set only Also you can configure the Log Flag settings Apply IP filter to VPN incoming packets and Accept incoming fragmented UDP packets Click Firewall and click General Setup to open the general setup page General Setup Page Such page allows you to enable disable Call Filter and Data Filter determine general rule for filtering the incoming and outgoing data Firewall gt gt General Setup General Setup General Setup Call Filter Data Filter Default Rule Enable Start Filter Set Disable Enable Start Filter Set Disable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP packets for same games ex CS 3 Enable Strict Security Firewall Call Filter Data Filter Accept large incoming Enable Strict Security Firewall Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Check Enable to activate the Call Filter function Assign a start filter set for the Call Filter Check Enable to activate the Data Filter function Assign a start filter set for the Data Filter Some on line games for
303. p MX Check this box to enable the current account If you did check the box you will see a check mark appeared on the Active column of the previous web page in step 2 WANI WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS First While connecting the router will use WANI WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS as the first channel for such account If WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WANI WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS Only While connecting the router will use WANI WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS as the only channel for such account Select the service provider for the DDNS account Select a service type Dynamic Custom or Static If you choose Custom you can modify the domain that is chosen in the Domain Name field Type in one domain name that you applied previously Use the drop down list to choose the desired domain Type in the login name that you set for applying domain Type in the password that you set for applying domain The Wildcard and Backup MX features are not supported for all Dynamic DNS providers You could get more detailed information from their websites 61 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 Click OK button to activate the settings You will see your setting has been saved Disable the Function and Clear all Dynamic DNS Accounts In the DDNS setup menu uncheck Enable Dynamic DNS Setup and push Clear All button to disable the function and clear all accounts from the router Delete a Dynamic DNS Account In the DDNS setup me
304. pends on hardware specification gt The web page is simple to understand and easy to configure gt Filly compliant with VPN Server LAN Sit Single Multi Network gt Mail Alert support please refer to System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert for detailed configuration gt Syslog support please refer to System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert for detailed configuration gt Specific ERD Environment Recovery Detection mechanism which can be operated by using Telnet command VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile will be activated when initial connection of single VPN tunnel is off line Before setting VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism backup profile please configure at least two sets of LAN to LAN profiles with fully configured dial out settings first otherwise you will not have selections for grouping Member and Member2 Features of VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance Mechanism VPN Load Balance Mechanism can set multiple VPN tunnels for using as traffic load balance tunnel It can assist users to do effective load sharing for multiple VPN tunnels according to real line bandwidth Moreover it offers three types of algorithms for load balancing and binding tunnel policy mechanism to let the administrator manage the network more flexibly gt Three types of load sharing algorithm offered Round Robin Weighted Round Robin and Fastest gt Binding Tunnel Policy mechanism allows users to encrypt the data in transmission or
305. perly File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back i i P Search I Folders is Other Places FinaldataEn opkg install tempstorage iTunesSetu wlc 1 1 5 wi E Internet Explorer 4 My Documents a 3 Shared Documents HEE Hez MEZ 115 bmp 12 Always Air supply lost Crystal t My Network Places Open mp iInlove mp3 Flower mp3 6 Return to USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status The information for FTP server will be shown as below USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status USB Mass Storage Device Status Connection Status Disk Connected Disconnect USB Disk Write Protect Status No Disk Capacity 2009 MB Free Capacity 1664 MB Refresh USB Disk Users Connected Refresh Index Service IP Address Port Username ee eer Wet aa 192 169 1 1163344 Note If the write protect switch of USB disk is turned on the USB disk is in READ ONLY mode No data can be written to it 7 Now users in LAN of Vigor3200 can access into the USB storage device by typing ftp 192 168 1 1 on any browser They can add or remove files directories depending on the Access Rule for FTP account settings in USB Application gt gt USB User Management Dray Tek 321 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 5 10 VPN Trunk Load Balance between Vigor 3200 and Other Vigor Router This section will discuss how to build VPN Trunk with load balance between Vigor3200 and other router e g Vigor3300 Scen
306. policy Choose the WAN interface for applying Load Balance Policy User Management Such item is available only when Rule Based is selected in User Management gt gt General Setup The general firewall rule will be applied to the user user group all users specified here User Object Create New User User Group Create Mew Group ALL Note When there is no user profile or group profile existed Create New User or Create New Group item will appear for you to click to create a new one APP Enforcement Select an APP Enforcement profile for global IM P2P application blocking If there is no profile for you to select please choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile All the hosts in LAN must follow the standard configured in the APP Enforcement profile selected here For detailed information refer to the section of APP Enforcement profile setup For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for IM P2P by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information URL Content Filter Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you
307. pplet compressed files and other executable files Once downloading these types of files from websites you may risk bringing threat to your system For example an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature If malicious code hides inside it may occupy user s system Web Content Filter We all know that the content on the Internet just like other types of media may be inappropriate sometimes As a responsible parent or employer you should protect those in your trust against the hazards With Web filtering service of the Vigor router you can protect your business from common primary threats such as productivity legal liability network and security threats For parents you can protect your children from viewing adult websites or chat rooms Once you have activated your Web Filtering service in Vigor router and chosen the categories of website you wish to restrict each URL address requested e g www bbc co uk will be checked against our server database This database is updated as frequent as daily by a global team of Internet researchers The server will look up the URL and return a category to your router Your Vigor router will then decide whether to allow access to this site according to the categories you have selected Please note that this action will not introduce any delay in your Web surfing because each of multiple load balanced database servers can handle millions of requests for categorization
308. pplication can be enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup Such profile must be established under CSM menu The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps The port is connected with 10 100Mbps when left LED is on The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1O000Mbps The port is connected with 10 100Mbps when left LED is on The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps The port is connected with 10 100Mbps when left LED is on Dray Tek Wirelass LAR DNDFFIWES Interface Wireless LAN ON OFF WPS Factory Reset WANI WAN4 DMZ LAN USB PWR ON OFF Dray Tek Description Too DMZ Press Wireless LAN ON OFF WPS button once to wait for client device making network connection through WPS Press Wireless LAN ON OFF WPS button twice to enable WLAN LED on or disable WLAN LED off wireless connection Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration Connecters for remote networked devices Connecter for local DMZ host Connecter for local network devices Connecter
309. private network For example if the local private network is 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 you could choose 192 168 1 200 as the Start IP Address 4 10 5 IPSec General Setup In IPSec General Setup there are two major parts of configuration There are two phases of IPSec gt Phase 1 negotiation of IKE parameters including encryption hash Diffie Hellman parameter values and lifetime to protect the following IKE exchange authentication of both peers using either a Pre Shared Key or Digital Signature x 509 The peer that starts the negotiation proposes all its policies to the remote peer and then remote peer tries to find a highest priority match with its policies Eventually to set up a secure tunnel for IKE Phase 2 gt Phase 2 negotiation IPSec security methods including Authentication Header AH or Encapsulating Security Payload ESP for the following IKE exchange and mutual examination of the secure tunnel establishment There are two encapsulation methods used in IPSec Transport and Tunnel The Transport mode will add the AH ESP payload and use original IP header to encapsulate the data payload only It can just apply to local packet e g L2TP over IPSec The Tunnel mode will not only add the AH ESP payload but also use a new IP header Tunneled IP header to encapsulate the whole original IP packet Authentication Header AH provides data authentication and integrity for IP packets passed between VPN peers This is achieved b
310. profile Type the password again for confirmation If the user is idle over the limitation of the timer the network connection will be stopped for such user By default the Idle Timeout is set to 10 minutes Such profile can be used by many users You can set the limitation for the number of users accessing Internet with the conditions of such profile The default setting is O which means no limitation in the number of users It is available only when User Based mode selected in User Management gt gt General Setup Default z Default 4 Create Mew Folic i Default If you choose such item the filter rules pre configured in Firewall can be adopted for such user profile Create New Policy If you choose such item the following page will be popped up for you to define another filter rule as a new policy Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule Comments O O Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Source IP Any Destination IP Any Service Type Ary For the detailed configuration simply refer to Firewall gt gt Filter Rule The firewall filter rules that are not 141 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide External Service Authentication Log Pop Browser Tracking Window Authentication Enable Time Quota Vigor3200 Series User s Guide selected in Firewall gt gt General gt gt Default rule can be available for use in User Management gt gt User Profil
311. r Below shows the menu items for Diagnostics Diagnostics P DHCP Table H Traffic Graph H Ping Diagnosis P Trace Route 3 7 1 DHCP Table The facility provides information on IP address assignments This information is helpful in diagnosing network problems such as IP address conflicts etc Click Diagnostics and click DHCP Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View DHCP Assigned IP Addresses DHCP IP Assignment Table Retresh ra LANI 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 DHCP server On Index IP Address Mil Address Leased Time HOST ID 1 192 168 1 10 EFO CBR 4E Da 46 79 O0 00 09 610 carrie Ocvch2ol 2 192 168 1 2 55 OO SO0 F CO B aC CONFLICTED IF 3 192 168 1 0 OO0 S5S0 7F C9 B ae CONFLICTED IF 4 192 168 1 1 00 50 7F C9 67 3C CONFLICTED IP DMZ Fort 192 168 9 17 255 255 255 0 DHCP server On Index IP Address Mac Address Leased Time HOST ID 1 192 166 9 255 DO S0 7F CS Bf 30 CONFLICTED IP 2 192 168 9 0 OO0 S5S0 7F C9 B 3C CONFLICTED IF 3 192 168 9 1 00 50 7F C9 67 3C CONFLICTED IP hl Index It displays the connection item number IP Address It displays the IP address assigned by this router for specified PC MAC Address It displays the MAC address for the specified PC that DHCP assigned IP address for it Leased Time It displays the leased time of the specified PC HOST ID It displays the host ID name of the specified PC Refresh Click it to reload the page Dr ay Te k 75 Vigor3200 Series Us
312. r To set a LAN to LAN profile automatically please choose Site to Site VPN Remote Dial in User You can manage remote access by maintaining a table of remote user profile so that users can be authenticated to dial in via VPN connection VPN LAN to LAN Site to Site YPN LAN to LAN Remote Dial in User Teleworker This item is available when you choose Site to Site VPN LAN to LAN as VPN server mode There are 32 VPN profiles for users to set 193 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Index Status Name a 1 H T77 F 2 E TTY 4 x rr 5 TTY TTY E rr g E TTY J TTY 10 x ve 11 faa 12 TTY 13 TT 14 E rr 7 15 TTY 16 fates 1 x rr 16 ae 14 vee 2U E rr 21 E TTY 22 TTY 23 TTY 24 E rr 25 TTY 26 TTY B ET x rr 20 fates 29 X Try e Please choose a Dial in This item is available when you choose Remote Dial in User User Accounts Teleworker as VPN server mode There are 32 VPN tunnels for users to set Allowed Dial in Type This item is available after you choose any one of dial in user account profiles Next you have to select suitable dial in type for the VPN server profile There are several types provided here similar to VPN Client Wizard PPTP IPSec L2TP with IPSec Policy None Mice to Have lust Different Dial in Type will lead to different configuration page In addition adjustable items for each dial in type will
313. r connection Wireless LAN gt gt Security Settings Security Settings WPA Encryption Mode WEP For 64 bit WEP key Mode Disable TKIP for WPA AES for WPA2 Type 8 63 ASCII character or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example cfgsOla 2 or Ox65S5abcd Encryption Mode Key 1 Key 2 Key 3 Key 4 Type 5 ASCII character or 10 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example AB312 or 0x4142333132 For 126 bit WEP key Type 13 ASCII character or 26 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example 0123456789abc or 0x30313233343536373839414243 Mode Vigor3200 Series User s Guide There are several modes provided for you to choose Disable Disable Turn off the encryption mechanism WEP lt Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key should be entered in WEP Key WPA PSK Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption key Dray Tek should be entered in PSK WPA2 PSK Accepts only WPA2 clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK Mixed WPA WPA2 PSK Accepts WPA and WPA2 clients simultaneously and the encryption key should be entered in PSK WPA The WPA encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio using the key which either PSK Pre Shared Key entered manually in this field below or automatically negotiated via 802 1x authentication Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x32 1
314. r over IPSec and corresponding security methods etc The router provides 64 access accounts for dial in users Besides you can extend the user accounts to the RADIUS server through the built in RADIUS client function The following figure shows the summary table VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Remote Access User Accounts Setto Factory Default Index User Status Index User Status ie PET os 1r TET 2 Z TTT k 18 TTT a a Gee os 19 TTT 2 4 TTT es ZO TTT 2 I TTT ki 1 TTT a 6 TTT kis Ze TTT 2 ff TTT k Z3 TTT k g TTT os 4 TTT os g vee 2 29 ore 2 10 ri k 2b TTT a 11 PTF os Zi FTT e TTT bi Zu TTT k 13 TTT a 29 TTT k 14 TTT s 30 TTT a 15 TTT a zila TF k Tb TTT os 32 TTT r lt lt 137 3364 gt gt Next gt gt Set to Factory Default Click to clear all indexes Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of Remote Dial in User User Display the username for the specific dial in user of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Status Display the access state of the specific dial in user The symbol V and X represent the specific dial in user to be active and inactive respectively Dr ay Tek 203 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Click each index to edit one remote user profile Each Dial In Type requires you to fill the different corresponding fields on the right If the fields gray out it means you may leave it
315. r router changes each time you access the Internet The Dynamic DNS feature lets you assign a domain name to a dynamic WAN IP address It allows the router to update its online WAN IP address mappings on the specified Dynamic DNS server Once the router is online you will be able to use the registered domain name to access the router or internal virtual servers from the Internet It is particularly helpful if you host a web server FTP server or other server behind the router Before you use the Dynamic DNS feature you have to apply for free DDNS service to the DDNS service providers The router provides up to three accounts from three different DDNS service providers Basically Vigor routers are compatible with the DDNS services supplied by most popular DDNS service providers such as www dyndns org www no ip com www dtdns com www changeip com www dynamic nameserver com You should visit their websites to register your own domain name for the router Enable the Function and Add a Dynamic DNS Account 1 Assume you have a registered domain name from the DDNS provider say hostname dyndns org and an account with username test and password test 2 Inthe DDNS setup menu check Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Applications gt Dynamic DNS Setup Dynamic DNS Setup Setto Factory Default Cl Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Auto Update interval 14400 Mincs 1 14400 Accounts Index WAN Interface Domain Name Active L WANI First w 2
316. r vendors Defects which do not significantly affect the usability of the product will not be covered by the warranty We reserve the right to revise the manual and online documentation and to make changes from time to time in the contents hereof without obligation to notify any person of such revision or changes Web registration is preferred You can register your Vigor router via http www DrayTek com Due to the continuous evolution of DrayTek technology all routers will be regularly upgraded Please consult the DrayTek web site for more information on newest firmware tools and documents http www DrayTek com iii Vigor3200 Series User s Guide European Community Declarations Manufacturer DrayTek Corp Address No 26 Fu Shing Road HuKou Township HsinChu Industrial Park Hsin Chu Taiwan 303 Product Vigor3200 Series Router DrayTek Corp declares that Vigor3200 Series of routers are in compliance with the following essential requirements and other relevant provisions of R amp TTE Directive 1999 5 EEC The product conforms to the requirements of Electro Magnetic Compatibility EMC Directive 2004 108 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN55022 Class B and EN55024 Class B The product conforms to the requirements of Low Voltage LVD Directive 2006 95 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN60950 1 Regulatory Information Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement This equipmen
317. rade on the Firmware Upgrade Utility ta start the upgrade After the upgrade is compelete the TFTP server will automatically stop running Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 5 6 Request a certificate from a CA server on Windows CA Server CA ServerA CAServerB 2 User imports the certificate as local certificate to Vigo Router via Web GUI Oo User requests a certificate issued by CA Server A and Saves it 1 Goto Certificate Management and choose Local Certificate Certificate Management gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH x509 Local Certificate Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 306 Dr ay Te k 2 You can click GENERATE button to start to edit a certificate request Enter the information in the certificate request Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Generate Certificate Request Subject Alternative Name Type Domain Name Domain Name draytek com Subject Name Country C TW State ST Location L Orginization 0 Draytek Orginization Unit OU Common Name CN Email E press draytek com Key Type RSA Key Size 1024 Bit 3 Copy and save the X509 Local Certificate Requet as a text file and save it for later use Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subje
318. ram menu fg Router Tools 3 5 1 About Router Tools BA Firmware Uperade Utility jp Uninstall Router Tools 3 5 1 Visit DrayTek Web Site 3 From the Syslog screen select the router you want to monitor Be reminded that in Network Information select the network adapter used to connect to the router Otherwise you won t succeed in retrieving information from the router it DrayTek Syslog 3 6 1 Controls 192 168 1 1 w lt WAN Status Gateway IP Fixed TX Packets TX Rate Vigor series 0 0 LAN Status TX Packets RX Packets WAN IP Fixed RX Packets RX Rate EE ae a 0 0 Firewall Log VPN Log User Access Log Call Log WAN Log Others Network Information Net State On Line Routers Host Name vivian IP Address Mask MAC NIC Description 515 900 Based PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter Packet Sc Y 192 168 1 1 255 255 2 00 50 7F 54 6 NIC Information MAC Address 00 1 1 D8 E4 58 CE Default Geteway 192 168 1 1 IP Address 192 168 1 10 DHCP Server 192 168 1 1 Subnet Mask 255 299 299 1 EENT Mon Jan 22 Lease Obtained 01 28 23 2007 168 95 1 1 Lease Expires Thu Jan 25 01 28 23 2007 lt nt ADSL Status Ee Eee Bee Ee DNS Servers Dray Tek 267 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 15 6 Time and Date It allows you to specify where the time of the router should be inquired from S
319. re is no log file will be recorded for this profile Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 160 Dr ay Te k URL Access Control Dray Tek Pass Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog Block Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog All All the actions Pass and Block will be recorded in Syslog Enable URL Access Control Check the box to activate URL Access Control Note that the priority for URL Access Control is higher than Restrict Web Feature If the web content match the setting set in URL Access Control the router will execute the action specified in this field and ignore the action specified under Restrict Web Feature Prevent web access from IP address Check the box to deny any web surfing activity using IP address such as http 202 6 3 2 The reason for this is to prevent someone dodges the URL Access Control You must clear your browser cache first so that the URL content filtering facility operates properly on a web page that you visited before Action This setting is available only when Either URL Access Control First or Either Web Feature First is selected Pass Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Block Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the keyword set here it will be processed with reverse action Action Group Objec
320. rofile The length of the file is limited to 10 characters VPN Dial Out Through Use the drop down menu to choose a proper WAN interface for this profile This setting is useful for dial out only WANI First WAN2 First WAN3 First WAN4 First WANS First While connecting the router will use WAN 1 WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS as the first channel for VPN connection If WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 W ANS fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WAN I Only WAN2 Only WAN3 Only WAN4 Only WANS Only While connecting the router will use WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS as the only channel for VPN connection Always On Check to enable router always keep VPN connection Pre Shared Key IKE Authentication Method usually applies to those are remote dial in user or node LAN to LAN which uses dynamic IP address and IPSec related VPN connections such as L2TP over IPSec and IPSec tunnel Pre Shared Key Specify a key for IKE authentication Confirm Pre Shared Key Confirm the pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Click Digital Signature to invoke this function Use the drop down list to choose one of the certificates for using Dray Te k 191 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide IPSec Security Method User Name Password Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask You have to configure one certificate at least previously in Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Otherwise the setting you choose here will not be effecti
321. rsion or firmware related information from this presentation System Status Model Name Vigors200n Firmware Version 3 3 7 RCS Build Date Time Feb 21 2011 15 44 36 LAN MAC Address IPF Address Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS LANL O0 S0 F O00 00 00 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 166 95 1 1 LAN OO S0 F O0 00 00 192 168 3 1 255 255 255 0 WNo 168 95 1 1 LANG ONO0 S0 F O00 00 00 192 168 5 1 255 255 255 0 No 166 95 1 1 LAN 4 OO0 S0 F O0 00 00 192 168 7 1 255 255 255 0 Wo 168 95 1 1 DM PORT O0 S0 F O00 00 00 197 166 9 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 1668 95 1 1 IP Routed Subnet 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 1668 2 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 Wireless LAN MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware version SSID O00 S50 F O0 00 00 Europe 2 3 2 0 DrayTek WAN Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway WANI Connected 00 s0 7F 00 00 0 1 Static IP 172 16 3 102 Jrz ds WAN2 Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 02 ani aa an WANS WANE WANS Model Name Firmware Version Build Date Time LAN MAC Address IP Address Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS Wireless LAN MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware Version WAN Link Status Dray Tek Disconnected Disconnected Disconnected eS Se Se eS 00 50 7 F 00 00 04 Ma eat Daal ied td 0 Dd Ps Display the model name of the router Display the firmware version of the router Display the date and time of the current firmware built Display the MAC address of the LAN
322. rt Default 90 FTF Server HTTP Server HTTPS Server Telnet Server SSH Server HTTPS Part 443 Default 443 FTP Port Default 21 SSH Port Default 22 SNMP Setup Disable PING from the Internet Access List List IP C Enable SNMP Agent 1 Trap Community Notification Host IP fs Router Name Allow management from the Internet Disable PING from the Internet Access List Default Ports User Defined Ports Enable SNMP Agent Get Community Dray Tek Trap Timeout seconds Type a name as a identification for such router Enable the checkbox to allow system administrators to login from the Internet There are several servers provided by the system to allow you managing the router from Internet Check the box es to specify Check the checkbox to reject all PING packets from the Internet For security issue this function is enabled by default You could specify that the system administrator can only login from a specific host or network defined in the list A maximum of three IPs subnet masks is allowed List IP Indicate an IP address allowed to login to the router Subnet Mask Represent a subnet mask allowed to login to the router Check to use standard port numbers for the Telnet and HTTP servers Check to specify user defined port numbers for the Telnet HTTP and FTP servers Check it to enable this function Set the name for getting community by typing a proper character The defa
323. rt Setup User Define Ports Default Ports w Allow management from the Internet Talet pod Default 23 C FTP Server HTTP Port Default 80 HTTP Server HTTPS Server aa PETANI Ea Telnet Server FTP Port Default 21 C SSH Server SSH Port Default 22 Disable PING from the Internet SNMP Setup Access List C Enable SNMP Agent List IP Subnet Mask sehcommuniyy 2f 4 2f Trap Community Notification Host IP fF Trap Timeout seconds Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 116 Dray Tek 4 3 2 DMZ Host As mentioned above Port Redirection can redirect incoming TCP UDP or other traffic on particular ports to the specific private IP address port of host in the LAN However other IP protocols for example Protocols 50 ESP and 51 AH do not travel on a fixed port Vigor router provides a facility DMZ Host that maps ALL unsolicited data on any protocol to a single host in the LAN Regular web surfing and other such Internet activities from other clients will continue to work without inappropriate interruption DMZ Host allows a defined internal user to be totally exposed to the Internet which usually helps some special applications such as NetMeeting or Internet Games etc Destined to Internet 220 135 240 207 Protocol Any Port Any The security properties of NAT are somewhat bypassed if you set up DMZ host We suggest you to add additional filter rules or a secondary firewall Click DMZ Host to open the following page
324. ryption you will see the following graphic Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 188 Dr ay Te k VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client PPTP None Encryption Settings Profile Name WPN Dial OQut Through C Always on Server IP Host Name for VPN e g 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Username Password Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask WAN First draytek com marketing 192 168 1 6 255 255 255 0 Cancel When you choose IPSec you will see the following graphic VPH and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client IPSec Settings Profile Name YPN Dial OGut Through L Always on Server IP Host Name for PM e g draytek com or 123 45 67 89 IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 1 509 Peer ID Local ID ve WANT First w Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First IPSec Security Method Medium 4H High ESF Pemoate Network IP Remote Network Mask Dray Tek DES without Authentication 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 0 Finish 189 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide When you choose L2TP you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client L2TP Settings Profile Name VPN Dial OQut Through LI Always on Server IP Host Name for VPN e g 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Username Password Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask
325. s Type a fixed IP address WAN IP Network Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to Settings obtain the IP address automatically Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 42 Dray Te k Details Page for PPP in WAN5 To use PPP for 3G USB Modem as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Internet Access from WAN menu Then select PPP mode for WANS The following web page will be shown WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN 5 3G Modem Enable Disable Modem Initial String ATS FEOVT AT amp D28C1 SO 0 Default ATRFEOV1X18 amp D2 amp C 1S0 0 e a Stringz all Modem Dial String MIGTS Default ATDT 99 COMA ATDT 777 TD SCOMA ATDT 98 1 PPP Username _ Optional PPP Password __ Optional PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP WAN Connection Detection Mode ARP Detect TTL Enable Disable Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid SIM PIN code Type PIN code of the SIM card that will be used to access Internet Modem Initial String Such value is used to initialize USB modem Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP APN Name APN means Access Point Name which is provide
326. s Guide 14 Dr ay Te k Vigor3200 series Dray Tek Multi WAN Security Router Off M System Status Quick Start Wizard Model Name Vigor3200n Online Status Firmware Version 3 3 7_RCG3 Build Date Time Feb 21 2011 15 44 36 WAN LAN LAN NAT MAC Address IP Address Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS Applications LANI 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 Wireless LAN LAN2 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 3 1 255 255 255 0 No 168 95 1 1 System Maintenance LANS 00 S50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 5 1 255 255 255 0 No 168 95 1 1 Diagnostics LAN4 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 7 1 255 255 255 0 No 168 95 1 1 DMZ PORT 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 9 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 IP Routed Subnet 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 2 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 7 i Wireless LAN p o MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware Yersion SSID 00 S0 7F 00 00 00 _ Europe si 2 0 DrayTek eee WAN Do Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway WAN1 Connected 00 50 7F 00 00 01 Static IP ie Cee le ify dd algal al WAN2 Disconnected 00 S0 7F 00 00 02 sde WAN3 Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 03 RE WAN4 Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 04 WANS Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 05 m SE e x Main screen for user mode operation simple configuration Note The home page will change slightly in accordance with the type of the router you have 4 Goto System Maintenance page and choose Administrator Passwor
327. s Guide 252 Dray Te k Samba Application Any remote user can upload download delete certain files on a local samba server through web browser with this application SSL VPN gt SSL Application Profile Index 1 C Enable Application Service application Name tt td Application samba Application in Note Samba Path format must be entered as io directory or Computer Name directory Samba Path Specify the path for this application 4 13 4 User Account For SSL VPN identity authentication and power management are implemented through deploying user accounts Therefore the user account for SSL VPN must be set together with remote dial in user web page Such menu item will guide to access into VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in user VPN and Remote Access gt Remote Dial in User Remote Access User Accounts Setto Factory Default Index User Status Index User Status Ale TTY 17 TTT Z TTF bs 13 TTT bs 3 777 19 777 x 4 TTT e 20 TTT E 5 TTY s 21 TTT bas G TTT bs 22 TTT 2 T 777 x 23 Tr x g TTT 2 24 TT E ae TTY s 25 TTT e 10 ee bs 2b TTT bs qi TTT 2 Ai TTT bs 12 TTT E 20 TTT 2 IER TTF i 25 TTT bs 14 PP bs 30 TTT bs 15 TTF s 31 TTT bs 16 T7 w 32 777 w lt lt 1 327 33 64 65 96 97 128 129 160 161 192 193 200 gt gt Next gt gt You can find out the link of Set SSL Web Proxy on the profile setting page If you haven t set any SSL Web Proxy Profile in SS
328. s and associated service types The basic QoS implementation in Vigor routers is to classify and schedule packets based on the service type information in the IP header For instance to ensure the connection with the Dr ay Tek 169 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide headquarter a teleworker may enforce an index of QoS Control to reserve bandwidth for HTTPS connection while using lots of application at the same time One more larger scale implementation of QoS network is to apply DSCP Differentiated Service Code Point and IP Precedence disciplines at Layer 3 Compared with legacy IP Precedence that uses Type of Service ToS field in the IP header to define 8 service classes DSCP is a successor creating 64 classes possible with backward IP Precedence compatibility In a QoS enabled network or Differentiated Service DiffServ or DS framework a DS domain owner should sign a Service License Agreement SLA with other DS domain owners to define the service level provided toward traffic from different domains Then each DS node in these domains will perform the priority treatment This is called per hop behavior PHB The definition of PHB includes Expedited Forwarding EF Assured Forwarding AF and Best Effort BE AF defines the four classes of delivery or forwarding classes and three levels of drop precedence in each class Vigor routers as edge routers of DS domain shall check the marked DSCP value in the IP header of bypassing traffic t
329. s configured in Bandwidth Management You have to enable IP bandwidth limit and IP session limit before invoke Data Flow Monitor If not a notification dialog box will appear to remind you enabling it Limit Session Enable Disable Default Max Sessions 100 Limitation List Index Start IP End IF Click Diagnostics and click Data Flow Monitor to open the web page You can click IP Address TX rate RX rate or Session link for arranging the data display Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 276 Dr ay Tek Diagnostics gt gt Data Flow Monitor Enable Data Flow Monitor Refresh Seconds Page Refresh Index IP Address TX rate Kbps RX rate Kbps Sessions Action 1 192 168 1 10_CARRIE OCFYCB251 J 0 J2 Block Current Peak Speed Current Peak Speed Current Peak WAN Bee 070 Auto O 0 Auto o WAN 1f 2 16 35 102 0 456 7 Auto 6 1080 Auto WANS ase O 0 Auto O 0 Auto ass WAN4 E 070 Auto O 0 Auto WANS 00 Auto O 0 Auto Total 0 456 Auto 6 1080 Auto E47 681 Note 1 Click Block to prevent specified PC from surfing Internet for 5 minutes 2 The IP blocked by the router will be shown in red and the session column will display the remaining time that the specified IP will be blocked 3 kbps shared bandwidth residual bandwidth used Current Peak are average Enable Data Flow Monitor Refresh Seconds Refresh Index IP Address TX rate kbps RX rate kbps Sessions Action
330. s interference If you have no idea of choosing the frequency please select Auto to let system determine for you Channel Channelb 243 MHz Auto Channel 1 2412MHz Channel 2 241 MHz Channel 3 2422MH2 Channel 4 2427 MHz Channel 5 2452hMH2 Channel 6 2437 MHz Channel 7 2442 MHz Channel 8 2447 WiHz Channel 9 2452MHz Channel 10 2457 MHz Channel 11 2462 1Hz Channel 12 2467 MHz Channel 13 247 2M1Hz This feature can enhance the performance in data transmission about 40 more by checking Tx Burst It is active only when both sides of Access Point and Station in wireless client invoke this function at the same time That is the wireless client must support this feature and invoke the function too Note Vigor N61 wireless adapter supports this function Therefore you can use and install it into your PC for matching with Packet OVERDRIVE refer to the following picture of Vigor N61 wireless utility window choose Enable for TxBURST on the tab of Option igor N61 802 11n Wireless USB Adapter Utility Configuration Status General Setting Auto launch when Windows start up Advance Setting Disable Radio Fragmentation Threshold 2346 C Remember mini status position C Auto hide mini status RTS Threshold 2347 802 11b gn 24GH v C Set mini status always on top Frequency C Enable IP Setting and Proxy Setting in Profile Ad hoc Channel fi v C Group Roamin
331. s the most common selection due to wild compatibility This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header compression Normally set to Yes to improve bandwidth utilization This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy Pre Shared Key Input 1 63 characters as pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function Then specify the following items for authentication with digital signature Peer ID Select one of the predefined Profiles set in VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity Local ID Specify a local ID Alternative Subject Name First or Subject Name First to be used for Dial in setting in the LAN to LAN Profile setup This item is optional and can be used only in IKE aggressive mode Local Certificate Select one of the profiles set in Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy Medium AH Authentication Header means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High ESP Encapsulating Security Payload means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated Select from below DES without Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme DES with Authentication
332. sary VPN service and click OK 2 Then for using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users Dial In PPP 7 PAP or CHAP V When DHCP Disable set Authentication Dial In PPP Encryption MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No Assigned IP range 192 168 2200 Optional MPPE OK For using IPSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 290 Dr ay Tek Dray Tek VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium AH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESF MJES Mapes Maes Data will be encrypted and authentic Go to LAN to LAN Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Common Settings as shown below You should enable both of VPN connections because any one of the parties may start the VPN connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name Brancht Call Direction Both Dial Qut Dial in C Enabl
333. sed in red to indicate that they are fixed If you delete the VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Load Dr ay Tek 219 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Balance mechanism profile the selected LAN to LAN profiles will be released and expressed in black VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN LAN to LAN Profiles Index Name Status LL To A Place 2 To B Site cE To C place Y 4 To D Site How can you set a GRE over IPSec profile l 2 Please go to LAN to LAN to set a profile with IPSec If the router will be used as the VPN Server 1 e with virtual address 192 168 50 200 Please type 192 168 50 200 in the field of My GRE IP Type IP address 192 168 50 100 of the client in the field of Peer GRE IP See the following graphic for an example Callback Budget a minutees 4 GRE over IPSec Settings L Enable IPSec Dial Out function GRE over IPSec l Logical Traffic My GRE Ip 192 160 50 200 Peer GRE IP 192 160 50 100 5 TCPAIP Network Settings My WAN IP foo RIF Direction TURY Both Remote Gateway IP ooo em first subnet to remote network you have ta o Remote Network IP 192 166 10 0 Route Remote Network Mask 255 2755 755 0 Later on peer side as VPN Client please type 192 168 50 100 in the field of My GRE IP and type IP address of the server 192 168 50 200 in the field of Peer GRE IP Callback Budget o minutets 4 GRE over IPSec Settings M Enable IPSec Dial Out
334. series Datasheet aimada R amp TTE Certification Smart VPN Client 2009 05 25 3 6 3 MS Windows XP All Modules Multi MS Vista language Smart Monitor 2009 03 25 2 0 MS Windows XP Vigor2950 series 4 Click on the link of Router Tools to download the file After downloading the files please decompressed the file onto your host Dray Te k 303 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 5 Double click on the icon of router tool The setup wizard will appear ie Setup DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 Welcome to the DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 Setup Wizard This will install DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 on your computer It is recommended that you close all other applications before continuing Click Next to continue or Cancel to exit Setup J R1Sv420 DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 Setup Sed DrayTek com CN 6 Follow the onscreen instructions to install the tool Finally click Finish to end the installation 7 From the Start menu open Programs and choose Router Tools XXX gt gt Firmware Upgrade Utility Firmware Uperade Utility 3 5 1 Time Gukt Sec Router IP Bo Pork Firmware File Password 8 Type in your router IP usually 192 168 1 1 9 Click the button to the right side of Firmware file typing box Locate the files that you download from the company web sites You will find out two files with different extension names xxxx all keep the old custom settings and xxxx rst reset all the custom setti
335. settings in this page click Next to see the following page Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAR Interface WANI Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auta negotiation Internet ACCESS DHCP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to sawe the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK Dr ay Te k 21 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 2 5 Service Activation Wizard Service Activation Wizard can guide you to set WCF Web Content Feature with a quick and easy way For the Service Activation Wizard is only available for admin operation therefore please type admin admin on Username Password while Logging into the web configurator Service Activation Wizard is a tool which allows you to use trial version or update the license of WCF directly without accessing into the server My Vigor located on http myvigor draytek com For using Web Content Filter Profile please refer to later section Web Content Filter Profile for detailed information Now follow the steps listed below to activate WCF feature for your router 1 Open Service Activation Wizard Quick Start Wizard T Service Activation Wizard am a a 2 The screen of Service Activation Wizard will be shown as follows Choose the one you need and click Next
336. sh Refresh HOST ID carrie OUcfch2z51 HOST ID It displays the connection item number It displays the IP address assigned by this router for specified PC It displays the MAC address for the specified PC that DHCP assigned IP address for it Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Leased Time It displays the leased time of the specified PC HOST ID It displays the host ID name of the specified PC Refresh Click it to reload the page 4 16 5 NAT Sessions Table Click Diagnostics and click NAT Sessions Table to open the list page Diagnostics gt gt NAT Sessions Table NAT Active Sessions Table Refresh Private IP Port Pseudo Port al6 156 2409 25 208 91 11z 195 174 137 33 91 208 91 11z 195 l 156 209 235 16 156 209 25 208 91 11z2 195 Seo soo Hl 61 64 70 126 207 446 145 356 115 165 1785 13 218 161 51 13 7 115 165 234 2 sdi sdi wb wis sdla T els ds wale vd l ad l Private IP Port It indicates the source IP address and port of local PC Pseudo Port It indicates the temporary port of the router used for NAT Peer IP Port It indicates the destination IP address and port of remote host Interface It displays the representing number for different interface Refresh Click it to reload the page 4 16 6 Data Flow Monitor This page displays the running procedure for the IP address monitored and refreshes the data in an interval of several seconds The IP address listed here i
337. sion of Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel Some programs might send multicast packets via VPN connection Pass Click this button to let multicast packets pass through the router Block This is default setting Click this button to let multicast packets be blocked by the router Specify the allowed call direction of this LAN to LAN profile Both initiator responder Dial Out initiator only Dial In responder only Always On Check to enable router always keep VPN connection Idle Timeout The default value is 300 seconds If the connection has been idled over the value the router will drop the connection This function is to help the router to determine the status of IPSec VPN connection especially useful in the case of abnormal VPN IPSec tunnel disruption For details please refer to the note below Check to enable the transmission of PING packets to a specified IP address Enter the IP address of the remote host that located at the other end of the VPN tunnel Enable PING to keep alive is used to handle abnormal IPSec VPN connection disruption It will help to provide the state of a VPN connection for router s judgment of redial Normally if any one of VPN peers wants to disconnect the connection it should follow a serial of packet exchange procedure to inform each other However if the remote peer disconnect without notice Vigor router will by no where to know this situation To resolve this dilemma
338. ss 2 Edit Edit Class 3 dit Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 174 Dray Te k After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service User Defined Service Type No Name Protocol Port 1 Empty z 5 For adding a new service type click Add to open the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Service Type Edit Port Configuration Type Single Range Port Number qo z boo Service Name Type in a new service for your request Service Type Choose the type TCP UDP or TCP UDP for the new service Port Configuration Click Single or Range as the Type If you select Range you have to type in the starting port number and the end porting number on the boxes below Port Number Type in the starting port number and the end porting number here if you choose Range as the type By the way you can set up to 40 service types If you want to edit delete an existed service type please select the radio button of that one and click Edit Edit for modification Dr ay Tek 175 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 9 Applications Below shows the menu items for Applications Applications gt Dynamic DNS H Schedule H RADIUS H LDAP Active Directory H UPnP H IGMP H Wake on LAN 4 9 1 Dynamic DNS The ISP often provides you with a dynamic IP address when you connect to the Internet via your ISP It means that the public IP address assigned to you
339. st with public IP address from external users to the mapping private IP address port of the server Internet Destined to 220 135 240 207 Port 213 The port redirection can only apply to incoming traffic To use this function please go to NAT page and choose Port Redirection web page The Port Redirection Table provides 20 port mapping entries for the internal hosts NAT gt Porn Redirection Port Redirection Setto Factory Default Index Service Name Public Port Private IP Status 1 A H 3 Ps 4 x Fia H G 4 H i ps 9 10 H x Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 52 Dray Te k Press any number under Index to access into next page for configuring port redirection NAT gt Port Redirection Index No 1 C Enable Mode single Service Name Protocol WAN Interface ALL Public Port Private IP Private Port ileal Note In Range Mode the End IP will be calculated automatically once the Public Port and Start IP have been entered Enable Mode Service Name Protocol WAN Interface Public Port Private IP Private Port Check this box to enable such port redirection setting Two options Single and Range are provided here for you to choose To set a range for the specific service select Range In Range mode if the public port start port and end port and the starting IP of private IP had been entered the system will calculate and display the ending IP of private IP aut
340. sword Type of YPM O PPTP CI L2TP I LZTP over IPSec PPTP Encryption C Use default gateway on remote network You may further specify the method you use to get IP the security method and authentication method If the Pre Shared Key is selected it should be consistent with the one set in VPN router Dray Tek 297 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide IPSec Policy Seting My IF 172 16 3 100 Type of IPSec Standard IPSec Tunnel Remote Subnet Remote Subnet Mask Virture IP DrayTek Virture Interface kall Obtain an IP address automatically DHCP over IPSec Specify an IP address IP Address Lye Subnet Mask Security Method Mediumi AH Authority Method C Pre shared Key ae Certification Authority Cancel If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote VPN server IP address Username Password and encryption method The User Name and Password should be consistent with the one set up in the VPN router To use default gateway on remote network means that all the packets of remote host will be directed to VPN server then forwarded to Internet This will make the remote host seem to be working in the enterprise network Dial To TEH Session Mame office VPM Server IPF HOST Namefsuch as 123 45 67 89 of draytek
341. t Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method Medium All HighfESP DES V 3DES V AES Local ID foptional Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 296 Dray Tek Settings in the remote host 1 For Win98 ME you may use Dial up Networking to create the PPTP tunnel to Vigor router For Win2000 XP please use Network and Dial up connections or Smart VPN Client complimentary software to help you create PPTP L2TP and L2TP over IPSec tunnel You can find it in CD ROM in the package or go to www DrayTek com download center Install as instructed 2 After successful installation for the first time user you should click on the Step 0 Configure button Reboot the host Smart FPN Client 3 2 2 WinXP Siz Step l This step will add the ProhibitIpSec registry value to computer in order to configure a LATP IPSec connection using a pre shared key or a L2TP connection For more infomation please read the article O240262 in the Microsoft Knowledgement Base Step 1 Dial to ISP IF vou have already gotten a public IP you can skip this step Step 2 Connect to YPN Server Insert Remove Status Mo connection PPTP ISP amp YPN 3 InStep 2 Connect to VPN Server click Insert button to add a new entry If an IPSec based service is selected as shown below Dial To TEN Session Name Office VPN Server IP HOST Nametsuch as 125 45 67 89 or draytek com 192 168 1 1 E User Mame Pas
342. t WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy is a legacy method to encrypt each frame transmitted via radio using either a 64 bit or 128 bit key Usually access point will preset a set of four keys and it will communicate with each station using only one out of the four keys WPA Wi Fi Protected Access the most dominating security mechanism in industry is separated into two categories WPA personal or called WPA Pre Share Key WPA PSK and WPA Enterprise or called WPA 802 1x In WPA Personal a pre defined key is used for encryption during data transmission WPA applies Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP for data encryption while WPA2 applies AES The WPA Enterprise combines not only encryption but also authentication Since WEP has been proved vulnerable you may consider using WPA for the most secure connection You should select the appropriate security mechanism according to your needs No matter which security suite you select they all will enhance the over the air data protection and or privacy on your wireless network The Vigor wireless router is very flexible and can support multiple secure connections with both WEP and WPA at the same time Dray Te k 231 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Separate the Wireless and the Wired LAN WLAN Isolation enables you to isolate your wireless LAN from wired LAN for either quarantine or limit access reasons To isolate means neither of the parties can access each other To elaborate an example for busin
343. t Jig2 16 1 0 izd ZEN ZEE Tunnel 1 vani weight fo Tunnel 2 wan2 weight o Tunnel 3 weight Tunnel 4 weight Backup Active Master Slave E z E W Now one pair VPN trunk between Vigor3200 192 168 1 0 24 and Vigor3300 192 168 33 0 24 has be established Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 328 Dr ay Te k Scenario 2 Two pair VPN Trunk Vigor3300 Vigor3200 Dial in Dial out WAN1 202 211 110 30 GRE WAN 10 0 0 1 WAN1 202 211 110 100 GRE WAN 10 0 0 2 WAN2 202 211 120 30 GRE WAN 10 0 0 3 WAN2 202 211 120 100 GRE WAN 10 0 0 4 A A LAN1 b WAN3 202 211 130 100 internet WAN3 202 211 130 30 192 168 33 0 24 GRE WAN 10 0 0 6 GRE WAN 10 0 0 5 LAN 192 168 1 0 24 WAN4 202 211 140 30 GRE WAN 10 0 0 7 WAN4 202 211 140 100 GRE WAN 10 0 0 8 IPSec VPN Tunnel LAN2 192 168 10 0 24 Vigor3200 as VPN client dial out site LAN 192 168 1 0 24 WAN 1 IP 202 211 110 30 My GRE IP 10 0 0 1 Peer GRE IP 10 0 0 2 WAN 2 IP 202 211 120 30 My GRE IP 10 0 0 3 Peer GRE IP 10 0 0 4 WAN 3 IP 202 211 130 30 My GRE IP 10 0 0 5 Peer GRE IP 10 0 0 6 WAN 4 IP 202 211 140 30 My GRE IP 10 0 0 7 Peer GRE IP 10 0 0 8 Vigor3300 as VPN server dial in site LANI1 192 168 33 0 24 LAN 192 168 10 0 24 WAN 1 IP 202 211 110 100 Local GRE IP 10 0 0 2 Remote GRE IP 10 0 0 1 WAN 2 IP 202 211 120 100 Loca
344. t gt LAN VLAN Choose the tab of 802 1Q VLAN Configure the settings as the following figure Advanced LAN VLAN Setting Disable Port Base VLAN 802 1Q VLAN Port Base VLAN 802 10 VLAN Group Index Active Name VLAN ID Member Frame Tag Operation p1 P2 P3 P4 p1 p2 P3 P4 1 m s fo e O O Ff Untagged E Tasssa B Tassed sa ol 2 m e ea WM O m Tagged E Untagged Tassed E Ma 3 m m e fF fF mM m tagged B Tagsed Ef untassea E a I 4 sR fF PF PF M fragged z Tassea Tagsed Untagsea z M Enable management port for P4 T Enable packet forwarding between VLANs Port Setting p1 p2 P3 P4 Port VLAN ID jo pi e2 fs Apply Reset Cancel 2 Next open Network gt gt LAN Set two LAN subnet LAN1 192 168 33 0 24 and LAN2 192 168 10 0 24 Network LAN LAN2IP DHCP LANSIP DHCP LAN4IP DHCP DHCP Relay Agent IP Routing IP Configuration IP Address 192 168 331 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server Status Enable Disable Relay Agent Start IP 192 168 33 10 End IP fi92 168 33 254 Primary DNS E Secondary DNS sis Lease Time Min haoo Gateway IP Optional tsi i zSzO Apply Cancel Network LAN LANIP DHCP A LANS IP DHCP LAN4IP DHCP DHCP Relay Agent IP Routing IP Configuration IP Address 192 168 10 1 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server Status C Enable Disable Relay Agent Start IP 192 168 10 10 End IP 192 168 10 254 Primary
345. t Selections The Vigor router provides several frames for users to define keywords and each frame supports multiple keywords The keyword could be a noun a partial noun or a complete URL string Multiple keywords within a frame are separated by space comma or semicolon In addition the maximal length of each frame is 32 character long After specifying keywords the Vigor router will decline the connection request to the website whose URL string matched to any user defined keyword It should be noticed that the more simplified the blocking keyword list is the more efficiently the Vigor router performs 161 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide gt Group Object Edit Windows Internet Explorer http 192 168 1 1 docicfkweob hin Object Group Edit Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group Web Feature Enable Restrict Web Feature Check this box to make the keyword being blocked or passed Action This setting is available only when Either URL Access Control First or Either Web Feature Firs is selected Pass allows accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Pass Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords list
346. t has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device may accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Please visit http www DrayTek com user AboutRegulatory php C FE This product is designed for 2 4GHz WLAN network throughout the
347. t means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 PPP Setup PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action IP Address Assignment WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and Method IPCP would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 92 Dr ay Tek WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using E http i 192 168 1 1 WANIIP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer a O X WANI IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool dl ad d d d m d 9 16 w OO n M m 17 24 25 32 gt gt Fixed IP Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box Fixed IP Address Type a fixed IP address WAN IP Network Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to Settings obtain the IP address automatically Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data IP Address Type the I
348. t only offering the basic checking for Internet access User Management also provides additional firewall rules e g CSM checking for protecting hosts Note Filter rules configured under Firewall usually are applied to the host the one that the router installed only With user management the rules can be applied to every user connected to the router with customized profiles Note If Transparency Mode is selected in Firewall gt gt General Setup User Management cannot be used any more Please uncheck Transparency Mode first if you want to utilize user management to handle users in LAN WAN or WLAN User Management H General Setup b User Profile Reserved P User Group User Online Status 4 5 1 General Setup General Setup can determine the standard rule based or user based for the users controlled by User Management The mode standard selected here will influence the contents of the filter rule s applied to every user General Setup Mode Rule Gased Notice 1 User Management will refer to active rules in Data Filter as whitelists and blacklists in User based firewall mode 2 Users match the above lists will not be required for authentication The firewall rules policy will still valid 3 Otherwise authentication required for users not matched the above lists The firewall rules designated in the user profile s policy will still valid Welcome Message Max 255 characters Preview Setto Factory Default
349. t or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command 87 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide MTU Bridge Mode PPP MP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 If you choose Bridged IP as the protocol you can check this box to invoke the function The router will work as a bridge modem PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can check Always On Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 32 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Type the additional WAN IP address and check the Enable box Then click OK to ex
350. t settings here Firewall gt gt General Setup Advance Setting Codepaqge ANSI1T252 Latin ka Window size 65535 Session timeout 1440 Minute Codepage This function is used to compare the characters among different languages Choose correct codepage can help the system obtaining correct ASCII after decoding data from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content Filter The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I If you do not choose any codepage no decoding job of URL will be processed Please use the drop down list to choose a codepage If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage please open Syslog From Codepage Information of Setup dialog you will see the recommended codepage listed on the dialog box Fit DrayTek Syslog 3 9 1 197 168 1 1 z fan Information WANI IP Fixed lie le 213 LAN Status Tx Packets Rot Packets Wiahl2 IP Fixed 26459 15285 ToolSetun Telnet Read out Setup Codepage Information Codepage To Select Windows Version 5 01 2600 RECOMMENDED CODEPAGE O50 ANSIOEM Traditional Chinese Big O0al 21 00a6 7c 009763 OQaa 61 O0ad 2d O0ae 52 O0b2 32 0063 33 0009 31 Obst Window size It determines the size of TCP protocol O 65535 The more the value is the better the performance will be However if the network is not stable small value will be proper Session timeout Setting timeout for sessions can make the best utilization of net
351. tablished IGMP means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here and IGMP Service Port also fits the number here such binding tunnel table can be established Other means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here with different TCP Service Port UDP Service Port ICMP IGMP such binding tunnel table can be established This field will display detailed information for Binding Tunnel Policy Below shows a successful binding tunnel policy for load balance 222 Dray Tek VPN Load Balance Binding Tunnel Policy Create After insert Tunnel Bind Table Index 1 400 Active in active Delete Binding Dial Out Index Ma Binding Src IP Start booo End 0 0 0 0 Binding Dest IP Start booo ema booo Binding Dest Port Start i End 6553 Binding Fragmented NO Binding Protocol ANY fo OK Close Detail Information VPN Load Balance Profile name VpnLEB1 j Algorithm Fastest No 1 gt Tunnel Bind Table Idnex 1 TCP Protocol 6 192 168 10 24 192 168 10 24 192 168 1 20 192 168 1 20 20 21 Binding Dial Out Index Binding protocol Binding Srce IP Binding Dst IP Binding Dst Port Binding Fragmented NO DLEASSEB gt THN gt impe TKS Note To configure a successful binding tunnel you have to Type Binding
352. tands for Domain Name System Every Internet host must Address have a unique IP address also they may have a human friendly easy to remember name such as www yahoo com The DNS server converts the user friendly name into its equivalent IP address Force DNS manual setting Force Vigor router to use DNS servers in this page instead of DNS servers given by the Internet Access server PPPoE PPTP L2TP or DHCP server Primary IP Address You must specify a DNS server IP address here because your ISP should provide you with usually more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default DNS Server IP address 194 109 6 66 to this field Secondary IP Address You can specify secondary DNS server IP address here because your ISP often provides you more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default secondary DNS Server IP address 194 98 0 1 to this field The default DNS Server IP address can be found via Online Status System Status System Uptime 71 47 46 LAN Status Primary DNS 194 109 6 66 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 1 347390 214004 If both the Primary IP and Secondary IP Address fields are left empty the router will assign its own IP address to local users as a DNS proxy server and maintain a DNS cache If the IP address of a domain name is already in the DNS cache the router will resolve
353. te Dray Te k 307 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Select Advanced request Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Choose Request Type Please select the type of request you would like to make User certificate request Advanced request Select Submit a certificate request a base64 encoded PKCS 10 file or a renewal request using a base64 encoded PKCS 7 file Microsoft Certificate Services vigo Advanced Certificate Requests You can request a certificate for yourself another user or a computer using one of the following methods Note that the policy of the certification authority CA will determine the certificates that you can obtain Submit a certificate request to this CA using a form Submit a certificate request using a base64 encoded PKCS 10 file or a renewal request using a base64 encoded PKCS 7 file Request a certificate for a smart card on behalf of another user using the Smart Card Enrollment Station You must have an enroliment agent certificate to submit a request for another user Import the X509 Local Certificate Requet text file Select Router Offline request or IPSec Offline request below Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Submit A Saved Request Paste a base64 encoded PKCS 10 certificate request or PKCS 7 renewal request generated by an external application such as a web server into the request field to submit the request to the certification aut
354. te Access A Virtual Private Network VPN is the extension of a private network that encompasses links across shared or public networks like the Internet In short by VPN technology you can send data between two computers across a shared or public network in a manner that emulates the properties of a point to point private link Below shows the menu items for VPN and Remote Access VPN and Remote Access H VPN Client Wizard H VPN Server Wizard H Remote Access Control H PPP General Se H IPSec General Setup H IPSec Peer Identity H Remote Dial in User gt LAN to LAN H VPN TRUNK Management H Connection Management 4 10 1 VPN Client Wizard Such wizard is used to configure VPN settings for VPN client Such wizard will guide to set the LAN to LAN profile for VPN dial out connection from server to client step by step VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard Choose VPN Establishment Environment LAh to Lan YPM Client Mode Selection Foute Mlode Please choose a L N to LAN Profile Index Status Hame Note For a typical LAN to LAN tunnel please select Route Mode If the remote network is expecting only a single client or ip and is not configured to route the subnet and then select NAT mode If in doubt then select Route Mode LAN to LAN Client Mode Choose the client mode Selection Route Mode NAT Mode If the remote network only allows you to dial in with single IP please choose this mode otherwise pl
355. te Setup Static Route Configuration Setto Factory Default View Routing Table Index Destination Address Status Index Destination Address Status Te TTT T G TTT T TTT T TTT T 3 Finir F 8 pier 7 4 TTT T 9 TTT T j TTT T 10 TTT T Status v Active Inactive 7 Empty Index The number 1 to 10 under Index allows you to open next page to set up static route Destination Address Displays the destination address of the static route Status Displays the status of the static route Viewing Routing Displays the routing table for your reference Table Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Key C connected S static R RIP default private a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 wie Li2 6 anl Want C 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected LAN G 172 16 3 07 255 2585 255 0 is directly connected WANI lt Dr ay Tek 107 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Add Static Routes to Private and Public Networks Here is an example of setting Static Route in Main Router so that user A and B locating in different subnet can talk to each other via the router Assuming the Internet access has been configured and the router works properly use the Main Router to surf the Internet create a private subnet 192 168 10 0 using an internal Router A 192 168 1 2 create a public subnet 211 100 88 0 via an internal Router B 192 168 1 3 have set Main Router 19
356. ter Rule setup page Firewall gt Edit Filter Set gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Check to enable the Filter Rule Comments Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Direction source IP Destination IP Service Type Fragments Application Filter Branch to Other Filter Set Sessions Control MAC Bind IP Quality of Service Load Balance policy User Management APP Enforcement URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Advance Setting Block MetBios E E I LAMFRTVPN gt WAM 139 to undefined Edit 4 CA o a _ TT U gE o i 3 D i Dont Care Action Profile Pass lf Mo Further Match Syslog m Mone a yeo Mon Strict Mone Auto Select Mone Mone Mone mN N Mone Edit 4 Check to enable the Filter Check this box to enable the filter rule Rule Comments Enter filter set comments description Maximum length is 14 character long Index 1 15 Set PCs on LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this field is blank and the function will always work Direction Set the direction of packet flow It is for Data Filter only For the Call Filter this setting is not available since Call Filter is only applied to outgoing traffic LAMER TA PN WWAN LAMET PN gt ALARI VAR gt LAMA
357. th 128 bit sync field However some original 11b wireless network devices only support long preamble Check it to use Long Preamble if needed to communicate with this kind of devices Packet OVERDRIVE This feature can enhance the performance in data transmission about 40 more by checking Tx Burst It is active only when both sides of Access Point and Station in wireless client invoke this function at the same time That is the wireless client must support this feature and invoke the function too Note Vigor N61 wireless adapter supports this function Therefore you can use and install it into your PC for matching with Packet OVERDRIVE refer to the following picture of Vigor N61 wireless utility window choose Enable for TxBURST on the tab of Option igor N61 802 11n Wireless USB Adapter Utility Configuration Status General Setting Advance Setting Auto launch when Windows start up Disable Radio C Remember mini status position Fragmentation Threshold 2346 C Auto hide mini status RTS Threshold 2347 C Set mini status always on top eran 802 1 1bigh 24GH C Enable IP Setting and Proxy Setting in Profile Ad hoc Channel 1 v C Group Roaming eea Power Save Mode Tx Burst WLAN type to connect Infrastructure and Ad hoc network Infrastructure network only adhoc network only C Automatically connect to non preferred networks Tx Burst izable Enable Not
358. the rule to unfragmented packets Fragmented Apply the rule to fragmented packets Too Short Apply the rule only to packets that are too short to contain a complete header Specifies the action to be taken when packets match the rule Block Immediately Packets matching the rule will be dropped immediately Pass Immediately Packets matching the rule will be passed immediately Block If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be dropped Pass If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be passed through If the packet matches the filter rule the next filter rule will branch to the specified filter set Select next filter rule to branch from the drop down menu Be aware that the router will apply the specified filter rule for ever and will not return to previous filter rule any more The number typed here is the total sessions of the packets that do not match the filter rule configured in this page The default setting is 60000 Strict Make the MAC address and IP address settings 131 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide configured in IP Object for Source IP and Destination IP be bound for applying such filter rule No Strict no limitation Quality of Service Choose one of the QoS rules to be applied as firewall rule For detailed information of setting QoS please refer to the related section later Load Balance
359. ther your printer is supported or not please visit www DrayTek com to find out the printer list Open Support gt FAQ find out the link of Printer Server and click it then choose the What types of printers are compatible with Vigor router About DrayTek Products Support Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt FAQ FAQ Basic FAQ 01 What are the differences among these firmware file formats Basic 02 How could get the telnet command for routers Advanced 03 How can backup restore my configuration settings VPN 04 How do reset clear the router s password DHCP 05 How to bring back my router to its default value REE VoIP 06 How do tell the type of my Vigor Router is AnnexA or AnnexB For ADSL model only Qos 07 Ways for firmware upgrade ISDN 08 Why is SNMP removed in firmware 2 5 6 and above for Vigor2200 Series routers A 09 failed to upgrade Vigor Router s firmware from my Mac machine constantly what should do 10 How to upgrade firmware of Vigor Router remotely FAQ Printer Server 01 How do configure LPR printing on Windows2000 P 02 How do configure LPR printing on Windows9S8 Me 03 How do configure LPR printing on Linux boxes 04 Why there are some strange print out when try to print my documents through Vigor210 4P 2300 s print server What types of printers are compatible with Vigor router
360. thernet IP GW IP WAN 4 Status Enable Line Yes Ethernet IP GW IP WAN 5 Status Enable Line Yes USB IP GW IP Detailed explanation is shown below Primary DNS Secondary DNS LAN Status IP Address TX Packets RX Packets WANI WANS Status Line Name Mode Primary ONS 168 95 1 1 RX Packets e499 Name TX Packets 0 Name TX Packets 1015 Name TX Packets 0 Name TX Packets 0 Name TX Packets 0 Mode TX Rate Bps 0 Mode Static IP TX Rate Bps al Mode TX Rate Bps 0 Mode TX Rate Bps 0 Mode TX Rate Bps 0 System Uptime 0 7 18 Secondary DNS 8 9 4 4 Up Time OO 00 00 RX Packets 0 Up Time 0 07 09 RX Packets 3366 Up Time OO0 00 00 RX Packets 0 Up Time 00 00 00 RX Packets 0 Up Time 00 00 00 RX Packets 0 Displays the IP address of the primary DNS Displays the IP address of the secondary DNS Displays the IP address of the LAN interface Displays the name set in WAN web page RX Rate Bps 0 RX Rate Bps faa RX Rate Bps 0 RX Rate Bps 0 Signal RX Rate Bps 0 Displays the total transmitted packets at the LAN interface Displays the total number of received packets at the LAN interface Displays the physical connection Ethernet of this interface Dray Tek Displays the type of WAN connection e g PPPoE 25 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Up Time Displays the total uptime of the interface IP Disp
361. this web page of Wake on LAN of this router In addition such PC must have installed a network card supporting WOL function By the way WOL function must be set as Enable on the BIOS setting Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Note Wake on LAN cooperate with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IF Wake by MAC Address IP Address mac address YY Result Wake by Two types provide for you to wake up the binded IP If you choose Wake by MAC Address you have to type the correct MAC address of the host in MAC Address boxes If you choose Wake by IP Address you have to choose the correct IP address Wake by ele k M AL Ad dress IP Address IP Address The IP addresses that have been configured in Firewall gt gt Bind IP to MAC will be shown in this drop down list Choose the IP address from the drop down list that you want to wake up MAC Address Type any one of the MAC address of the bound PCs Wake Up Click this button to wake up the selected IP See the following figure The result will be shown on the box Dr ay Tek 185 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Note Wake on LAN cooperate with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IP Wake by MAC Address v IP Address MAC Address EEEE RN Result Send command to client done Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 186 Dr ay Te k 4 10 VPN and Remo
362. timeout Please try again or contact to draytek com Dray Te k 317 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 8 When you see the following page please type in the account and password that you just created in the fields of UserName and Password Then type the code in the box of Auth Code according to the value displayed on the right side of it This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor lf you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN Auth Code T4he1C Ifyou cannot read the word click here Forget password Dont have a My ideor Account 7 Create an account now If you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Service 880 3 597 2727 of email to webmasten draytek com Now click Login Your account has been activated You can access into MyVigor server to activate the service e g WCF that you want Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 318 Dr ay Te k 5 9 How can I get the files from USB storage device connecting to Vigor router Files on USB storage device can be reviewed by opening USB Applicaiton gt gt File Explorer If it is necessary for you to delete copy files on the device or write paste files to the devcie it must be done through SAMBA server or FTP server Samba service is based on the original USB FTP service You will need to setup USB FTP first We would like to give brief instructions on USB FTP setup here
363. ting Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 200 Dr ay Te k 4 10 6 IPSec Peer Identity To use digital certificate for peer authentication in either LAN to LAN connection or Remote User Dial In connection here you may edit a table of peer certificate for selection As shown below the router provides 32 entries of digital certificates for peer dial in users VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity X909 Peer ID Accounts Setto Factory Default Index Name Status Index Name Status 1 Tir E 17 TTT 2 re TTT k 18 TTT a a3 FTF 2 19 TTY a 4 TTT os ZO TTT as J TEY k 1 TTT k 6 TTT a ff TTT a i TTF k 3 TTT a 8 TTT 4 TTT ks 9 TTF a 29 TTT a 10 TTT a 2b TTT a qi TTY k 2i TTT os TTT ki 2a TTT a 13 TTT of 29 TTT of 14 TTT os 30 TTT ks 15 TTT k Sule TTT a Th TTT a 32 TTT 4 lt lt 1 37 33 64 gt gt Next gt gt Set to Factory Default Click it to clear all indexes Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of IPSec Peer Identity Name Display the profile name of that index Click each index to edit one peer digital certificate There are three security levels of digital signature authentication Fill each necessary field to authenticate the remote peer The following explanation will guid
364. tings in PPP General Setup Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 294 Dr ay Te k VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol Dial In PPP Sedo a Authentication PAP or CHAP w IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users When DHCP Disable set Assigned IP range Dial In PPP Encryption MPPE Optional MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No For using PSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IKE IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKEIPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN ta LAN IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Medium CAH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP Moes Mapes MAes Data will be encrypted and authentic Go to Remote Dial In User Click on one index number to edit a profile Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow the remote user dial in to build VPN connection If an IPSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above Dray Tek an Vigor3200 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt Remote Dial in User Index No
365. tion Similar to the UDP flood defense function once if the Threshold of ICMP packets from Internet has exceeded the defined value the router will discard the ICMP echo requests re Dray Tek Enable PortScan detection Block IP options Block Land Block Smurf Block trace router Block SYN fragment Block Fraggle Attack Block TCP flag scan Block Tear Drop Block Ping of Death Dray Tek coming from the Internet The default setting for threshold and timeout are 50 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Port Scan attacks the Vigor router by sending lots of packets to many ports in an attempt to find ignorant services would respond Check the box to activate the Port Scan detection Whenever detecting this malicious exploration behavior by monitoring the port scanning Threshold rate the Vigor router will send out a warning By default the Vigor router sets the threshold as 150 packets per second Check the box to activate the Block IP options function The Vigor router will ignore any IP packets with IP option field in the datagram header The reason for limitation is IP option appears to be a vulnerability of the security for the LAN because it will carry significant information such as security TCC closed user group parameters a series of Internet addresses routing messages etc An eavesdropper outside might learn the details of your private networks Check the box to enforce the Vigor router to def
366. tion Method IPSec Security Method Gre Over IPSec Settings Dray Tek on the L2TP connection Specify Remote VPN Gateway You can specify the IP address of the remote dial in user or peer ID should be the same with the ID setting in dial in type by checking the box Also you should further specify the corresponding security methods on the right side If you uncheck the checkbox the connection type you select above will apply the authentication methods and security methods in the general settings User Name This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above Password This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above VJ Compression VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header compression This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select IPSec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node Pre Shared Key Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the required characters 1 63 as the pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN a
367. tions to allow furthur Internet access lt psContact your system administrator for further information Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored To activate the function of limit session simply click Enable and set the default session limit Enable Disable Default session limit Limitation List Start IP End IP Maximum Sessions Add Edit Remove Administration Message Dray Tek Click this button to activate the function of limit session Click this button to close the function of limit session Defines the default session number used for each computer in LAN Displays a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Defines the start IP address for limit session Defines the end IP address for limit session Defines the available session number for each host in the specific range of IP addresses If you do not set the session number in this field the system will use the default session limit for the specific limitation you set for each index Adds the specific session limitation onto the list above Allows you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list Type the words which will be displayed when reaches the 167 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup 4 8 2 Bandwidth Limit maximum number of Internet sessions permi
368. tiple WAND O when all WAN disconnect Enable Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface Display Name Type the description for such WAN interface Physical Mode Display the physical mode of such WAN interface Physical type You can change the physical type for WAN2 or choose Auto negotiation for determined by the system Auto negotiation 10M half duplex 10M1 full duplex 100M1 half duplex 100M1 full duplex Line Speed If your choose According to Line Speed as the Load Balance Mode please type the line speed for downloading and uploading for such Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 82 Dr ay Tek VLAN Tag insertion Active Mode Backup Type Dray Tek WAN interface The unit is kbps The default setting for down link and up link is 1OOOOKbps Enable Enable the function of VLAN with tag The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets on the WAN while sending them out Disable Disable the function of VLAN with tag Tag value Type the value as the VLAN ID number The range is form 0 to 4095 Priority Type the number for such VLAN The range is from 0 to 7 Determine the WAN interface will be active for always Always On or be treated as a backup WAN interface Backup Always On Alw Y Z D n Backug If you choose Always On as Active Mode you can choose from the available WAN interfaces as a backup WAN Lat
369. to format the USB Disk 2009 09 09 Latest Application 02 How to make a call between ATA24 without IP PBX or SIP server 2009 08 25 General 03 Vigor Router to NETGEAR with IPSec tunnel 2009 07 20 Dual WAN 04 SSL VPN Tunnel 2009 07 16 VolP Bandwidth Management 05 How to Access the Computers and Shared Files via Samba Protocol 2009 06 18 IP Filter Firewall 06 SSL Web Proxy 2009 06 18 7 USB 07 How to use VNC and RDP via SSL VPN 2009 06 18 VPN Ne VianrIGEN Hart ta AM VOM suath I NAD Autthantieatinn NNnNNNER INA Click Support Area gt gt FAQ the following web page will be displayed Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 26 Dr ay Te k E Dray Tek KAP English Login 60 About DrayTek Products Support Education Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt FAQ 01 What types of 3G modem cellphone are compatible with Vigor router 2009 10 01 Latest FAQ 02 How to use PRTG monitors network traffic Vigor Router 2009 09 22 Basic 03 What is Powerline Networking 2009 09 15 Advanced 04 What are the benefits of networking devices found at home 2009 09 15 NAT 05 What is the maximum wire length that powerline technology can communicate over 2009 09 15 hii 06 Is VigorPlug s powerline technology compatible with other home networking technologies 2009 09 15 ae including phone line powerline and RF Wireless 07 Will Powerline technology interfere with ADSL services
370. to trust certificates issued from this certification authority tis not necessary to manually install the CA certification path if you request and install a certificate from this certification authority because the CA certification path will be installed for you automatically Choose file to download CA Certificate ARES C Previous vigor ODER encoded or Base 64 encoded Download CA certificate Download CA certification path Download latest certificate revocation list 3 Back to Vigor router go to Trusted CA Certificate Click IMPORT button and browse the file to import the certificate cer file into Vigor router When finished click refresh and you will find the below illustration Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate X509 Trusted CA Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Trusted CA 1 IC sUSicN vigor Mot Yet Valid lew Delete Trusted CA 2 lew Delete Trusted CA 3 WEW Delete IMPORT REFRESH 4 You may review the detail information of the certificate by clicking View button Mame Trusted CA 1 Issuer Ml USreoN vigor Subject IOsUSiehl vigar Subject Alternative Name Valid From Aug 30 23 08 43 2005 GMT Valid Ta Aug 30 23 17 47 2007 GMT Close ONS draytek com Note Before setting certificate configuration please go to System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date to reset current time of the router first Dray Tek 311 Vigor3200 Series User s
371. tocol To boost its performance further the Vigor Router is also loaded with advanced wireless technology to lift up data rate up to 300 Mbps Hence you can finally smoothly enjoy stream music and video Note The actual data throughput will vary according to the network conditions and environmental factors including volume of network traffic network overhead and building materials In an Infrastructure Mode of wireless network Vigor wireless router plays a role as an Access Point AP connecting to lots of wireless clients or Stations STA All the STAs will share the same Internet connection via Vigor wireless router The General Settings will set up the information of this wireless network including its SSID as identification located channel etc Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 230 Dr ay Tek Internet SSID Draytek Channel 6 Mode WEP only 192 168 1 1 Multiple SSIDs Vigor router supports four SSID settings for wireless connections Each SSID can be defined with different name and download upload rate for selecting by stations connected to the router wirelessly Security Overview Real time Hardware Encryption Vigor Router is equipped with a hardware AES encryption engine so it can apply the highest protection to your data without influencing user experience Complete Security Standard Selection To ensure the security and privacy of your wireless communication we provide several prevailing standards on marke
372. tory Default Index Username Home Folder Index Username Home Folder Io I eS e Em PREEPRE RE Click index number to access into configuration page USB Application gt USB User Management Profile Index 1 FTP Samba User OQEnable Disable Password O Maximum 11 Characters Confirm Password fo Home Folder fs E Access Rule File Read O write Delete Directory Otist create l Remove Note The folder name can only contain the following characters A z a z 0 9 _ lt af and space FTP Samba User Enable Click this button to activate this profile account for FTP service or Samba User service Later the user can use the username specified in this page to login into FTP server Disable Click this button to disable such profile Username Type the username for FTP Samba users for accessing into FTP server USB diskette Be aware that users cannot access into USB diskette in anonymity Later you can open FTP client software and type the username specified here for accessing Dr ay Tek 257 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide into USB storage diskette Note Admin could not be typed here as username for the word is specified for accessing into web pages of Vigor router only Also it is reserved for FTP firmware upgrade usage Note FTP Passive mode is not supported by Vigor Router Please disable the mode on the FTP client Password Type the password for FTP Samba users for a
373. totally exposed to the Internet which usually helps some special applications such as NetMeeting or Internet Games etc Destined to Internet 220 135 240 207 Protocol Any Port Any The security properties of NAT are somewhat bypassed if you set up DMZ host We suggest you to add additional filter rules or a secondary firewall Click DMZ Host to open the following page You can set different DMZ host for each WAN interface Click the WAN tab to switch into the configuration page for that WAN NAT gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN WAN WANS WAN4 WANS WAN 1 Private IP Choose PC MAC Address of the True IP DMZ Host foo foo foo foo J foo Note When a True IP DMZ host is turned on it will force the router s WAN connection to be always an Enable Check to enable the DMZ Host function Dray Tek 33 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Private IP Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host or click Choose PC to select one Choose PC Click this button and then a window will automatically pop up as depicted below The window consists of a list of private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network Select one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host A rpn E O 132 168 110 132 168 118 When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog the IP address will be shown on the following screen Click OK to save the setting NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN1
374. trol object is usually used for providing interactive web feature If malicious code hides inside it may occupy user s system For example if you add key words such as sex Vigor router will limit web access to web sites or web pages such as www sex com www backdoor net images sex p_386 html Or you may simply specify the full or partial URL such as www sex com or sex com Also the Vigor router will discard any request that tries to retrieve the malicious code Click CSM and click URL Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile URL Content Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 J 2 6 J i 4 8 Administration Message Max 255 characters lt body gt lt center gt lt br gt lt p gt The requested Web page has been blocked by URL Content Filter lt p gt Please contact your system administrator for further information lt center gt lt body gt You can set eight profiles as URL content filter Simply click the index number under Profile to open the following web page Dr ay Tek 159 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile Profile Index 1 Priority Both Pass Log 1 URL Access Control Enable URL Access Control Prevent web access from IP address Action Group Object Selections OT E 2 Web Feature Enable Restrict Web Feature Action LI C
375. tted You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page The downstream or upstream from FTP HTTP or some P2P applications will occupy large of bandwidth and affect the applications for other programs Please use Limit Bandwidth to make the bandwidth usage more efficient In the Bandwidth Management menu click Bandwidth Limit to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt gt Bandwidth Limit Bandwidth Limit Enable A4oply ta IP Routed Subnet Disable Default Tx Limit Kbps Default R Limit Kbps L Allow auto adjustment to make the best utilization of available bandwidth Limitation List Index Start IF Specific Limitation TH limit RA limit Shared start end Each Shared TX Limit Kbps RX Limit Kbps Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored To activate the function of limit bandwidth simply click Enable and set the default upstream and downstream limit Enable Disable Default TX limit Default RX limit Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Click this button to activate the function of limit bandwidth Apply to IP Routed Subnet Check this box to apply the bandwidth limit to the subnet specified in LAN gt gt General Setup Click this button to close th
376. tting is active or inactive You can set up to 15 schedules Then you can apply them to your Internet Access or VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN settings To add a schedule please click any index say Index No 1 The detailed settings of the call schedule with index are shown below Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 178 Dr ay Tek Applications gt gt Schedule Index No 1 Start Date cyyyy mm dd O00 k Start Time hh mm alel oj o 4 4 Duration Time hh mm Action Force On Idle Timeout bo minute si mas 255 0 for default How Often once Weekdays C Sun Mon Tue wed Thu Fri D Sat Enable Schedule Setup Check to enable the schedule Start Date yyyy mm dd Specify the starting date of the schedule Start Time hh mm Specify the starting time of the schedule Duration Time hh mm Specify the duration or period for the schedule Action Specify which action Call Schedule should apply during the period of the schedule Force On Force the connection to be always on Force Down Force the connection to be always down Enable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be dial on demand and the value of idle timeout should be specified in Idle Timeout field Disable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be up when it has traffic on the line Once there is no traffic over idle timeout the connection will be down and never up again during the schedule Idle Timeout Spe
377. ture range of 5 to 40 Celsius Do not expose the router to direct sunlight or other heat sources The housing and electronic components may be damaged by direct sunlight or heat sources Do not deploy the cable for LAN connection outdoor to prevent electronic shock hazards Keep the package out of reach of children When you want to dispose of the router please follow local regulations on conservation of the environment We warrant to the original end user purchaser that the router will be free from any defects in workmanship or materials for a period of two 2 years from the date of purchase from the dealer Please keep your purchase receipt in a safe place as it serves as proof of date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purchase should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials we will at our discretion repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor to whatever extent we deem necessary tore store the product to proper operating condition Any replacement will consist of a new or re manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal value and will be offered solely at our discretion This warranty will not apply if the product is modified misused tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to abnormal working conditions The warranty does not cover the bundled or licensed software of othe
378. u can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 32 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Type the additional WAN IP address and check the Enable box Then click OK to exit the dialog F hitp 192 168 1 1 WANIIP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer i X WANI IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool d m LI d LI LI CI Pi fa oo s mk po 1724 25 32 KT era eee ny ny Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically if you want to use Dynamic IP mode Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP Domain Name Type in the domain name that you have 39 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide assigned Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data if you want to use Static IP mode IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type the gateway IP address Default MAC Address Click this radio button to use default MAC address for the router Specify a MAC Address Some Cable service providers specify a specific MAC address for access authentication In such cases you need to click the Specify
379. ular more and more Vigor3200 adds the function of 3G network connection for such purpose By connecting 3G USB Modem to the USB port of Vigor3200 it can support HSDPA UMTS EDGE GPRS GSM and the future 3G standard HSUPA etc Vigor3200n with 3G USB Modem allows you to receive 3G signals at any place such as your car or certain location holding outdoor activity and share the bandwidth for using by more people Users can use the LAN port on the router to access Internet Also they can access Internet via 802 1 1n wireless function of Vigor3200n and enjoy the powerful firewall bandwidth management VPN features of Vigor3200n series AN AN iby A Internet Web surfing E Mail Instant messaging etc VPN After connecting into the router 3G USB Modem will be regarded as the fifth WAN port However the other Ethernet WAN ports still can be used and Load Balance can be done in the router Besides 3G USB Modem also can be used as backup device Therefore when other Ethernet WAN ports are not available the router will use 3 5G for supporting automatically The supported 3G USB Modem will be listed on DrayTek web site Please visit www DrayTek com for more detailed information Below shows the menu items for WAN Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 80 Dr ay Te k WAN H General Setup H Internet Access H Load Balance Policy 4 1 2 General Setup This section will introduce some general settings of Internet and explain the c
380. ult setting is public 269 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Set Community Set community by typing a proper name The default setting is private Manager Host IP Set one host as the manager to execute SNMP function Please type in IP address to specify certain host Trap Community Set trap community by typing a proper name The default setting is public Notification Host IP Set the IP address of the host that will receive the trap community Trap Timeout The default setting is 10 seconds 4 15 8 Reboot System The Web Configurator may be used to restart your router Click Reboot System from System Maintenance to open the following page System Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot your router Using current configuration Using factory default configuration Auto Reboot Time Schedule Index 1 153 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for performing system reboot All the schedules can be set previously in Applications gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page If you want to reboot the router using the current configuration check Using current configuration and click OK To reset the router settings to default values check Using factory default configuration and click OK The router will take 5 seconds to re
381. ve Peer ID Choose one of the ID from the drop down list Local ID Choose Alternative Subject Name First or Subject Name First Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES This field is used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above Please type one LAN IP address according to the real location of the remote host for building VPN connection Please type the network mask according to the real location of the remote host for building VPN connection After finishing the configuration please click Next The confirmation page will be shown as follows If there is no problem you can click one of the radio buttons listed on the page and click Finish to execute the next action VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard Please confirm your settings LAN to LAN Index Profile Name YPN Connection Type PN Dial Out Through Always on Server IP Host Name Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask 27 test PPTP None Encryption WANT First No 192 168 1
382. ve successfully logged in eon You are given the follawing privileges Welcome to DrayTek SSL VPN SSL Web Proxy SSL Tunnel Timeout ater 5 minutes Reset Copyright 2006 DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Next users can open SSL VPN gt gt Online Status to view logging status of SSL VPN SSL VPN gt Online Status Pefresh Seconds io refresh Active User Host IP Time out seconds Action caesar Lea dga daga lt q Drop Active User Display current user who visit SSL VPN server Host IP Display the IP address for the host Time out Display the time remaining for logging out Action You can click Drop to drop certain login user from the router s SSL Portal UI 4 14 USB Application USB diskette connected on Vigor router can be regarded as a server By way of Vigor router clients on LAN WAN can access write and read data stored in USB diskette with different applications After setting the configuration in USB Application you can type the IP address of the Vigor router and username password created in USB Application gt gt USB User Management on the client software Then the client can use the FTP site USB diskette or share the Samba service through Vigor router USB Application USB General Settings P USB User Management b File Explorer H USB Disk Status Dray Tek 253 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 14 1 USB General Settings This page will determine the number of concurrent FTP connection
383. vice Specify the WAN IP address that will be used for this entry This setting is available when WAN IP Alias is configured Enter the private IP address of the local host or click Choose PC to select one Click this button and subsequently a window having a list of private IP addresses of local hosts will automatically pop up Select the appropriate IP address of the local host in the list Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP or none for selection Specify the starting port number of the service offered by the local host Specify the ending port number of the service offered by the local host 121 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 4 Firewall 4 4 1 Basics for Firewall While the broadband users demand more bandwidth for multimedia interactive applications or distance learning security has been always the most concerned The firewall of the Vigor router helps to protect your local network against attack from unauthorized outsiders It also restricts users in the local network from accessing the Internet Furthermore it can filter out specific packets that trigger the router to build an unwanted outgoing connection Firewall Facilities The users on the LAN are provided with secured protection by the following firewall facilities User configurable IP filter Call Filter Data Filter Stateful Packet Inspection SPI tracks packets and denies unsolicited incoming data Selectable
384. vity Application MSN YahooIM AIM lt v5 9 ICQ Login O O Message F F F O File Transfer Fi F F F Game d o O O Conference Video oice Fi F Fi F Other Activities F F F IM Application VoIP O AIM6 7 A QQ TM CliChat Cl Jabber GoogleTalk Cl Googlechat xFire CI GaduGadu C Paltalk C Skype C Kubao C Qnext C Poco Pp365 AresChat O aliww ClGizmo L sIP RTP Oke CJtava Lava Icu2 Klispa C TelTel C TeamSpeak Ouc CO mobiemsn BaiduHi Web IM more than one address eMessenger WebMSN meebo eBuddy ILovelM ICQ Java ICO Flash goowy IMhaha getMessenger WebIM URLs n i as i IMUnitive Wablet mabber MSN2GO0 KoollM MessengerFX MessengerAdictos WebYahooIM Profile Name Type a name for the CSM profile Select All Click it to choose all of the items in this page Clear All Uncheck all the selected boxes The profiles configured here can be applied in the Firewall gt gt General Setup and Firewall gt gt Filter Setup pages as the standard for the host s to follow Below shows the items which are categorized under P2P CSM gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name fs Protocol Misc IM P P Protocol is s Aplications S C SoulSeek SoulSeek LJ eDonkey eDonkey eMule Shareaza FastTrack Kazaa BearShare iMesh L OpenFT KCeasy FilePipe Ol Gnutella BearShare Limewire Shareaza Foxy KCeasy OpenNap Lopster Nap
385. will be activated when all master WAN interfaces disconnect 33 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide For WAN5 To use 3G network connection through 3G USB Modem please configure WANS interface WAN gt General Setup WAN 5 Enable Display Name Physical Mode Physical Type Line Speedtkbps DownLink Uplink Active Mode Backup Type dij LIWAN 1O WAN 2 WAN 3 WAN 40 WAN 5 When any WAN disconnect Only for Backup Multiple WAND O when all WAN disconnect Enable Display Name Physical Mode Physical type Line Speed Active Mode Backup Type Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 0K Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface Type the description for such WAN interface Display the physical mode of such WAN interface For such WAN interface is fixed to USB network connection it is not necessary to specify physical type If your choose According to Line Speed as the Load Balance Mode please type the line speed for downloading and uploading for such WAN interface The unit is kbps Determine the WAN interface will be active for always Always On or be treated as a backup WAN interface Backup Always Un Alw Y 5 D n Backug If you choose Always On as Active Mode you can choose from the available WAN interfaces as a backup WAN Later when current WAN is disconnected for some reason the backup WAN will be activate
386. work resources Dray Tek 127 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 4 3 Filter Setup Click Firewall and click Filter Setup to open the setup page Firewall gt Filter Setup Filter Setup Setto Factory Default Set Comments Set Comments T Default Call Filter 2 Default Data Filter 8 2 ale 4 10 11 b 12 To edit or add a filter click on the set number to edit the individual set The following page will be shown Each filter set contains up to 7 rules Click on the rule number button to edit each rule Check Active to enable the rule Firewall gt gt Filter Setup gt gt Edit Filter Set Filter Set 1 Comments Default Call Filter Filter Rule Active Comments Move Up Move Down Block NetBios Down L uP Down L uP Down L UP Down L UP Down 6 L UP Down L UP Next Filter Set Filter Rule Click a button numbered 1 7 to edit the filter rule Click the button will open Edit Filter Rule web page For the detailed information refer to the following page Active Enable or disable the filter rule Comment Enter filter set comments description Maximum length is 23 character long Move Up Down Use Up or Down link to move the order of the filter rules Next Filter Set Set the link to the next filter set to be executed after the current filter run Do not make a loop with many filter sets Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 128 Dr ay Tek To edit Filter Rule click the Filter Rule index button to enter the Fil
387. ws Update Tell me why driver signing is important 10 For the final stage you need to go back to Control Panel gt Printers and edit the property of the new printer you have added amp Brother HL 1070 Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Device Settings 9 a Brother HL 1070 Print to the following port s Documents will print to the first free checked port Port Description O 3 250 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port Local Pot Printer Epson Stylus COLOR 1160 HP LaserJet 1300 Brother HL 1070 PDF995 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 11 Select LPR on Protocol type p1 number 1 as Queue Name Then click OK Next please refer to the red rectangle for choosing the correct protocol and LPR name Configure Standard CP IP Port Monitor Port Settings Port Name IP_ 192 168 1 1 Printer Name or IP Address 192 168 1 1 Protocol Raw LPR Raw Settings LPR Settings e Queue Name CILPR Byte Counting Enabled C SNMP Status Enabled 10 Dray Tek The printer can be used for printing now Most of the printers with different manufacturers are compatible with vigor router Note 1 Some printers with the fax scanning or other additional functions are not supported If you do not know whe
388. xed IP Address Max 1492 Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Enter your allocated username password and authentication parameters according to the information provided by your ISP Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default Dray Tek setting is 1442 Bridge Mode If you choose Bridged IP as the protocol you can check this box to invoke the function The router will work as a bridge modem PPP MP Setup PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can check Always On Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action IP Address Assignment Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time Method IPCP you connect
389. y SWITZERLAND v Career Supervisor vj 4 Choose proper selection for your computer and click Continue Create an account Please enter personal profile How did you find out about this website Internet w Gasreement What kind of anti virus do you use Antivir vv Denna would like to subscribe to the MyVigor e letter Information would like to receive DrayTek product news Please select the mail server for receiving the Global Server O compieion Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 316 Dr ay Te k 5 Now you have created an account successfully Click START Create an account Please enter personal profile Completion EFAsreement A confirmation email has been sent to mary_ted tech com Please click on the activation link in the email Personal Information to activate your account E rreferences AR 6 Check to see the confirmation email with the title of New Account Confirmation Letter from myvigor draytek com wkk This is an automated message trom myvigor draytek corn Thank you Mary for creating an account Please click on the activation link below to activate your account Link Activate my Account 7 Click the Activate my Account link to enable the account that you created The following screen will be shown to verify the register process is finished Please click Login Register Search for this site Register Confirm The Confirm message of New Owner Mary maybe
390. y a keyed one way hash function to the packet to create a message digest This digest will be put in the AH and transmitted along with packets On the Dr ay Tek 199 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide receiving side the peer will perform the same one way hash on the packet and compare the value with the one in the AH it receives Encapsulating Security Payload ESP is a security protocol that provides data confidentiality and protection with optional authentication and replay detection service VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN ta LAN IKE Authentication Method Certificate for Dial in Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium 4H Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP IDES MispES AES Data will be encrypted and authentic IKE Authentication This usually applies to those are remote dial in user or node Method LAN to LAN which uses dynamic IP address and IPSec related VPN connections such as L2TP over IPSec and IPSec tunnel Pre Shared Key Currently only support Pre Shared Key authentication Pre Shared Key Specify a key for IKE authentication Confirm Pre Shared Key Retype the characters to confirm the pre shared key IPSec Security Method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsula
391. y gt lt center gt lt br gt lt br gt lt br gt lt p gt The requested Web page lt br gt from 51P lt hr gt to URL lt hro gt that is categorized with CLs lt br gt has been blocked by RNAMES Web Content Filter lt p gt Please contact your system administrator for further information lt center gt body Activate Click it to access into MyVigor for activating WCF service Setup Query Server It is recommended for you to use the default setting auto selected You need to specify a server for categorize searching when you type URL in browser based on the web content filter profile Setup Test Server It is recommended for you to use the default setting Dr ay Tek 163 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Find more Set to Factory Default Cache auto selected Click it to open http myvigor draytek com for searching another qualified and suitable server Click this link to retrieve the factory settings None the router will check the URL that the user wants to access via WCF precisely however the processing rate is normal Such item can provide the most accurate URL matching L1 the router will check the URL that the user wants to access via WCF If the URL has been accessed previously it will be stored for a short time about 1 second in the router to be accessed quickly if required Such item can provide accurate URL matching with faster rate L2 the router will check the URL that the user wants to ac
392. y profile appeared under VPN remote dial in web page will disappear Secured Port Redirection such technique applies private port mapping to random WAN port There are two restrictions for proxy web server for such selection 1 it is only used for WAN to LAN access the web server must be configured behind vigor router 2 web server gateway must be indicated to vigor router In addition users must execute Connect manually in SSL Client Portal page SSL if you choose such selection web proxy over SSL will be applied for VPN Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 250 Dr ay Te k 4 13 3 SSL Application It provides a secure and flexible solution for network resources including VNC Virtual Network Computer RDP Remote Desktop Protocol SAMBA to any remote user with access to Internet and a web browser SSL VPN gt SSL Application SSL Applications Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Host Address Service Active 1 7 2 x ae x 4 x si x G x f x a al z 10 A Name Display the application name of the profile that you create Host Address Display the IP address for VNC RDP or SAMBA path Service Display the type of the service selected e g VNC RDP SAMBA Active Display current status active or inactive of the selected profile Click number link under Index filed to make detailed configuration SSL VPN gt SSL Application Profile Index 1 Enable Application Service Applicatio
393. you access the Internet The Dynamic DNS feature lets you assign a domain name to a dynamic WAN IP address It allows the router to update its online WAN IP address mappings on the specified Dynamic DNS server Once the router is online you will be able to use the registered domain name to access the router or internal virtual servers from the Internet It is particularly helpful if you host a web server FTP server or other server behind the router Before you use the Dynamic DNS feature you have to apply for free DDNS service to the DDNS service providers The router provides up to three accounts from three different DDNS service providers Basically Vigor routers are compatible with the DDNS services supplied by most popular DDNS service providers such as www dyndns org www no ip com www dtdns com www changeip com www dynamic nameserver com You should visit their websites to register your own domain name for the router Enable the Function and Add a Dynamic DNS Account 1 Assume you have a registered domain name from the DDNS provider say hostname dyndns org and an account with username test and password test 2 Inthe DDNS setup menu check Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Applications gt Dynamic DNS Setup Dynamic DNS Setup Setto Factory Default Ol Enable Dynamic ONS Setup Auto Update interval 14400 Mins 1 14400 Accounts Index WAN Interface Domain Name Active L WAR L First es 2 WANI First w 3 WANI First
394. ystem Maintenance gt gt Time and Date Time Information Current System Time 2010 Apr Frid 1 58 Time Setup Use Browser Time Use Internet Time Client Time Zone GMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin ka Enable Daylight Saving F Automatically Update Interval Current System Time Click Inquire Time to get the current time Use Browser Time Select this option to use the browser time from the remote administrator PC host as router s system time Use Internet Time Select to inquire time information from Time Server on the Internet using assigned protocol Time Protocol Select a time protocol Server IP Address Type the IP address of the time server Time Zone Select the time zone where the router is located Enable Daylight Saving Check this box to enable daylight saving function Automatically Update Select a time interval for updating from the NTP server Interval Click OK to save these settings Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 268 Dr ay Tek 4 15 7 Management This page allows you to manage the settings for access control access list port setup and SMP setup For example as to management access control the port number is used to send receive SIP message for building a session System Maintenance gt gt Management Management Setup Bouter Name 3900 Management Port Setup Management Access Control User Define Ports Default Ports Telnet Port Default 23 O Allow management from the Internet HTTP Po
395. yvigor draytek com for using corresponding service Please refer to section of creating My Vigor account Note If you have used Service Activation Wizard to activate WCF service you can skip this section WCE adopts the mechanism developed and offered by certain service provider e g DrayTek No matter activating WCF feature or getting a new license for web content filter you have to click Activate to satisfy your request Be aware that service provider matching with Vigor router currently offers a period of time for trial version for users to experiment If you want to purchase a formal edition simply contact with the channel partner or your dealer Click CSM and click Web Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page The default setting for Setup Query Server Setup Test Server is auto selected You can choose another server for your necessity by clicking Find more to open http myvigor draytek com for searching another qualified and suitable one Next click the link of Test a site to verify whether it is categorized to do the verification CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile Web Filter License Activate Status Not Activated Setup Query Server auto selected Find more Setup Test Server auto selected Find more Web Content Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name i Default 5 2 b 3 4 8 Administration Message Max 255 characters Cache L1 L2 Cache lt bod

Draytek Vigor3200 Ethernet LAN Black

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents